ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﻲ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
۲
ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ Desktopﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺪﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﺰﻳﺰﻡ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺯﺣﻤﺎﺕ ﺷﺒﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ،ﻣﻮﻓﻘﻴﺘﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﺪ...
۳ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻭﻝ :ﻣﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺑﺮ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﻛﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﻛﺲ ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﻛﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﻛﺲ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟ ﺭﻳﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﻛﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻳﻮﻧﻴﻜﺲ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﻛﺲ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﻛﺲ ﭼﻪ ﻣﺰﺍﻳﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﻛﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟ ﭼﺮﺍ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﻛﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ؟ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﻛﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ۹ ﺑﻬﺒﻮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ۲,۴ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﻛﺲ ﻛﻤﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮓ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﻓﺼﻞ
ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ :ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﻛﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﻛﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﻛﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻳﻚ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻧﺼﺐ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺮﭘﺎﻳﻲ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﺼﺐ )(Install Server ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﺮﺍﻳﻨﺪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ Disk Druidﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﺼﺐ ﭘﺎﻙ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ،ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﻫﺎ ﻧﻜﺎﺗﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﻫﺎ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺩﻳﺴﻜﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﻛﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ Grubﻭ Lilo ﺑﻮﺕ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻛﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﺍﺏ ﺑﻮﺕ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻴﻠﻮ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﻮﺕ ﻛﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ
۴
ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ Desktopﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
ﭘﻴﻜﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﻛﺲ ﺍﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺯﺩﺍﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﻛﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻮﻡ :ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﻛﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﻛﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ )(login ﭼﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﻢ؟ ﻧﺸﺴﺖ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ )(Login Session ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻧﺸﺴﺖ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻛﺘﻮﺭﻱﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺠﻮﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﻙ ﺩﻗﻴﻖﺗﺮ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﻛﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﻛﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﻛﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﻳﻚ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﺧﻂ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﺍﺧﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﻳﻚ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺲ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﭘﻴﻜﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺭﺍﮐﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﮕﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻂ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﮎ ﻣﺠﻮﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎ )(File Permissions ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ،ﮐﭙﻲ ﻭ ﭘﺎﮎ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﻣﺘﻦ VI ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ :ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﻜﻲ ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﭘﻴﻜﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ XF86Config
۵ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ GNOME ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻲ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ GNOME ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ KDE ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ Konqueror ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ KDE ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﻛﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ۹ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﮐﻠﻲ ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ :ﻧﺼﺐ ﻭ ﮐﺎﺭﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﭘﻼﺗﻔﻮﺭﻡ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﻛﺲ ﺩﺭﻙ ﻧﺎﻣﮕﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ rpmﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻛﺪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻥ ﺁﺭﺷﻴﻮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﻛﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻭ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ rpm ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ rpm ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﻛﺲ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺱ ﻭ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﻛﺲ ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺷﺸﻢ :ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﻛﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﻜﻲ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﻛﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﻛﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺩﻳﺴﻚﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﺍﻱ ﻭ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﻛﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺑﺎﺯﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﻛﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺭﺍﺑﻂﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﺯﻱﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﻜﻲ Gnome ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺑﺎﺯﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﻜﻲ KDE
۶
ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ Desktopﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﺍﻧﻠﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺑﺎﺯﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﻛﺲ ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﻔﺘﻢ :ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﻛﻠﻲ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻭﺏ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﻚ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﺭﺳﺎﻥ )(Messenger ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﺸﺘﻢ :ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﻛﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺒﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺘﻲ ،ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﻜﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺭﺧﺪﺍﺩﻫﺎ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﻛﺲ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﻛﺲ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﻛﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ fstabﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ mountﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ umountﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻳﻚ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ mkfsﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻛﺴﺐ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﻚ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ Service Configuration ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ Authentication Configuration ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ Network Configuration ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ Root Password ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ Security Level Configuration ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ Users and Groups Configuration ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ Disk Management
۷ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ
Hardware Browser
ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ
System Logs
ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ
System Monitor
ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ : ۱ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺿﻤﻴﻤﻪ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ :۲ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ OpenOffice
ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ Desktopﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
۸
ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭼﻪ ﮐﺴﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ؟ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﮐﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺎﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ،ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﮐﺎﺭﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻨﺪ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺎﺗﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ. ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ Desktopﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺒﺎﺣﺚ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻓﺮﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﭼﻪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﮏ ﻣﻴﺰﮐﺎﺭ ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻤﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ،ﮐﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺯﻣﺮﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺳﻌﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﺎ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﻫﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺳﻌﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺗﺌﻮﺭﻱ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ،ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱﺗﺮ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺳﻮﻕ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ. ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺒﺎﺣﺚ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺗﻲ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ ﻳﮏ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺎﺗﻲ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻬﻴﻨﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﺘﺎﻥ ﻳﺎﺭﻱ ﮐﻨﺪ. ﺿﻤﻨﺎ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﻓﻌﺎﻝﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ. ﺑﺎ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ: •
ﺳِﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﺸﮑﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﺘﺎﻥ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
•
ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﺸﮑﻞ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﺎﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
•
ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﺗﺎﻥ ﺗﻨﻈِﻴﻢ ﻭ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
•
ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺣﺮﻓﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻂ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﻨِﻴﺪ.
•
ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﺣﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺣﺮﻓﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﻴﻂﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ Gnomeﻭ KDEﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
•
ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺭﻭﺯﻣﺮﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﮑﺎﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻳﺪ.
•
ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ CDﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﺘﺎﻥ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
•
ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
•
ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺗﻨﻈِﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ.
•
ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻳﮏ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳِﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
۹ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﻪ ﻣﻮﻟﻒ ﺣﺮﮐﺘﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ۱۹۸۴ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺭﻳﭽﺎﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻟﻤﻦ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﮔﺸﺖ ،ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺑﺴﺘﺮﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﺷﺪ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺮﺩﻡﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻠﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ .ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﮐﺲ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻴﻦ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﻧﺞ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ۴۰۰ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﻮﻳﺲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺗﺎﺳﺮ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ .ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻭ ﻣﺘﺨﺼﺼﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ،ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﮐﭙﻲ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻭﺭﻧﺪ. ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺠﺎﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﺮﻣﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻠﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺮﻳﺪ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻﻲ ،ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ. ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻫﺮ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺩﻩﺗﺮ ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﻢ .ﺁﻟﻤﺎﻥ ،ﺍﺳﭙﺎﻧﻴﺎ ،ﺑﺮﺯﻳﻞ ،ﮊﺍﭘﻦ ،ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺍﻟﻴﺎ ﻭ ...ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﻱﺁﻭﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ. ﻣﺰﺍﻳﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺎ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺖﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﺳﺎﻓﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ،ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻣﻲﺳﺎﺯﺩ .ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻣﻨﻴﺖ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮﻱ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻭﻳﺮﻭﺱﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺭﻭﺯ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﻣﻴﺎﺑﻨﺪ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﻭﻟﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺍﻣﻨﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ،ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ .ﺧﺴﺎﺭﺕﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻭﻳﺮﻭﺱﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻭﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﮑﺎﺭﻥ ﻭ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﮔﺮﺍﻥ ،ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻓﺎﺵ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﺮﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺣﻤﻼﺕ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﮑﺎﺭﺍﻧﻪ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺣﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻣﻨﻴﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺣﻞ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﺟﺰ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻠﯽ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ .ﺟﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﺳﺎﻓﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻬﺪﻳﺪ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﯼ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ۲ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﻧﺪ، ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻤﻼﺕ ،DDOSﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﮏ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ! ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻤﻲﺩﺍﻧﻢ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﺎﺳﻔﺎﻧﻪ ﭼﺮﺍ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺑﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﺳﺎﻓﺖ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﻢ؟ ﻣﺰﻳﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺗﺎ ﺳﺎﻝ ۲۰۰۸ﺑﻪ ﻋﻀﻮﻳﺖ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺁﻣﺪ .ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻀﻮﻳﺖ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺵ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﮐﭙﻲ ﺭﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ،ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺮﮐﺖﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺩﻭﻟﺘﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﮐﺎﻣﻼ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﺳﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﺘﮑﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻲ ﺧﺮﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﻲ ﺍﺭﺯ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺍﺭﺯﻱ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﻣﻠﻲ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ .ﺭﺍﻩ ﺣﻞ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻭ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻣﺘﻦ ) (Open Sourceﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﮐﻨﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﮐﺘﺐ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻻﺕ ،ﻫﻤﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻧﺸﺴﺖﻫﺎ ،ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮓ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﺩﻫﻴﻢ ،ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﮑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﺳﺮﻣﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻠﻲ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻣﻨﻴﺖ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﯼ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﻫﻴﻢ. ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﻣﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﮐﺴﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ
۱۰
ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ Desktopﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ ،ﻭﻇﻴﻔﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﻧﻢ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻢ ﺗﺎ ﺳﻬﻢ ﮐﻮﭼﮑﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮓﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﻳﻔﺎ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻢ .ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻠﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻗﻄﻌﺎ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﺁﻭﺭ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﻱ ﻭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺣﺮﮐﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ. ﺑﺎ ﺍﻣﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻣﺎﻥ ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺩﻩﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﻢ. ﺿﻤﻨﺎ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﻳﮏ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ،ﻣﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ http://www.technotux.com ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﮔﻮِﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺸﮑﻼﺕ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺍﻻﺕ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﻋﺰﻳﺰ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ. ﺁﻟﻦ ﺑﺎﻏﻮﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﺑﺎﻧﻤﺎﻩ ۱۳۸۲
۱
ﻣﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺑﺮ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ
ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺟﻨﺒﺸﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻓﺮﺍﮔﻴﺮ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﺎﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ۷ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ ،ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻣﻮﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺁﻣﺎﺭﻱﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ۲۰۰۴ﺑﻪ ۱۴ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ .ﭘﻨﮕﻮﺋﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ! ﺳﺎﻝ ۲۰۰۴ﺁﻥ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺭﺧﺪﺍﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻟﻘﺐ ﺳﺎﻝ ﭘﻨﮕﻮﺋﻦ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ. ﺩﺭ ﺩﻫﻪ ۱۹۸۰ﻭ ۱۹۹۰ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﺠﺒﻮﺭ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺭﺯﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭ ﭘﺴﻨﺪ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﺳﺎﻓﺖ ) (Microsoftﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﮔﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺒﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺗﮑﻨﻮﻟﻮﮊﻱ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻳﻮﻧﻴﮑﺲ ) (Unixﺩﻫﻨﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺟﻨﺒﺶ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ) (Free Softwareﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺗﺎﺳﺮ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺷﮑﻞ ﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﻮﺩ ،ﻭﻟﻲ ﻳﮏ ﭘﻠﺘﻔﻮﺭﻡ ) (Platformﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﮐﻨﺪ .ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ) (Linuxﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﭘﻠﺘﻔﻮﺭﻡ ﺷﺪ. ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ) (Redhatﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ SuSE Linux، Linux Mandrakeﻭ ...ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺍ ﻳﮏ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺟﻠﻮﺗﺮ ﺑﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ. ﺑﺎ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﺠﺒﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﻠﻮﺩ ،ﮐﺎﻣﭙﺎﻳﻞ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻫﻤﻪ ﮐﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻭ ﺟﻤﻊ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﺍﻩﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ .ﺭﺩﻫﺖﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺗﺎ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ -ﺣﺘﻲ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩﻱ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﺨﺼﺺ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ -ﺍﺯ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ. ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺟﺎﻧﺸﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﮐﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ.
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
۲
ﻗﺒﻼ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﮐﺖﻫﺎ ﺍﺯﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻠﻲ ﺭﺍِﻳﮕﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﻭﺍﻫﻤﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ) (http://www.redhat.comﺗﮑﻴﻪ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﺴﺨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﺍﺭ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ.
ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ِ ۹ﻳﮑِﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺎﺑﺤﺎﻝ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﺎﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ،ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺤﮑﻢ ﻭ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ. ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ.ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺮﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺻﺪﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﺩﻻﺭ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ: •
ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ) (LANﻳﺎﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
•
ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ ﺑﭙﺮﺩﺍﺯﻳﺪ ﻭ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ ﮐﺎﻏﺬ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺏ ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
•
ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻭﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺑﭙﺮﺩﺍﺯﻳﺪ ،ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺯﻳﮏ MPEGﺭﺍ ﭘﺨﺶ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺑﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻭﻳﺪﺋﻮ ﺑﭙﺮﺩﺍﺯﻳﺪ ﻭ CDﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﮑﺜِﻴﺮ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
•
ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻧﻔﺮﺍﺩﻱ ﺑﭙﺮﺩﺍﺯﻳﺪ.
•
ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻭﺏ ،ﭼﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ،ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ،ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﺒﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮑﻲ ،ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
•
ﻳﮏ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﮏ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﭼﺎﭖ ،ﻭﺏ ،ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ،ﭘﺴﺖ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮑﻲ ،ﺍﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻧﮏ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺗﻲ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﻮﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ ،ﺷﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﭘﻲ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ. ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺭﺕﻫﺎﯼ ﻭﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﻲ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ،ﭼﺎﭘﮕﺮﻫﺎ ،ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺳﺨﺖﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﻫﺮ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﺎﻥ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺳﺨﺖﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺭﺍﻩﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯ ) (Device Driverﻣﻲﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻧﺪ .ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺳﺨﺖﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ، ﺭﺍﻩﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ .ﺑﻪﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺑﻔﺮﻭﺷﻨﺪ .ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻫﺎ ،ﺍﺯ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﻮﭼﮏ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺗﺎ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺑﺎﻧﮏ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺗﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ. ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻧﺴﺨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺑﻪﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺨﺖﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺗﺮﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ .ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺴﺨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯﻩ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ -ﺑﺎ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ
ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻭﻝ :ﻣﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺑﺮ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ
۳
ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﮏ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ -ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﺴﻴﺮﻳﺎﺏ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ )ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻭﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ( ،ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﺁﺗﺶ )ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺷـﺒـﮑـﻪ ﺷـﻤﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺩﻧﻴﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ( ﻳﺎ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺳﺮﻭﺭ )ﺟﻬﺖ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﺍﮎ ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ( ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ. ﻧﺴﺨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺳﺘﻲ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ،ﻭﻟﻲ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﺎ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ! ﺑﺎﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻔﺎﺿﻴﻞ ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﭘﻴﺶﺁﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺘﺎ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟
ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻠﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﺍِﻳﮕﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﺱ ﺗﻮﺭﻭﺍﻟﺪﺯ )(Linus Torvalds ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ۱۹۹۱ﺩﺍﻧﺸﺠﻮﻱ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﻠﺴﻴﻨﮑﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ .ﺗﻮﺭﻭﺍﻟﺪﺯ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ )- (kernelﻗﻠﺐ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ -ﺁﻥ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﮐﺮﺩ .ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺩﺵ ﻧﻮﺷﺖ ﻭ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺍﻗﺘﺒﺎﺱ ﮐﺮﺩ. ﺳﭙﺲ ﺗﻮﺭﻭﺍﻟﺪﺯﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻧﺶ ﻭ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻫﮑﺮﻱ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ.ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺑﻮﺩ. ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺻﺪﻫﺎ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ .ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﺖﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﮐﺪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻫﺮ ﮐﺲ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﻨﺪ ،ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻬﻴﻨﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ .ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ،ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﮐﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯﻩ ﺗﻤﺎﻡﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺟﻨﺒﺶ ) GNUﺗﻠﻔﻆ ﮐﻨِﻴﺪ ﮔﻨﻮ( ﺑﺎ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻳﮑﭙﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ GNU .ﻣﺨﻔﻒ GNU is not Unixﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺟﻨﺒﺸﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ) (Free Software Foundationﺍﺩﺍﺭﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ. ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺭﻗﺎﺑﺖ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ. ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺭﺍِﻳﮕﺎﻥ ﻳﻮﻧﻴﮑﺲ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺴﺌﻠﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﮐﺪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻱ ﺍﻗﺘﺒﺎﺱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ POSIXﭘﻲﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ POSIX .ﻳﺎ Protable Operating System Interface for UNIXﻳﮏ ﺍﺳـﺘـﺎﻧـﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻠﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻧﻴﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻧﺴﺨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﺪﻩ ﻳﻮﻧﻴﮑﺲ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ .ﺑﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ POSIXﺑﺎﺷﺪ، ﻳﮏ ﻳﻮﻧﻴﮑﺲ ﺍﺳﺖ.
ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻳﮏ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺳﺨﺖﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺩﻳﺴﮑﻬﺎ ،ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ، ﺩﺭﮔﺎﻫﻬﺎ ﻭ ...ﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻭﺍﮊﻩ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻫﺎ ،ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺏ ،ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ...ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﮐﺰﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
۴
ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ،ﺍﺷﺘﺮﺍﮎ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ،ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﺩﺭﮔﺎﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ . ...ﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﺎﺭ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ،ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺟﻬﺖ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ: •
ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ) :(File Systemﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺭﻭﻱ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ .ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﮑﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ. ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭﺧﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻧﺪﻫﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ .ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﻭ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ.
•
ﺭﺍﻩﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ) :(Device Driversﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮏ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺳﺨﺖﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﻣﻲﺳﺎﺯﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺳﺨﺖﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻔﺮﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ .ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ ،ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﺑﻨﺪﺩ. • ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ) :(User Interfaceﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﺍﻫﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ .ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ﻭ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﺳﺖ GNOME .ﻭ KDEﺩﻭ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ) (Command Shell Interpretersﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ.
•
ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻲ ) :(System Servicesﻳﮏ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﻮﺕ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻲ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ) (Mountﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ ،ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺭﺍﻩﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻱ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﺒﻨﺪﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ.
ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻫﺮ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺟﺰﻳﺎﺕ ﺳﺨﺖﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺠﺎﻱﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﺪ "ﺁﻥ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﻦ ﻭﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺲ".
ﺭﻳﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻳﻮﻧﻴﮑﺲ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮓ ﻣﺒﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺭﺍِﻳﮕﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﺪﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺭﺷﺪ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻳﻮﻧﻴﮑﺲ - ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻠﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺸﺎﺕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ -ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﻫﺪﻑ ،ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﮐﺪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻪ ﮐﺴﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺍﻣﺎ ﭼﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﺎ ﻳﮏ ﻫﻤﺖ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﻨﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﮏ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﻱ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻳﺪ؟ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻫﻪﻫﺎﻱ ۱۹۸۰ﻭ ۱۹۹۰ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﺳﺎﻓﺖ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞﻫﺎﻱ DOSﻭ Windowsﭘﺮ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ،ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﺣﺮﻓﻪﺍﯼ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ .ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﻮﺩ ،ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﮐﻨﺪ -ﭼﻨﺪ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻩ ) (Multiuserﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﮐﻨﺪ -ﭼﻨﺪ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﻪ ) (Multitaskﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ DOSﻭ Windowsﻫﻴﭽﮑﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ. ﺍﮔﺮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻠﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻫﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﺮﺩ ،ﺁﻥ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻠﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺨﺴﺘﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ
ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻭﻝ :ﻣﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺑﺮ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ
۵
۱۹۶۹ﺩﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎﻱ AT&Tﻭ Bellﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﻮﻧﻴﮑﺲ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ .ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮓﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻳﻮﻧﻴﮑﺲ ﻭ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﺭﺷﺪ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ،ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﺳﺎﻓﺖ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ DOSﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺧﺮﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﮐﺎﺭﻱ ﮐﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﻫﺪﻑ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﺳﺎﻓﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﺵ ﺑﻮﺩ. ﺩﺭ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻳﻮﻧﻴﮑﺲ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮕﻲ ﺭﺷﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺗﮑﻨﻮﻟﻮﮊﻱ ﺣﮑﻮﻣﺖ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺷﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻣﻲﺷﺪﻧﺪ .ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻞ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺍ ﻫﻴﻞ ) (MurraHillﻧﻴﻮﺟﺮﺳﻲ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺧﻼﻗﻴﺖﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﻞ ﻣﺸﮑﻼﺕ ﺳﺎﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ .ﺑﻪ ﻣﻄﻠﺒﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻧﻴﺲ ﺭﻳﭽﻲ ) (DennisRitchieﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﻟﻘﻴﻦ ﻳﻮﻧﻴﮑﺲ ﻭ ﭘﺪﺭ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻲ Cﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ۱۹۸۰ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻧﻘﻼﺏ ﻳﻮﻧﻴﮑﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﺠﻮﻳﺎﻧﺶ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ: "ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺧﻠﻖ ﮐﻨﻴﻢ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻳﮏ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺧﻮﺏ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ،ﺑﻠﮑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺎﺣﺒﺖ ﺷﮑﻞ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ .ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺣﺲ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﻱ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﺍﮐﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ - ﺑﺠﺎﻱ ﭘﺎﻧﭻ ﺁﻥ ،ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ،ﺑﻠﮑﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮏ ﻭ ﺻﻤﻴﻤﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﮐﻨﺪ".
ﻭ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺣﺎﮐﻢ ،ﻧﺨﺴﺘﻴﻦ ﮐﺪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ) (Source Codeﻳﻮﻧﻴﮑﺲ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺭﺍﻳﮕﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﮕﺎﻩﻫﺎ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺷﺪ .ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ،ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﮐﺪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻳﻮﻧﻴﮑﺲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﮐﺮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺑﻬﻴﻨﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﺍﮎ ﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭﻧﺪ. ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﺍﻳﻞ ﺩﻫﻪ ۱۹۸۰ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﻳﻮﻧﻴﮑﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺭﻱ ﻫﻴﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻩ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻱﺗﺮ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻣﻴﺖ ) (Summitﮐﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﺎﻳﻞ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ،ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺷﺪ .ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﻮﻧﻴﮑﺲ ﺷﺎﻧﺲ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻮﻓﻘﻴﺖ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻮﺋﻴﭽﻴﻨﮓ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ،AT&T ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺑﺮﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻀﺎﻳﻲ NASAﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ. ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺳﺨﺖﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻧﺴﺨﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻮﻧﻴﮑﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﺨﺖﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮓ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺮﮐﺖﻫﺎ ﺷﺮﮐﺖ AT&Tﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﺮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺴﺨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻔﺮﻗﻪ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﻳﻮﻧﻴﮑﺲ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ. ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎ ﮐﻪ POSIXﻭ SVIDﻳﻌﻨﻲ Unix System V Interface Definitionﻧﺎﻡ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ ،ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺗﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻳﻮﻧﻴﮑﺲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻮﻧﻴﮑﺲ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ .ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺧﻂ ﻣﺸﻲ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ.
ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﭼﻪ ﻧﺴﺨﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻗﻄﻌﻪﺍﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺳﺘﮑﺎﺭﻱ
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
۶
ﻭ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﻫﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ: •
ﭼﻨﺪ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ) :(Multiuserﻧﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺣﺴﺎﺏﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻳﮏ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ،ﺑﻠﮑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ )(logon ﺷﻮﻧﺪ .ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﺤﻴﻂﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ .ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺧﺎﻧﮕﻲ )(Home Directory ﺧﺎﺹ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ،ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻳﮑﻮﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩﺷﺎﻥ.
•
ﭼﻨﺪ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﻪﺍﻱ ) :(Multitaskingﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻪﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻫﻢ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻠﮑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺻﺤﻨﻪ ) (Backgroundﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻣﻴﺴﺎﺯﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻳﮏ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ) (Serverﻋﻤﻞ ﮐﻨﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺻﺤﻨﻪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻘﺎﺿﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ،ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻳﮏ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻭﺏ ،ﭼﺎﭖ ﻳﮏ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻳﺎ ﮐﭙﻲ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ.ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺻﺤﻨﻪ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺲ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺣﺎ ﺩﻳﻤﻦ ) (Deamonﻣﻲﻧﺎﻣﻨﺪ.
•
ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ) :(Graphical User Interfaceﻳﺎ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ X-Windowﮐﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻤﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﺍﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍ Xﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ X .ﺗﻮﺍﺑﻊ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺒﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻳﮏ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ Xﮐﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻭﺱ ﻭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ ،ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ Xﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻴﻂﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻴﺰﻱ ﻭ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺷﮑﻞ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎﻳﻞ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻫﺮ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥﻫﺎ ،ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩﻫﺎ ،ﻣﻨﻮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺭﻧﮓﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﻫﻴﺪ .ﻣﺤﻴﻂﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻴﺰﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻫﻢ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﻭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ GNOMEﻭ KDEﺗﺎﮐﻴﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ.
•
ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺨﺖﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ) :(Hardware Supportﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺳﺨﺖﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ،ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺩﻩﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻼﭘﻲ ﺩﻳﺴﮏﻫﺎCD-ROM ،ﻫﺎ ،ﺩﻳﺴﮏﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ )ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺩﻳﺴﮏﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﭗ( ،ﮐﺎﺭﺕﻫﺎیﺼﻮﺗﻲ، ﻧﻮﺍﺭﺧﻮﺍﻥﻫﺎ ،ﮐﺎﺭﺕﻫﺎیﮕﺮﺍﻓﻴﮏ ﻭ ﻭﻳﺪﺋﻮ ﻭ ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﻓﮑﺮ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ. ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺳﺨﺖﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺍﻩﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻﻲ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻧﻤﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ ، .ﻭﻟﻲ ﺭﺍﻩﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺳﺨﺖﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻳﺞ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻃﻲ ﻣﺪﺗﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﺎﻥ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ.
•
ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ) :(Network Connectivityﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺭﺕﻫﺎیﺸﺒﮑﻪ ،ﻣﻮﺩﻣﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﻳﺎﻝ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ.ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﭘﺮﻭﺗﮑﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻳﺞ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺒﮑﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺭﺍﻳﺞ ﭘﺮﻭﺗﮑﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺎﻻ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ .ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﭘﺮﻭﺗﮑﻞ ﺍﺯﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﭘﺮﻭﺗﮑﻞﻫﺎﻱ TCP/IPﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺑﮑﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻧﺪ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ .ﭘﺮﻭﺗﮑﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ) IPXﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺷﺒﮑﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﻭﻝ( ﻭ X.25ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ.
•
ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ) :(Network Serversﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻱ ) (Clientﺭﻭﻱ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ .ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺍ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﻣﻲﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﭼﺎﭖ ،ﻓﺎﻳﻞ،FTP، Email ، WEB ،ﺍﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﮐﺎﺭﻱ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ.
ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻭﻝ :ﻣﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺑﺮ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ
•
۷
ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ) :(Application Supportﺑﻌﻠﺖ ﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ POSIXﻭ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭﺍﺳﻂ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻲ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ) ، (APIﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻭﺳﻴﻌﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﺍﮐﻲ ) (Sharewareﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ GNUﮐﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ) (FSFﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ،ﺭﻭﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ. ﺑﻌﻠﺖ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻴﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ "ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ" ﻳﺎ RPMﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎ ،ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﻭﻱﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺑﺎﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ .ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ RPMﺍﻱ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺪﻝ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺟﻬﺖ ﮐﺴﺐ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ.
ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﭼﻪ ﻣﺰﺍﻳﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﻢ ،ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺠﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ) .ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺯﻳﺮ ۱۰۰ﺩﻻﺭ ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ(. ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﻮﺩ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ ،ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺨﺖﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺍﺭﺯﺍﻥ ﻭ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﺭﺍﻳﮕﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ،ﻓﮑﺮ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ،ﻋﻤﻮﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﻩ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻴﻦ ﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻫﺎﻱ ﻳﻮﻧﻴﮑﺲ، ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻴﺰﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺩﺍ ﺻﺒﺢ ﻫﻤﻪ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺧﺮﺍﺏ! ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﮐﻤﮏ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻳﮕﺎﻥ ،ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﮐﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺮﻭﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺒﺮﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺸﮑﻞ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺣﻞ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ .ﭼﻮﻧﮑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﮐﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،ﺧﻮﺩﺗﺎﻥ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ! ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ،ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﻴﻢ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺎﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻩﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺷﺎﺕ ﺍﺷﮑﺎﻻﺕ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ! ﺑﻪ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮓ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ،ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮓ ﮐﻤﮏ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ. ﺍﮔﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺳﻮﺍﻻﺗﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺧﺒﺮﻱ linux.redhat.miscﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻮﺍﻻﺕ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺨﺖﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﺒﺮﻱ comp.os.linux.hardwareﻭ comp.os.linux.networkingﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﭘﺮﮐﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ،ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﮑﺮﻫﺎ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺪﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﺍﮎ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ .ﻫﺮﭼﻨﺪ ،ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﻣﺘﺨﺼﺺ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻭ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﯼ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ.
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
۸
ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﺍﻧﺪﻳﺸﻨﺪ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻨﺪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻲ ﺑﺴﭙﺎﺭﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﻼ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ،ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺷﺮﮐﺖﻫﺎ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻩﻫﺎ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻤﻊﺁﻭﺭﯼ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﯼ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﯼ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻭ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻭ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ .ﺑﻪﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﯼ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ،ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊﻫﺎﯼ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ) (Linux Distributionﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ .ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ،ﺯﻭﺯﻩ ،ﺩﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ... ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻟﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻱ ،ﮐﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺷﺮﮐﺖ Redhat Software Incﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ CDﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺮﻭﺷﮕﺎﻩ ﺧﺮﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﺠﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ CDﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﮐﺘﺎﺏﻫﺎ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ،ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻴﮑﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺮﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻬﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺁﻥ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻭ CDﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﻬﻤﺮﺍﻩ CDﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺧﺮﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻭﺍﮊﻩ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻧﮏﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺗﻲ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻﺕ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ﺁﻥ ) (http://www.redhat.comﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
ﭼﺮﺍ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﻢ؟ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪﺗﺮﻱ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ،ﻫﺮ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺳﻌﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ ﺑﻬﺒﻮﺩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻧﺼﺐ ،ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺁﺳﺎﻧﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﮐﻨﺪ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻲ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ )ﻣﺜﻼ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩﻫﺎ( ﻳﮏ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﻳﺰ ﮐﻨﺪ .ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﻳﺰ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ: •
ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ) :( Software packagingﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ RPMﺭﺍ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺪﺍﻉ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ RPMﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﮐﻤﺘﺮ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ .ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ RPMﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ، CDﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ،ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﭼﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ .ﭼﻮﻧﮑﻪ RPMﺑﻪ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ. ﺩﺭ ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ RPMﻣﻄﺎﻟﺒﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪ.
•
ﻧﺼﺐ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ ) :(Easy Installationﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻗﺪﻣﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻬﻤﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺩﺷﻮﺍﺭﺗﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻪ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻨﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ. ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ
ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻭﻝ :ﻣﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺑﺮ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ
۹
ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ،ﺣﺴﺎﺏﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ. ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﺍﻳﻨﺪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻣﻲﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﺩ.
•
ﺍﺳﮑﺮﻳﭙﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ Vﻳﻮﻧﻴﮑﺲ ):(UNIX System V-style run-level scripts ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻭ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻲ )ﺩﻳﻤﻦﻫﺎ( ،ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻣﮑﺎﻧﻴﺴﻢ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ Vﻳﻮﻧﻴﮑﺲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻭ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲﻫﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺍﺳﮑﺮﻳﭙﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ) (Shell Scriptsﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺷﺎﺧﻪ etcﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ .ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ، ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﮏ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻳﺪ ،ﭘﻴﺎﻣﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﭼﻪ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺳﺘﻲ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻣﺸﮑﻞ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ.ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ،ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ.
•
ﻣﺤﻴﻂﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻴﺰﻱ ) :(Desktop Environmentsﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺁﺳﺎﻧﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ،ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺩﻭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻴﺰﻱ GNOMEﻭ KDEﺭﺍ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﻣﺤﻴﻂ GNOMEﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﭘﻴﺶﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺩﺭﮒ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺍﭖ ) (Drag and Dropﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. KDEﻳﮑﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻴﻂﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻳﺞ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ
KDE
ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻴﺰﮐﺎﺭ ﻭ KOrganizerﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻭ ...ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭﻱﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﻴﻂﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻴﺰﻱ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ،ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ Utilityﻭ ...ﺭﺍ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ. •
ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ) :(Administration Toolsﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺘﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﻤﮏ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ .ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻉ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ،ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ،ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻭ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ .ﺑﺠﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻂ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺳﻮﺩ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ.
•
ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ) :(Testingﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻲﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺑﺪﻗﺖ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺣﺮﻓﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺗﺎﺳﺮ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﺘﻔﺮﻗﻪ ﺍﺯﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺿﻤﺎﺋﻤﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻳﮏ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﮐﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ CDﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ )ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﺴﺨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ( ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ. ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻤﺪﺗﺎ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ،ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻣﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﺒﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ .ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻳﮏ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺷﮑﺎﻟﻲ ﺭﺥ ﺩﻫﺪ ،ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﺷﮑﺎﻝ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺷﻮﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺭﺍﺑﻂﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ،ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ.
ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ۹ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ •
ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺭﻭﻣﻴﺰﻱ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ )،(Personal Desktopﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﮐﺎﺭﻱ ) ،(Workstationﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ) (Serverﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺳﻔﺎﺭﺷﻲ ) (Customﺭﺍ ﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
۱۰
ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺒﻼ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﺭﺗﻘﺎ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ. •
ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﺘﺎﻥ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻗﻼﻡ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
•
ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﻮﺕ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ،ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺪﻣﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ،ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ ،ﺛﺒﺖ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ،ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ.
ﺑﻬﺒﻮﺩ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻱ •
ﻃﺮﺡ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺑﻠﻮﮐﺮﻭ ) (Bluecurveﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻭ ...ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ.
•
ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺗﺎ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﮐﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﻪ ﻳﮑﺴﺎﻥ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ.
•
ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﻮﻫﺎ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ، ﺭﺍﺣﺖ ﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ.
ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ •
ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ OpenOffice.Orgﮐﻪ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﺯﻣﺘﻦ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ ،ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺩﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﻓﻪ ) ، (Presentationﮐﺸﻴﺪﻥ ﺍﺷﮑﺎﻝ ﻭ ﻃﺮﺡﻫﺎ ﻭ ...ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ. ﺑﺎﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ MS-Officeﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪﺍﻳﺪ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
•
ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﺑﺎﺯﻣﺘﻦ ﻣﻮﺯﻳﻼ ) (Mozillaﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮏ ،ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ ﻭ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺸﮕﺮ htmlﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ.
•
ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮏ ﻭ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﺯﻳﻤﻴﻦ ﺍﻭﻭﻟﻮﺷﻦ ) (Ximain Evolutionﮐﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ MS-Outlookﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮏ.
•
ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ: o
ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ
o
ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ
o
ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻭ ﻭﺿﻮﺡ ﺁﻥ-ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺻﻮﺕ
ﺍﺟﺰﺍﻱ ﺍﺭﺗﻘﺎ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ۹ •
ﮐﺎﻣﭙﺎﻳﻠﺮ gccﻧﺴﺨﻪ ۳,۲,۲
•
ﮐﺘﺎﺑﺨﺎﻧﻪ glibcﻧﺴﺨﻪ ۲,۳,۲
•
ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ۲,۴,۲۰
•
ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻭﺏ Apacheﻧﺴﺨﻪ ۲
•
ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺸﮕﺮ GNU Emacsﻧﺴﺨﻪ ۲۱,۲
•
ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ GIMPﻧﺴﺨﻪ ۱,۲,۳
•
ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ GNOMEﻧﺴﺨﻪ ۲,۲
•
ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ Gnome Meetingﻧﺴﺨﻪ ۰,۹۳,۱
•
ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ gphotoﻧﺴﺨﻪ ۲,۱,۰
ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻭﻝ :ﻣﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺑﺮ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ
•
ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ KDEﻧﺴﺨﻪ ۳,۱
•
ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ MrProjectﻧﺴﺨﻪ ۰,۶
•
ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﻣﻮﺯﻳﻼ ) (Mozillaﻧﺴﺨﻪ ۱,۲,۱
•
ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﻮﺳﻲ ﭘﺮﻝ ) (Perlﻧﺴﺨﻪ ۵,۸,۰
•
ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ XFree86ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ۴,۳,۰
•
ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ OpenOfficeﻧﺴﺨﻪ ۱,۰,۱
۱۱
ﻭ... ﺑﻬﺒﻮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ۲,۴ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ •
ﺑﻬﺒﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﭼﻨﺪﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻧﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﻣﺘﻘﺎﺭﻥ ) :(Symetric Multiprocessingﺑﻌﻠﺖ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺳﺨﺖﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ IBM، DELL، HP، Silicon Graphicsﻭﺍﻳﻨﺘﻞ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ ،ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ۲,۴ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻧﺪﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻭ ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻤﻨﺪﺗﺮ ﺑﻬﺒﻮﺩ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ۲,۲ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﺍﺯ ۸ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﮐﻨﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﺍﺯ ۱۰۲۴ﺭﺷﺘﻪ ) (threadﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﮐﻨﺪ .ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ۲,۴ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﺪﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻮﺛﺮﺗﺮ ﻭ ﻣﻔﻴﺪﺗﺮﻱ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ .ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ۲,۴ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺭﺷﺘﻪ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ.
•
ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ) :(Grater Capacityﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﺎﺭ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪ ،ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ۲,۴ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ۴ﮔﻴﮕﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺭﻡ ۱۰ ،ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ IDEﻭ ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ۱۶ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﺍﺗﺮﻧﺖ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ.
•
ﺑﻬﺒﻮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ) :(Networking Enhancementsﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻱ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ،ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻩ ﺣﺠﻢﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺗﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﺮﻓﻪﺍﻱ ،ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻣﻨﻴﺘﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ .ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺨﺖﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﮐﺎﺭﺕﻫﺎﯼ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ،ATMﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ.
•
ﺑﻬﺒﻮﺩ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ :USBﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ۲,۲ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﮔﺎﻩ USBﺩﺭ ﺣﺪ ﻣﺎﻭﺱ ﻭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ USBﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻴﮑﺮﺩ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﻭﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﻲ،ﭼﺎﭘﮕﺮﻫﺎ ﻭ ...ﻣﺒﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ USBﻧﻴﺰ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ.
•
ﺑﻬﺒﻮﺩ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ :ﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﺎﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺒﻼ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﺪﻧﺪ -ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺱ -ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ) UDFﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺩﻳﺴﮑﻬﺎﻱ ،(DVDﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ Unix NFSﻭ IRIX XFSﻧﻴﺰ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ.
ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻠﻲ ﺑﻬﺒﻮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ۲,۴ﺑﻪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﮐﻤﮏ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ،ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﻱ ،ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﺯﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻥ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻥ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻤﻨﺪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ. ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﻮﺕ ﮔﺮﺍﺏ )(GRUB
ﺍﺯ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ۷,۲ﺑﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ،ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﮔﺮﺍﺏ ) (GRand Unified Bootloaderﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﻮﺕ
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
۱۲
ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ LILOﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ.ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻮﺕ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ،ﻧﺨﺴﺘﻴﻦ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ،ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ. ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻠﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ )ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺭﻭﻱ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ( ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻓﺮﺍﻳﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻠﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻳﺪ ﻭﺍﮔﺬﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ. ﮔﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺕ ) (Multibootﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ-ﭼﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺕ )Non- (Multibootﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﺁﻭﺭﺩ .ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﭼﻨﺪ-ﺑﻮﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺁﺭﮔﻮﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ .ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻏﻴﺮ-ﭼﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺯﻧﺠﻴﺮﻩﺍﻱ ) (chain loadingﺭﺍ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﮏ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﮔﺮﺍﺏ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻮﺕ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ: •
ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺕ :ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ FreeBSD، NetBSD، OpenBSD ،ﻭ .OpenLinux
•
ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻏﻴﺮ-ﭼﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺕ :ﺩﺍﺱ ،OS/2 ،ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ NT، ME، 2000 ،98 ،95ﻭ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ . XP
ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻫﺎﻱ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺕ ،ﮔﺮﺍﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﻮﺕ ،ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﻣﺜﻼ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻳﮏ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺳﺨﺖﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﺭﺍﻩﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺨﺖﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺭﻭﻱ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﻪﺍﻱ )(ext3
ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﭘﻴﺶﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ext3ﺍﺳﺖ ext3 .ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﻪﺍﻱ ) (journalingfile systemﻣﻮﺳﻮﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﺎﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﺎ ،ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺘﻲ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺭﺯﺷﻤﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ.
ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮓ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻤﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮓ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺭﺷﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﮐﻨﻴﻢ .ﮐﭙﻲ ﺭﺍﻳﺖ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻣﺠﻮﺯ GNUﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ.ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺠﻮﺯ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ،ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ: •
ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﻩ ) :(Author rightsﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺣﻔﻂ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ.
•
ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ) :(Free Distributionﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ GNUﺩﺭ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﮐﺪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺳﻬﻞ ﻭ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺁﻭﺭﻳﺪ.
•
ﺣﻔﻆ ﮐﭙﻲ ﺭﺍﻳﺖ ) :(Copyright maintainedﺣﺘﻲ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻔﺮﻭﺷﻴﺪ ،ﻣﺠﻮﺯ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ GNUﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻪﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ،ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ -ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪﺍﻳﺪ -ﺩﺍﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ.
ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻭﻝ :ﻣﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺑﺮ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ
۱۳
ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻫﻴﭽﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺘﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ GNUﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ .ﺍﮔﺮ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺍﺷﮑﺎﻝ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻫﻴﭽﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺍﺷﮑﺎﻝ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ .ﻫﺮﭼﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮓ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻌﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺣﺮﻓﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻞ ﻣﺸﮑﻠﺘﺎﻥ ﻳﺎﺭﻱ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﻭﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺒﺮﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻣﺸﮑﻼﺕ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺸﮑﻼﺕ ﺧﻮﺩﺗﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺣﻞ ﭘﺴﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺎﻧﺲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺴﻲ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺘﻲ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻭ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ. ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ GNUﺍﺯ ﻭﺍﮊﻩ "ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ" ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﺠﻮﺯ GNUﺑﺎﺷﺪ. ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﮊﻩ "ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﻣﺘﻦ" ) (Open Source Softwareﺑﺮ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺭﻳﺪ .ﻫﺮ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﮐﺪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺠﻮﺯ GNUﺍﺳﺖ ،ﻭﻟﻲ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ GNUﺗﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﻣﺘﻦ ﮐﺎﻣﻼ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ،ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ-ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺘﻲ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ http://www.opensource.orgﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻳﮏ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺭﺍﻳﮕﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ۱۹۹۱ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﺱ ﺗﻮﺭﻭﺍﻟﺪﺯ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺗﺎﺳﺮ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ ﺗﺮ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ. ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻧﺼﺐ ،ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ RPMﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺳﻬﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ GNOMEﻭ KDEﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ،ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺗﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ،ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮓ ﺗﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺷﮑﻞ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺭﻳﺸﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ Unix ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ .ﻳﻮﻧﻴﮑﺲ ﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ POSIXﻧﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ،ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻳﻮﻧﻴﮑﺲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻳﻮﻧﻴﮑﺲ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ.
٢
ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ
ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻻﻳﻞ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺳﻤﻲ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ،ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﻓﺮﺍﻳﻨﺪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﻱ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﻼ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ CDﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮑﺴﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻭ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ. ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻭ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ،ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺭﺍﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ .ﺍﮔﺮ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ CD-ROMﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ،ﻧﺼﺐ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ.
ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﮐﻤﻲ ﺗﺮﺳﻨﺎﮎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ! ﻭﻟﻲ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﮐﻤﻲ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺨﺖﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺁﺳﺎﻧﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻓﮑﺮ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺟﻬﺖ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﻗﻼﻡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ: ·
CDﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ) ٩ﺩﻳﺴﮏﻫﺎﻱ ١،٢ﻭ ٣ﺩﻳﺴﮏﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻭ ﺩﻳﺴﮏﻫﺎﻱ ٤ﻭ ﺩﻳﺴﮏﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ(
٥
١٦ ·
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ٩
ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﻱ ﺑﺎ CD-ROMﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﻮﺕ ،ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﭘﻨﺘﻴﻮﻡ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ٣٣٣ﻣﮕﺎﻫﺮﺗﺰ ،ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ٦٤ﻣﮕﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﺭﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ﻭ ١٢٨ﻣﮕﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﻭ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ۵۰۰ﻣﮕﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺳﻔﺎﺭﺷﻲ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ،ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ٢١٠٠ﻣﮕﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﮐﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ١٥٠٠ﻣﮕﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﮏﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﻪ ٥ﮔﻴﮕﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﻓﻀﺎ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ.
ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ. ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﮐﻞ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﻧﺪﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺭﺍ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ،ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻫﺎ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺨﺶ "ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ" ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﺎﺭ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻳﺪ.
ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ: ·
ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ١ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ CDﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ.
·
ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻮﺕ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
·
ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺧﻮﺵ ﺁﻣﺪ ﮔﻮﻳﻲ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪ ،ﮐﻠﻴﺪ Enterﺭﺍ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ.
ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺳﻮﺍﻻﺗﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺳﺨﺖﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ .ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺩﺍﺩﻳﺪ ،ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﮔﻤﻪﻫﺎﻱ Nextﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ .ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ )ﻧﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﺑﻌﺪﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ( : · · · ·
·
ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ) :(Languageﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ. ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ :ﻧﻮﻉ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﻣﺎﻭﺱ :ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺎﻭﺳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﻧﻮﻉ ﻧﺼﺐ ) :(Install typeﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺒﻼ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﺘﺎﻥ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻴﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﺭﺗﻘﺎ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺍﺭﺗﻘﺎ ) (Upgrade Existing Installationﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ،ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ Perform a new Redhat Linux Installationﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺳﭙﺲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ Nextﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﭘﻴﮑﺮ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﮐﺎﺭﻱ)) (Workstationﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﻲﮐﻨﺪ( ،ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ )) (Serverﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺎﮎ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ( ،ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ )) (Personal Desktopﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻴﺰﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﺭﻑ ﺧﺎﻧﮕﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﻴﻔﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ PCMCIAﻭ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻧﻴﺮﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ( ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻔﺎﺭﺷﻲ )) (Customﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ( .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ.١-٢ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﻫﺎ ) :(Partitionsﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ) (Automaticﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻔﺎﺭﺷﻲ )ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ (Disk Druidﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﮏ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ )(root ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﮏ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ swapﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ .ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﺷﻮﺩ .ﺑﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺷﻮﺩ ،ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ
ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ :ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ
١٧
ﻣﻲ ﮐﻨﻢ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ ،ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﻮﺕ ) :(Boot loaderﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﻮﺕ ﮔﺮﺍﺏ ) (Grubﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ
·
ﺁﻥ ﺑﻌﺪﺍ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﮐﺮﺩ .ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﻮﺕ ﮔﺮﺍﺏ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ. ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ) :(Network Configurationﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ
·
ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ IPﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﺗﺎﻥ ،ﺯﻳﺮ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ) ، (Netmaskﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ) ،(Network Numberﻧﺎﻡ ﻣﻴﺰﺑﺎﻥ ) ،(Host nameﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ DNSﻭ ...ﺍﺳﺖ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﻮﺕ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻴﺮ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ. ·
ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﺁﺗﺶ ) :(Firewallﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ "ﺍﻣﻨﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ" ) (Highﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﻬﺮﻩ ﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ "ﺳﻔﺎﺭﺷﻲ" ) (Customﺭﺍ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ "ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﺁﺗﺶ" ) (No Firewallﺭﺍ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ )ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ( ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ.ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ،ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ١-٢ ·
ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻧﺼﺐ
ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ) :(Language Supportﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺯﺑﺎﻥﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻴﺪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ،ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
·
ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ) :(Time Zoneﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
١٨
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ٩
·
ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ) :(Set root passwordﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ) (rootﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
·
ﺍﺣﺮﺍﺯ ﻫﻮﻳﺖ ) :(Authenticationﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺭﻣﺰﻧﮕﺎﺭﻱ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺳﺎﻳﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﮑﺎﻧﻴﺴﻢ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺣﺮﺍﺯ ﻫﻮﻳﺖ ﻣﺒﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ NIS، LDAPﻭ ﻳﺎ ﮐﺮﺑﺮﻭﺱ ) (Kerberosﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ) .ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﮑﺎﻧﻴﺴﻤﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﮑﺮ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ(
·
ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻫﺎ ) :(Packagesﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺳﻔﺎﺭﺷﻲ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﻔﺮﺍﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺍﻱ ) ٤٠-٢٠ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ( ﻃﻮﻝ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﺸﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﻳﺴﮏﻫﺎﻱ ٢ﻭ ﻳﺎ ٣ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ .٢-٢
·
ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺑﻮﺕ ) :(Boot Diskﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻳﮏ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
·
ﻭﻳﺪﺋﻮ ) :(Videoﻧﻮﻉ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
·
ﻣﺎﻧﻴﺘﻮﺭ ) :(Monitorﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺎﻧﻴﺘﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﻓﻘﻂ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻗﻼﻡ ﭘﻴﺶﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﺭﻭﻱ Nextﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
·
ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ) :(Screenﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻭﺿﻮﺡ ،ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ )ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ( ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
·
ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻧﺼﺐ :ﺩﺭ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ .ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﻱ Exitﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ )(login
ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ﻳﺎ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ.
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ٢-٢ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻧﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭﻱ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ. ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻳﺪ ،ﻳﮏ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﭘﻴﮑﺮ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ
ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ :ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ
١٩
ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ ،ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ،ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ. ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻣﻨﻴﺘﻲ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﺍﺷﮑﺎﻻﺗﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ .ﻳﮏ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺳﺘﻲ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺑﺴﻮﻱ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ. ﻫﻴﭽﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻧﺸﻮﻳﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻋﻮﺍﻗﺐ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﻧﺎﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ! ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻋﺎﺩﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻣﻨﻴﺘﻲ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺧﻄﺮﻧﺎﮎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﮑﺘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻳﺪ ،ﻳﮏ ﺷﮑﺎﻑ ﺍﻣﻨﻴﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ.
ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻣﻲﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﺩ .ﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﺎﺭ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻓﺮﺍﻳﻨﺪ ﻧﺼﺐ ،ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺗﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺳﺨﺖﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ،ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ. ﺍﮔﺮ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﺍﺷﮑﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﮐﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺮ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺁﻳﺪ ،ﺑﻪ ﺑﺨﺶ "ﺍﺷﮑﺎﻝ ﺯﺩﺍﻳﻲ ﻓﺮﺍﻳﻨﺪ ﻧﺼﺐ" ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﺷﮑﺎﻻﺕ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩﺍﺗﻲ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ. ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻋﻼﻗﻪ ﻣﻨﺪ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻴﺪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺁﻥ ﻋﮑﺲ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ Shift+PrintScreenﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ. ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ rootﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ. ﺍﮔﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﻭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﺎﺭ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ، ﺳﻌﻲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﮑﺎﺭﻱ MBRﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﻴﺎﻓﺘﺪ .ﺍﮔﺮ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﻳﺎ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻠﻬﺎ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﻲ ﮐﻨﺪ ،ﻫﻮﻝ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ .ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺷﮑﺎﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺑﻮﺕ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮔﺮﺍﺏ ﻳﺎ ﻟﻴﻠﻮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺷﮑﺎﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﻃﺮﻑ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﺣﺮﻓﻪ ﺍﻱ ﮐﻤﮏ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ.
ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻳﮏ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻉ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻧﻌﻄﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ CDﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ CDﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ CD-ROMﺍﺳﺖ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ،ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ.
٢٠
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ٩
ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻘﺎﺀ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ .ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲﺗﺮ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺭﺗﻘﺎﺀ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ،ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻧﺨﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺖ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﺗﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ .ﻳﮏ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺎﮎ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ .ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ CDﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﺴﮑﺖ ﺑﻮﺕ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ )ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﻌﺪﺍ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻢ(: ·
ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ : HTTPﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ ﻭﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺩ.
·
ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ : FTPﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ FTPﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺩ.
·
ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ : NFSﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﺍﮎ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ) (Network File Systemﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
·
ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ :ﺍﮔﺮ ﻳﮏ ﮐﭙﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻨﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻨﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺺ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ.
ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺳﺨﺖﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ .ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﮏ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﮏ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﮐﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﺣﺸﺘﻨﺎﮎ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ PCﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ: ·
·
·
ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ : x٨٦ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﻞ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻱ ،ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻳﺪ )ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺍﺷﮑﺎﻟﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ!( .ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻧﺪﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲ ﻫﻢ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﻣﻦ ﺣﺘﻲ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻧﺪﻩ ٨٠٣٨٦ﺍﻳﻨﺘﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭﻱ ﺳﺨﺖﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻡ ﻭﻟﻲ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺳﻌﻲ ﻧﮑﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻡ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻢ! ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻱ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﮑﻨﻢ، ﻳﮏ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻧﺪﻩ ٣٣٣ﻣﮕﺎﻫﺮﺗﺰﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ. ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ ﻓﻼﭘﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ : CD-ROMﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻓﺮﺍﻳﻨﺪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮏ ﻓﻼﭘﻲ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ CD-ROMﺑﻮﺕ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ CD-ROMﻧﺪﺍﺭﻳﺪ )ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲ( ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﮐﭙﻲ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ CDﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ. ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ) : (Hard Diskﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻳﮏ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ٥٠٠ﻣﮕﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﻓﻀﺎ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ .ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻀﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ .ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻓﻀﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﮐﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ٢١٠٠ﻣﮕﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ )ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻭ ﮐﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ( ﺑﻪ ٥ﮔﻴﮕﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﻓﻀﺎ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ.
·
ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ) : (RAMﺷﻤﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺑﻪ ٦٤ﻣﮕﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﺭﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ .ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻴﻂﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ١٢٨ﻣﮕﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ.
·
ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻧﻴﺘﻮﺭ :ﺧﻮﺏ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ! ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻣﺎﻧﻴﺘﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ. ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺪﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ Xﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ
ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ :ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ
٢١
ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺒﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻟﻔﺎ )(Alpha ﻭ ﺍﺳﭙﺎﺭﮎ ) (Sparcﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ. ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺳﺨﺖﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭ http://www.redhat.com/hardwareﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺑﺎ
ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ
ﺭﺩﻫﺖ
ﺭﺍ
ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ
ﺩﺭ
ﺁﺩﺭﺱ
ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ CD-ROMﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺭﮔﺎﻩ PCMCIAﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ )ﺩﺭ ﮔﺎﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﻴﻔﻲ( ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ PCMCIAﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ PCMCIAﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺒﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﻞ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ. ﺍﮔﺮ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﮐﻴﻔﻲ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ CD-ROMﺍﺳﺖ ،ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ CD-ROMﺍﺳﺖ ،ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﮔﺎﻩ PCMCIAﺁﻥ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﺩﺭﮔﺎﻩﻫﺎﻱ PCMCIAﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﮐﻴﻔﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺭﺕﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ .ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺪﻫﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ PCMCIAﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﮔﺎﻩ PCMCIAﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﮐﻴﻔﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ: ·
ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ
·
ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ
CD-ROM
ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻴﺪ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﮐﺪﺍﻣﻴﮏ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩﻫﺎﻱ PCMCIAﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ،ﻓﺎﻳﻞ SUPPORTED.CARDSﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ usr/share/doc/kernel-pcmcia-cs/ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﺴﮑﺖ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ .ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﺴﮑﺖﻫﺎ ﺑﻌﺪﺍ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ.
ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻓﮑﺮ ﻣﻲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﮔﻤﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ ) (Backﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ. ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﮐﭙﻲ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺷﺪ ،ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ. ﺩﻳﺴﮏ CD-ROMﻧﺼﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ
ﺍﮔﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻴﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺠﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺴﮑﺖ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺴﺐ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺩﻳﺴﮏﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ،ﺑﻪ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺩﻳﺴﮏﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
٢٢
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ٩
ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺗﺘﺎﻥ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ .ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﮐﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺳﻔﺎﺭﺷﻲ، ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺣﻔﻆ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﮐﺴﺐ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺴﺐ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻧﺼﺐ ،ﺑﻪ ﺑﺨﺶ "ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ "FIPSﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻮﺕ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ
ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺧﻮﺷﺎﻣﺪ ﮔﻮﻳﻲ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ. ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﻓﻘﻴﺖ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﻮﺱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺣﺘﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ CD-ROMﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺖ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻳﺴﮑﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ) boot.imgﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ() bootnet.img ،ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺼﺐﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ( ﻳﺎ ) pcmcia.imgﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﻴﻔﻲ( ﮐﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ CDﻧﺼﺐ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ،ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﺴﮑﺖﻫﺎ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ .ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺩﻳﺴﮑﺖﻫﺎ ،ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻮﺕ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ. ﺍﮔﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺧﻮﺵﺁﻣﺪ ﮔﻮﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﻴﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ CD-ROMﺷﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﻮﺕ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ .ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ CD-ROMﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺩﻳﺴﮑﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻮﺕ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﻤﮏ ﮐﻨﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ CD-ROMﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻋﻤﻞ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ :ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺭﺍﻩﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻱ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﺨﺴﺘﻴﻦ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ) (setupﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺩﻳﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺎﻳﻮﺱ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ F١ﻳﺎ F٢ﻭﻳﺎ DELﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ Boot Optionsﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﮕﺮﺩﻳﺪ .ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﺮﺩﻳﺪ ،ﺍﻭﻟﻮﻳﺖ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ CD-ROMﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ.
ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﺑﻮﺕ
ﺩﺭ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﺑﻮﺕ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ Enterﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ،ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ )ﺭﻧﮓ ١٦ﺑﻴﺘﻲ ﻭ ﻭﺿﻮﺡ ٨٠٠ﺩﺭ ٦٠٠ﭘﻴﮑﺴﻞ( ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻲﺩﻫﺪ ،ﺑﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ "ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﺼﺐ" ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻳﮏ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﺼﺐ
ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻫﺎ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﺣﺘﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻧﮑﻨﺪ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺳﺨﺖﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ،ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ،ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺨﺖﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﻮﺕ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ. ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﻟﻴﺴﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ، ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﺍﺷﮑﺎﻝ ﺷﻮﺩ )ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺎﺭﺑﻴﺞ ﭘﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺨﺖﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ(.
ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ :ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ
·
٢٣
: textﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ textﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮏ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﭼﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﺧﻮﺷﮕﻞ! ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﺨﻮﺑﻲ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ. : lowresﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ،ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻮﺡ ٦٤٠ﺩﺭ ٤٨٠ﭘﻴﮑﺴﻞ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ
·
ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮏ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺿﻮﺡ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ. : expertﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺣﺲ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺳﺨﺖﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ
·
ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﺳﺨﺖﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻧﻤﻲ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﺩ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺎﻭﺱ ،ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﻭ ...ﺭﺍ ﺷﺨﺼﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. : nofbﺑﺎ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ frame bufferﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺷﮑﺎﻻﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ
·
ﻏﻴﺮﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ. : linuxddﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ،ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
·
ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﺑﻮﺕ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ،ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺳﺨﺖﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﻣﺜﻼ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﻧﻤﻲﺩﻫﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺳﻴﻠﻨﺪﺭ ،ﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺳﮑﺘﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺰ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﺭﺟﺎﻉ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ linux hd=٧٢٠،٣٢،٦٤ : ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ٧٢٠ﺳﻴﻠﻨﺪﺭ ٣٢ ،ﻫﺪ ﻭ ٦٤ﺳﮑﺘﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ. ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐ ﭼﺴﺒﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﻳﺪ. ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ
ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ٩ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ،ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﭘﺮﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺻﺤﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺳﺘﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻴﺮ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻴﺪ ﺩﻳﺴﮏﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺤﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ Skipﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺷﻮﺩ. ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺧﻮﺷﺎﻣﺪ ﮔﻮﻳﻲ
ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻓﺮﺍﻳﻨﺪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﻋﻼﻡ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﻓﻘﻂ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﻭﻱ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ Nextﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ
ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ،ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺳﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﮐﻪ ﭘﺮﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ،ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ Nextﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ
ﻧﻮﻉ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﻣﺜﻼ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ١٠٥ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ. ﻣﺎﻭﺱ
ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺎﻭﺳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﺘﺎﻥ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺎﻭﺱﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﺳﺮﻳﺎﻝ ﻭ PS/٢ﻭ
٢٤
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ٩
USBﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺎﻭﺱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﻭ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ،buttonsﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ،Shiftﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﺳﻮﻡ ﻣﺎﻭﺱ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﺳﻮﻡ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ.
Emulate ٣
ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻧﺼﺐ )(Install Type
ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻴﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﺭﺗﻘﺎ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ،ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﺭﺗﻘﺎ ) (Upgradeﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺭﺗﻘﺎ ،ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ٢,٠ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺭﺗﻘﺎﻉ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﻳﻨﺪﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ filename.rpmsaveﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ .ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ tmp/upgrade.logﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻘﺎ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ. ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﺎﺩﻳﺮﻱ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ Druidﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
Disk
ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ "ﮐﻼﺱﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ" ) (Installation Classesﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻮﺳﻮﻡ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ: ·
ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﮐﺎﺭﻱ ) :(Workstationﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﮏ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﮐﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻴﻂﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ GNOMEﻭ ﻳﺎ KDEﻧﺼﺐ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ X Windowﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﻣﺤﻴﻂ GNOMEﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﭘﺲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ KDEﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﻫﺮ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻭ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺘﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ Workstationﻭ ﻳﺎ Personal Desktopﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ،ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺁﺳﻴﺒﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﺎﺭ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻴﭽﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻓﻀﺎ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ،ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ FIPSﮐﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﺍ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺩﺍﺩ.
·
ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ) : (Serverﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻳﮏ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ) .ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻭﺏ ،ﭘﺴﺖ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮏ ،ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻭ .(...ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ X Windowﺭﺍ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻤﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﻌﺪﺍ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻂ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ! ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺎﮎ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺩﻳﺴﮏﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ.
ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ :ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ
٢٥
ﺣﻮﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ؟ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ :ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺎﮎ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ! ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﺭﺍ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ،ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﺼﺐ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ) (Automatic Partitioningﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩﺗﺎﻥ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﻓﻀﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ. ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ) : (Personal Desktopﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﮐﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ
·
ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻤﻲﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻳﮏ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﮐﻴﻔﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ PCMCIAﻭ ﻣﺎﺩﻭﻥ ﻗﺮﻣﺰ ) (IrDaﻧﻴﺰ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ. ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺳﻔﺎﺭﺷﻲ ) : (Customﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺗﮏ ﺗﮏ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ
·
ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ. ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﺣﺮﻓﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ،ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺳﻔﺎﺭﺷﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﺯﺗﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﻣﻴﻔﻬﻤﻴﺪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﺼﺐ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﮕﺬﺭﺩ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻱ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ!
ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﮋﻱ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﺑﻨﺪﻱ )(Partitioning
ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﻭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻮﻉ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺭﻭ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ: ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ :ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ
·
ﺩﺍﺩ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﭘﺎﮎ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ. ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ : Disk Druidﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ Disk Druidﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻞ
·
ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ .ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ fdiskﺍﺳﺖ. ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ،ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ Nextﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﺑﻨﺪﻱ :ﺍﮔﺮ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ،ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ
·
ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ: ﭘﺎﮎ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ )
o
Remove all Linux partitions on this
:(systemﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺴﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ. ﭘﺎﮎ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ :ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ
o
ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺭﻓﺖ. o
ﺣﻔﻆ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ )
Keep all partitions and use
:(existing free spaceﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻃﻲ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ.
ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﺘﺎﻥ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﻳﺴﮑﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ،ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ Reviewﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭﻳﺪ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ .٣-٢ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ،ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ. ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻳﮏ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ) (/ﮐﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﻭ ﻳﮏ
٢٦
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ٩
ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ swapﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ .ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﮑﻲ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﻣﺜﻼ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ١٢٨ﻣﮕﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ RAMﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ،ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ٢٥٦ﻣﮕﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ .ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ Nextﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ Disk Druidﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ،ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺨﺶ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻳﮏ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ /homeﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ،ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ.
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ٣-٢ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﻮﺕ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ )(Boot Loader
ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ GRUBﻭ ﻳﺎ LILOﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﻮﺕ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻗﺒﻼ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻴﺪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﮑﺖ ﺑﻮﺕ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﻮﺕ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﭘﺮﻫﻴﺰ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﻮﺕ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ: ·
ﺑﻮﺕ ﺭﮐﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ) : (Master Boot Recordﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﻮﺕ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﮔﺮﺍﺏ ﻭ ﻟﻴﻠﻮ ﻓﺮﺍﻳﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ.
·
ﺳﮑﺘﻮﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺑﻮﺕ ) : (First Sector of Boot Partitionﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺭﻭﻱ
ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ :ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ
٢٧
ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺳﮑﺘﻮﺭ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﻮﺕ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻮﺕ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﺍﺏ ﻳﺎ ﻟﻴﻠﻮ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ. ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ Disk Druidﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ،ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺨﺶ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﺩﺭﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﻮﺕ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﮔﺮﺍﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻄﺮﻧﺎﮎ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻮﺕ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﮔﺮﺍﺏ ﻭ ﻟﻴﻠﻮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ.
ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ) .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺨﺖﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ( .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ CD-Writerﻧﻮﻉ IDEﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﺳﮑﺎﺯﻱ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﻨﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺠﺒﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﭘﻴﺶﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﺕ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﻫﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐ ) (labelﺁﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ. ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ )(Network Configuration
ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺒﮑﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺗﻠﻔﻨﻲ ) (Dialupﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﺭﻭﻱ Nextﺑﺴﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﻫﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ،ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﺁﺩﺭﺱﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ :ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ) (Staticﮐﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ DHCPﮐﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺴﺐ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ DHCPﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ IPﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻﻲ ﻭ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﻮﺕ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻪ )ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻴﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ( .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ manuallyﺭﺍ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ.٤-٢ ·
ﺁﺩﺭﺱ : IPﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻋﺪﺩﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﻣﺜﺎﻻ ﻳﮏ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ IPﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ١٠,٠,٠,١٢ﺍﺳﺖ.
·
: Netmaskﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﮐﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ IPﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﻭ ﮐﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻴﺰﺑﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﻳﮏ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﮏ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﮐﻼﺱ Aﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ٢٥٥,٠,٠,٠ﺍﺳﺖ .ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺣﺪﺱ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺯﺩ.
·
: Networkﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ IPﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ١٠,٠,٠,١٢ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻳﮏ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﮐﻼﺱ ﺁ ) (٢٥٥,٠,٠,٠ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ،ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ١٠ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ )ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ .(١٠,٠,٠,٠
·
: Broadcastﻳﮏ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ IPﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﺑﮑﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﺮﻭﺩ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﮏ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﮐﻼﺱ ﺁ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ١٠ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ١٠,٢٥٥,٢٥٥,٢٥٥ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ.
٢٨ ·
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ٩
: Hostnameﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ) (Domainﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﻥ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﮔﺮ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ memphisﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ truedata.comﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،ﻧﺎﻡ ﻣﻴﺰﺑﺎﻥ ) (Hostnameﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﻤﺎ memphis.truedata.comﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ. : Gatewayﻳﮏ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ IPﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭﻭﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ.
·
ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﻳﮏ ﻣﻴﺰﺑﺎﻥ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺴﻴﺮﻳﺎﺏ ) (Routerﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻣﺴﻴﺮﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ. ·
: Primary DNSﺁﺩﺭﺱ IPﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺩﺭﺱﻫﺎﻱ IPﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ DNSﻧﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻭ
ﺳﻮﻡ DNSﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻥ ﻫﺮﻳﮏ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻋﻬﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ.
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ٤-٢
ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ
ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﺁﺗﺶ )(Firewall
ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻣﻨﻴﺖ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻳﺪ ،ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺭﺍﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﮑﺮ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﺁﺗﺶ ،ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ: ·
ﺍﻣﻨﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ ) :(Highﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻭﺏ ﻭ ...ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ،ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻭ ﻳﮏ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ DNSﻭ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﻫﺎﻱ DHCPﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻘﻴﻪ
ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ :ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ
·
·
٢٩
ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ. ﺍﻣﻨﻴﺖ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ) :(Mediumﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻣﻨﻴﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﻴﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﭘﻮﺭﺕ ﻫﺎﻱ TCP/IPﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻨﺪﻳﺪ) .ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﭘﻮﺭﺕﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ .(١٠٢٣ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺩﺳﺘﻴﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺭﺕﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ،NFSﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﻭﺭ Xﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻗﻠﻢ Xﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﺴﺖ. ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﺁﺗﺶ ) :(No Firewallﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻗﺼﺪ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ،ﻫﻴﭻ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺪﺍﺯﻳﺪ.
ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﮔﻤﻪ ﺳﻔﺎﺭﺷﻲ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ) (Customizeﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺵ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲﻫﺎﻱ DHCP، SSH، Telnet، WWW، Mailﻭ FTPﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻟﻴﺴﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﭘﻮﺭﺕﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﮐﺎﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ،ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ..ﻓﺎﻳﻞ etc/servicesﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﮐﻪ ﭼﻪ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻪ ﭘﻮﺭﺕﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ .٥-٢ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ،ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ etc/sysconfig/ipchainsﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ. ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺍﺳﮑﺮﻳﭙﺖ ﺁﻏﺎﺯﮔﺮ ipchainsﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ etc/init.d/ipchainsﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ .ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﮑﻨﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮ ﮔﺎﻩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻮﺕ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ،ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ.
ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺯﺑﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ )(Language Support
ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﺮﺩﻳﺪ ،ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺯﺑﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺭﻭﻱ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﮐﻨﺎﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ،ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ )(Time Zone
ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻗﺖ ﮔﺮﻳﻨﻮﻳﭻ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ UTC Offsetﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﻳﻨﻮﻳﭻ ) (GMTﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
٣:٣٠
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ )(Set root password
ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﮏ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ) (rootﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺭﻣﺰ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ .ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺁﻥ ﻭ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻫﻴﭻ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻮﺩﺗﺎﻥ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻳﺪ .ﺭﻣﺰ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﮐﺲ ﺯﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﺁﻥ، ﺗﮑﺮﺍﺭ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺩﻗﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻣﺤﺮﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻳﺪ!
٣٠
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ٩
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ٥-٢
ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻣﻨﻴﺘﻲ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ
ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﺣﺮﺍﺯ ﻫﻮﻳﺖ )(Enable Authentication
ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ،ﺷﻤﺎ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺳﺎﻳﻪ ) (shadowﻭ MD٥ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ، ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺳﺎﻳﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻧﮕﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻲﺁﻭﺭﺩ. ﺍﻟﮕﻮﺭﻳﺘﻢ ﺭﻣﺰﻧﮕﺎﺭﻱ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺒﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ ﻳﻮﻧﻴﮑﺲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﮕﻮﺭﻳﺘﻢ ﺟﺎﻧﺸﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﮕﻮﺭﻳﺘﻢ ﮐﺮﻳﭙﺖ ) (cryptﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺨﺴﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﺒﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ ﻳﻮﻧﻴﮑﺲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﺪ ،ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ MD٥ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ،ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﺗﺮ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺷﮑﺴﺘﻦ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺷﻮﺍﺭﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ.
ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﺣﺮﺍﺯ ﻫﻮﻳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ) (Network-Wide Authenticationﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ،ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺍ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ: ·
NISﻓﻌﺎﻝ :ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ
) Network Information
(Systemﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﮔﻤﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ NISﻭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ·
LDAPﻓﻌﺎﻝ :ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺧﺬ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﮔﻤﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮﻱ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﺣﺮﺍﺯ ﻫﻮﻳﺖ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻳﮏ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ LDAPﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ LDAPﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﺘﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
·
Kerberos ٥ﻓﻌﺎﻝ :ﺑﺎ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﮔﻤﻪ ،ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺣﺮﺍﺯ ﻫﻮﻳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﮐﺮﺑﺮﻭﺱ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ .ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﮐﺮﺑﺮﻭﺱ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻳﮏ
ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ :ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ
٣١
ﺭﺋﺎﻟﻢ ) (Realmﮐﺮﺑﺮﻭﺱ )ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺮﺑﺮﻭﺱ() KDC ،ﻳﮏ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻠﻴﻂﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺮﺑﺮﻭﺱ ﺭﺍ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ( ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ) (Admin Serverﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺩﻳﻤﻦ kadmindﺭﺍ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ. ·
: SMBﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ Sambaﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﺍﮎ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻭ ﭼﺎﭘﮕﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺣﺮﺍﺯ ﻫﻮﻳﺖ SMBﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ Sambaﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻡ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﮐﺎﺭﻱ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻴﺪ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻌﻠﻖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻫﺎ )(Select Packages
ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻧﺼﺒﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ،ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ .ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﭘﻴﺶﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﻱ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ Customizeﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ. ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻴﭽﻴﮏ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﻟﺖﻫﺎ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ، ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ .٢-٢ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺳﻔﺎﺭﺷﻲ ) (Customizeﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﭼﻴﺰ ) (Everythingﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ.
ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺿﻌﻒ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻣﻨﻴﺘﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻱ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ، ﺍﻣﻨﻴﺖ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻪﺍﻳﺪ .ﻧﺼﺐ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﺟﺰﺍ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ٣ﮔﻴﮕﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﻓﻀﺎ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ. ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ Select Individual packagesﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﮏ ﺗﮏ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺣﺮﻓﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺗﮑﻲ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻫﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻝ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ.
ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﮐﭙﻲ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺐ
ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﻋﻼﻡ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺭﻭﻱ Nextﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﮐﭙﻲ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﺩﻳﺴﮏﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ ،CD-ROMﺑﻴﻦ ٤٠-٢٠ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﺸﻴﺪ. ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺑﻮﺕ )(Boot Disk
ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﺴﮑﺖ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻮﺕ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﮏ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻱ Nextﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻳﺪ ،ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ Noﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻱ Nextﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
٣٢
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ٩
ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ
ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻻ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮏ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺳﺘﻲ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﮕﺮﻓﺘﻪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻧﻮﻉ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﺎﻧﻴﺘﻮﺭ
ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﻣﺪﻝ ﻭ ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ ﻣﺎﻧﻴﺘﻮﺭ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺩ .ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﮑﺎﺭﻱ ﻫﻴﭻ ﭼﻴﺰ ،ﺭﻭﻱ Nextﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻭ ﻭﺿﻮﺡ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ )(Color & Resolution
ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺳﺨﺖﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺭﻧﮕﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻭﺿﻮﺡ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﻭ ﻭﺿﻮﺡ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﮐﻢ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﻳﮏ ﻣﺎﻧﻴﺘﻮﺭ ١٤ﻳﺎ ١٥ﺍﻳﻨﭻ، ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻭﺿﻮﺡ ٨٠٠ﺩﺭ ٦٠٠ﭘﻴﮑﺴﻞ ﻭ ﺭﻧﮓ ١٦ﺑﻴﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ .ﻭﺿﻮﺡ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺎﻧﻴﺘﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ١٧ﺍﻳﻨﭻ ١٠٢٤ ،ﺩﺭ ٧٦٨ﭘﻴﮑﺴﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ. ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻴﺪ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﮔﻤﻪ Test Settingﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ GNOMEﻭ KDEﺭﺍ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ،ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ،ﻳﮑﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﭘﻴﺶﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ) (loginﻫﻢ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ )ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ (٣ﻭ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ )ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ (٥ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ .ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ Nextﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻧﺼﺐ
ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻦ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺗﺒﺮﻳﮏ ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﺪ .ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﮔﻤﻪ Exitﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻱ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ .ﺍﮔﺮ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﻴﻠﻮ ﻳﺎ ﮔﺮﺍﺏ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ،ﻳﮏ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧـﻤـﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺑـﻮﺳﻴـﻠﻪ ﮐـﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ Enterﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ،ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ .٦-٢ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺎ ﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻧﮑﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ،ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﮐﻤﻲ ﻋﺠﻴﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ .ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﻥ ،ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﺬﺭﺩ ﮐﺎﻣﻼ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﻣﻴﺴﺎﺯﺩ .ﻣﺜﻼ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻪ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺍﻱ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﻫﺎ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ. ﺩﺭ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺷﻮﺩ ،ﮐﺎﻣﻼ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻔﻬﻤﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺷﮑﺎﻝ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺠﺎ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﻮﺕ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻗﻔﻞ ﮐﻨﺪ ،ﻓﻬﻤﻴﺪﻥ ﺍﺷﮑﺎﻝ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺸﮑﻞ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ .ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻓﺮﺍﻳﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺑﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺪ. ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ﻳﺎ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ،ﻳﺎ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ .ﺟﻬﺖ
ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ :ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ
٣٣
ﻳﺎﺩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻮﻡ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ،ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﻮﺕ ،ﻭﻳﺰﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭ ﻋﻀﻮﻳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﮏ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺭﻭﺯﻣﺮﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺣﺘﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﮏ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ.
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ٦-٢
·
ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﻮﺕ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ
ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﮐﺲﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ،ﻧﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺲ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ ،ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻳﮏ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻳﮏ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ) .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ .(٧-٢ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ،ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ Users and Groupsﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﺍﮔﺮ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﺨﺖﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻴﺪ ،ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﮐﻮﺩﺯﻭ ) (kudzuﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺳﺨﺖﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ .ﮐﻮﺩﺯﻭ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺳﺨﺖﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺩ. ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﺳﺨﺖﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻮﺩﺯﻭ :ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺗﻲ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺳﺨﺖﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ،ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﻳﮏ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻌﻠﺖ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺁﻥ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
٣٤
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ٩
ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﮐﻮﺩﺯﻭ ،ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ،ﺳﺨﺖﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﮑﺮ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺟﻬﺖ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻮﺩﺯﻭ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﻐﺎﻡ " Press 'I' to "enter interactive startupﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ Iﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ .ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﺳﺨﺖﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﮐﻮﺩﺯﻭ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺳﺨﺖﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻳﮏ ﺳﺨﺖﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ،ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ.
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ٧-٢
ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﻮﺕ
ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺳﺨﺖﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ ،ﺑﺨﺶ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲﻫﺎ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﮏﺗﮏ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﻳﮏ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﻮﺕ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﺷﮑﺎﻝ ﻳﮏ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﺍ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﻳﻨﺪﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ ،ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺨﺖﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﻮﺕ ،ﮐﻮﺩﺯﻭﺭ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ.
ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ )(Special Installation Procedures ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻤﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ CDﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ،ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺭﺍﻩﺣﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ. ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ
ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ :ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ
٣٥
ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ CD-ROMﺷﻤﺎ ﺧﺮﺍﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺻﻼ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ CD-ROMﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ،ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮﻳﮏ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻳﮏ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻭﺏ )،(HTTP ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ،FTPﻳﮏ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﺍﮎ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ NFSﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ! ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻫﺮﻳﮏ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻧﺼﺐ ،ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺴﮑﺖ ﺑﻮﺕ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﺟﻬﺖ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻦ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺩﻳﺴﮑﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺑﻮﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ) Bootnet.imgﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﻭ boot.img ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ( ،ﻓﺮﺍﻳﻨﺪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ: ·
ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﻓﻼﭘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ.
·
ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻮﺕ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺧﻮﺷﺎﻣﺪ ﮔﻮﻳﻲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
·
ﮐﻠﻴﺪ Enterﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ HTTP، FTPﻭ ﻳﺎ NFSﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ .ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺗﻠﻔﻨﻲ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ! ﺟﻬﺖ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ،ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻨﻲ ﮐﭙﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻤﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﮐﭙﻲ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﻴﺎﺑﻲ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺨﺶ "ﺑﺮﭘﺎﻳﻲ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﺼﺐ" ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
·
ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
·
ﻧﻮﻉ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
·
ﻧﻮﻉ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ NFS Image، FTP، HTTPﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ.
·
ﭘﻴﮑﺮ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ : TCP/IPﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮﻳﮏ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﺍﻱ ) NFS،HTTPﻭ (FTPﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﺮﻭﺗﮑﻞ TCP/IPﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ) .ﺟﻬﺖ ﮐﺴﺐ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﭘﺮ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺮ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺷﺪ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ(.
·
ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ :ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ،NFSﺳﺎﻳﺖ FTPﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ﻭﺑﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﮐﻪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
·
ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ :ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ،ﻧﺼﺐ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺭﻭﺍﻝ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺶ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ ،ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ.
ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﺑﺮﭘﺎ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ.
ﺑﺮﭘﺎﻳﻲ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﺼﺐ )(Install Server ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ
CD-ROM
ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ،ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ
٣٦
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ٩
ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ١,٣ﮔﻴﮕﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲﻫﺎﻱ NFS، FTPﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻭﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻳﮏ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺟﺪﺍﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﭘﺎ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﮏ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. ﺑﻌﻠﺖ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺳﻪ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ CDﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻴﺘﺮ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻳﮏ CDﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ،ﺑﻠﮑﻪ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺩﻳﺴﮏﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﮐﭙﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ: /tmp/rh eject /mnt/cdrom /tmp/rh eject /mnt/cdrom /tmp/rh
mkdir /tmp/rh mount /mnt/cdrom *cp -r /mnt/cdrom/ ;umount /mnt/cdrom mount /mnt/cdrom *cp -r /mnt/cdrom/ ;umount /mnt/cdrom mount /mnt/cdrom *cp -r /mnt/cdrom/
$ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $
ﻭ ﺑﻬﻤﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﺳﻪ CDﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﮐﭙﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﻫﺮ ﮔﺎﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺎﺯﻧﻮﻳﺴﻲ ) (Overwriteﻳﮏ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﺷﺪ،ﭘﺎﺳﺦ Yﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﮐﻪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﮐﭙﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ RPMSﻭ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﮐﭙﻲ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺷﮑﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ .ﻗﺪﻡﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ،ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﺼﺒﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ. ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ NFS
ﻳﮏ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ etc/exportsﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﺍﮎ ﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭﻳﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻓﻘﻂ-ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻧﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ : tmp/rh roﺳﭙﺲ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ NFSﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ etc/init.d/nfs restartﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ) (rootﻣﺠﺪﺩﺍ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺣﺎﻝ ،ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ memphisﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﺍﮎ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ memphis:/tmp/rhﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﻴﺎﺑﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ. ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻭﺏ
ﺍﮔﺮ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻭﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺭﺍ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ ،ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ: /var/www/html/rh
$ ln –s /tmp/rh
ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ memphis.truedata.comﺍﺳﺖ ،ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ http://memphis.truedata.com/rhﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺳﺎﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ. ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ FTP
ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ
FTP
ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ
ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ :ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ
٣٧
ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻭﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ،ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺯِﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻂ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ: /var/ftp/pub/rh
ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ftp://memphis.truedada.com/pub/rhﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ. memphis.truedata.com
$ ln -s /tmp/rh
ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ
ﻧﺼﺐ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ
ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺣﺘﻤﺎ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ISOﻫﺮ CDﺭﺍ ﮐﭙﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ) .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .(cp /dev/cdrom /tmp/rh/cd١.isoﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ISOﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ tmp/rh/ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ،ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ dev/hda١/ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻭ tmp/rh/ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ،ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻭ ﻧﮑﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﺮﺍﻳﻨﺪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ،ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺤﺜﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻱ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ،ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻡ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ،ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ. ·
ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ :ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻳﺴﮏﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺨﺖ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ،ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻣﻴﺎﻭﺭﻧﺪ .ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺨﺶﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺮﻩ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ .ﺩﻻﻳﻞ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻠﺖ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ:
o
ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ :ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺷﮑﺎﻝ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ .ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﻮﺕ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﮐﺪﺍﻣﻴﮏ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺷﻮﺩ. ﭼﻨﺪ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ :ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ،ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺨﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ) (homeﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ،ﭘﺮ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻭﻗﺎﻳﻊ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ var/log/ﺭﺍ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ ،ﻓﺮﺍﻳﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﮐﭙﻲ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺁﺳﺎﻧﺘﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﻣﺜﻼ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺠﺒﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ،ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻓﺮﺍﻳﻨﺪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ. ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ :ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺗﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ .ﻫﺮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ) (/ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ext٣ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻳﮏ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ
o
·
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ٩
٣٨ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ.
swap
ﮐﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﺳﺖ .ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺩﻳﺴﮏﻫﺎﻱ
CD-ROM
ﻧﻮﻉ
iso٩٦٦٠
ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺎﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻩﺍﻳﺪ ،ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ Cﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺻﻼ ﻓﮑﺮ ﻧﮑﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﻭﺭﻱ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﻼﺱ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ) (Serverﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺎﮎ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭﻝ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﻼﺱ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩﮐﺎﺭﻱ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ )ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ( ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ،ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﭘﻴﺶﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺩﺍﺭﺍ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ. ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﺼﺐ ،ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ Disk Druidﺭﺍ ﺟﻬﺖ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. ﻗﺴﻤﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﻣﻲﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﺩ .ﺑﺨﺶ "ﻧﮑﺎﺗﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ" ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺴﺐ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ Disk Druidﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺳﻔﺎﺭﺷﻲ ،ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ Disk Druidﺭﺍ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ٨-٢ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ Disk Druidﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ) (Primaryﺁﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ .ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ،ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﻫﺮ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺳﺘﻮﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ: ·
: Deviceﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺘﻮﻥ ﻧﺎﻡ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ devﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺷﻴﻮﻩ ﻧﺎﻣﮕﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺣﺮﻑ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ hdﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﮏﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺨﺖ ،IDEﺍﺯ sdﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﮏﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺍﺳﮑﺎﺯﻱ ،ﺍﺯ edﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﮏﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺨﺖ ESDIﻭ ﺍﺯ xdﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﮏﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺨﺖ XTﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺣﺮﻑ ﺳﻮﻡ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﻣﺜﻼ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺩﻭ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ،ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺍﻭﻟﻲ
a
ﻭ ﺩﻭﻣﻲ bﻧﺎﻡ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ .ﺑﺨﺶ ﻋﺪﺩﻱ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ. ·
: Start/Endﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﻴﻠﻨﺪﺭ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻏﺎﺯﻳﻦ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻲ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ.
·
: Sizeﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻣﮕﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ.
·
: Typeﻧﻮﻉ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﺮ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ) ext٣ﻭ ﻳﺎ ، (ext٢ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ، (FAT) ٩٥ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ) VFATﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ (FAT٣٢ﻭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ swapﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ.
·
: Mount Pointﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺴﻲ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻓﺮﺍﻳﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺷﻮﺩ.
·
: Formatﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻴﺮ.
ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ،ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺩﻳﺪ .ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺑﺨﺶ ﮊﺋﻮﻣﺘﺮﻱ ) (Geomﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺳﻴﻠﻨﺪﺭ،ﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺳﮑﺘﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ.
ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ :ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ
٣٩
ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ .ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ NTFSﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﭘﻴﺶﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﭼﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ cat /proc/filesystemsﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺟﻬﺖ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﺎﮊﻭﻝﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ .ﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻫﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ext٣، vfat، swapﻭ iso٩٦٦٠ﺑﺮﻃﺮﻑ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ. · o
o
o
ﺩﻻﻳﻞ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ :ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ ،ﺩﻻﻳﻞ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺨﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ : ﻣﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ؟ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ،ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ) ، (vfatﻳﮏ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ swapﻭ ﻳﮏ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ext٣ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ. ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻲ ﭼﻨﺪ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ؟ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺧﻮﺩﺗﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ .ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻻﻳﻞ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ،ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻳﮑﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻓﻀﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﺨﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻫﺮ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻﻲ ﺧﻮﺩﺵ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻣﻴﺎﻳﺪ. ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺯﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ .ﺍﮔﺮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﻭ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ homeﻭ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ )(/ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ.
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ٨-٢
ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ Disk Druidﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ
ﭘﺎﮎ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ،ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﻫﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻨﻲ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ )ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺩﺍﺱ ﻳﺎ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ(
٤٠
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ٩
ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻥ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺎﮎ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺑﺨﺶ "ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ” ﺑﻪ ﺑﺤﺚ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ،ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻲﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﺩ. ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻞ ﭘﺎﮎ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ،ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ .ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮏ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺎﮎ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺑﺎ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺧﺪﺍﺣﺎﻓﻈﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ!
ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ Disk Druidﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ. ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ .ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺭﻭﻱ OKﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. Disk Druid
ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﭘﺎﮎﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ
ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ،ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻓﺮﺍﻳﻨﺪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ.
ﺟﻬﺖ ﭘﺎﮎ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﮏ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺩﺭ Disk Druidﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ:
.١ .٢ .٣
ﻳﮏ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﻨﻮﻧﻲ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ) .ﺑﺎ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﺎ(. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺎﮎ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺭﻭﻱ Deleteﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺷﺘﺒﺎﻫﻲ ﻣﺮﺗﮑﺐ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ،ﺭﻭﻱ Resetﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻫﻤﻪ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺮﺩﺩ.
ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﻳﮏ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ،ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ:
.١ .٢
ﺭﻭﻱ Newﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﻧﺎﻡ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ) (Mount Pointﮐﻪ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ،ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺷﻤﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﮏ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ) (/ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ.
.٣
ﻧﻮﻉ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﮐﻪ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ) ext٢ﻭ ، (ext٣ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﻫﺎﻱ ، RAIDﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ swapﻭ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ.
.٤
ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ Sizeﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺮ ﮐﻨﺪ ،ﻋﺪﺩ ١ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
.٥
ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ،ﺩﻳﺴﮑﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ،ﺍﺯ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ Allowable Drivesﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
.٦
ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ:
·
ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ) : (Fixed Sizeﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ Sizeﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ.
·
: Fill All Space up toﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺗﺎ ﻳﮏ ﻣﮕﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺮ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ) .ﻣﺜﻼ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﻳﮏ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ vfatﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ٢٠٤٨ﻣﮕﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ Disk Druidﺍﺳﺖ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ(.
·
:Fill maximum allowable sizeﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺷﻐﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ،ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
.٧
ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺑﻮﺕ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ
Force to Be a Primary
Partitionﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭼﮏ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﮑﺘﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺮﺍﺏ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ Check for bad blocksﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ
ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ :ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ
٤١
ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
.٨
ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﭼﻴﺰ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﺭﻭﻱ OKﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺗﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻭ ﮐﭙﻲ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ.
.١ .٢ .٣ .٤
ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ: ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﮔﻤﻪ Editﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ )ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ( ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ. ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﻱ OKﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ RAIDﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺩﻭ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ RAIDﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.ﺳﭙﺲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﮔﻤﻪ Make RAIDﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﻭ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ RAIDﺍﺩﻏﺎﻡ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
ﻧﮑﺎﺗﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﻫﺎ
·
·
ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﮏﺳﺨﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﮐﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ. ﻋﻠﺖ ﻫﻢ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺍﺳﺖ :ﻫﺮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻃﻠﺐ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﻧﮑﺎﺗﻲ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻩ ،ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ:
ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ IDEﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ٦٣ ،ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﺴﮏﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﮑﺎﺯﻱ ١٥ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺘﺎ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ! ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ )ﻣﺜﻼ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ MEﻳﺎ (XPﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ،ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﻧﺼﺐ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺷﻮﺩ) .ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﺳﺎﻓﺖ ﺩﺷﻤﻦ ﺧﻮﻧﻲ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﺳﺖ؟!(
ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﮏ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﺎﻧﮕﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﺪﺩ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻳﺪ .ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻂﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺒﮑﻪﺍﻱ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺩﻻﻳﻞ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ: ·
·
ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻤﻼﺕ :ﺣﻤﻼﺕ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻲ ) (Denial Of Serviceﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﭘﺮ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ،ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺨﺘﻞ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ var/ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ،ﻳﮏ ﺣﻤﻠﻪ ﻣﻮﻓﻖ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﺁﻥ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺮ ﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻝ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻞ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ. ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﻲ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ :ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻳﮏ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ) (/ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ،ﺧﺮﺍﺑﻲ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﻲ ﮐﻞ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ .ﺧﺮﺍﺑﻲ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﻮﭼﮑﺘﺮ ﺯﻭﺩﺗﺮ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻢ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﻲ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻢ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻲ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ.
ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ: ·
: bootﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ،ﺑﺎﻳﻮﺱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲ ﺗﺮ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ١٠٢٤ﺳﻴﻠﻨﺪﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ bootﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﻮﺱ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﺭﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﻳﮏ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﮐﻮﭼﮏ )ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ٨٠ﻣﮕﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ( ﺯﻳﺮ ١٠٢٤ﺳﻴﻠﻨﺪﺭ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺳﭙﺲ ﻳﮏ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ
٤٢
·
·
· ·
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ٩
ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ١٠٢٤ﺳﻴﻠﻨﺪﺭ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﮏﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ linear modeﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺸﮑﻞ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﮐﺠﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ. : usrﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ .ﺑﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻨﻲ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ) (mountﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻫﮑﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﺷﮑﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻣﻨﻴﺘﻲ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ usrﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ NFSﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ usrﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﺍﮎ ﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭﻳﺪ. : varﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺏ ﻭ FTPﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ) var/ftpﻭ .(var/wwwﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻳﮏ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻤﻼﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺮﺍﺏ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ. : homeﺑﻌﻠﺖ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ ،ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ. : tmpﺟﺪﺍ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ tmpﺍﺯ ﺑﻘﻴﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ tmpﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻟﻲ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ.
ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻧﻤﻲﺩﺍﻧﻨﺪ ،ﻭﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﺍﺷﮑﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﻓﻬﻤﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻔﻊ ﺁﻧﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ .ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ ،ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺷﮑﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ. ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ
ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﻫﺎ ،ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻻ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻬﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ،ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻨﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ. ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ )ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻤﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ( ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻨﻲ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺎﮎ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻭ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻳﮏ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﭼﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﮑﻨﻴﺪ؟ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺘﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﺑﻨﺪﻱ
ﻳﮏ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻨﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻩ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻭ ﭘﺎﮎ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ!! ﻫﻮﻩ !! ﭼﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ!! ﻣﺸﮑﻞ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺮﺍﻳﻨﺪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺗﺼﻮﺭ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﺴﮏﻫﺎﻱ ١,٤٤ﻣﮕﺎﺑﺎﻳﺘﻲ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻩ ﮔﻴﮕﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ!!
ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ :ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ
ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ.
FIPS
٤٣
ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﺱ
ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ FIPS
ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ FIPSﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺱ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺱ ﻭ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﭘﺎﮎ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ .ﻫﺮﭼﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﺍﻳﻨﺪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ،ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻼﻑ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ. FIPSﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﻭ ﺳﮑﺘﻮﺭ ﺑﻮﺕ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺩﺍﺱ/ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻳﮏ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ) (Primaryﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺱ/ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ،ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ. ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ FIPSﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﺴﮏﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﻣﻦ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻢ .ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ FIPSﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ١ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ dosutilsﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ fips.doc ﺭﺍ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
.١
ﺑﺎ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺩﺍﺱ/ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ: ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺩﺍﺱ/ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﭼﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺩﺍﺱ ،ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ chkdskﺭﺍ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺧﻄﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﻃﺮﻑ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ .ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ Scandiskﺭﺍ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﺷﮑﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﻫﺪﻑ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻫﺮ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺧﻄﺎﻱ
.٢
.٣
·
ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ. ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ FIPSﺭﺍ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﮏ ﻓﻼﭘﻲ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻳﮏ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﻓﻼﭘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺩﺍﺱ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ format a: /sﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ،ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ restorrb.exe ، fips.exeﻭ errors.txtﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ١ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﮐﭙﻲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ ،ﻳﮑﺒﺎﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﺕ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﻴﺎﺑﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻴﺮ. ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻳﮑﭙﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ) (Defragﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻳﮑﭙﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺩﺭ My Computerﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮﻫﺎ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ Propertiesﺑﺨﺶ Toolsﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻱ Defragment nowﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﻳﮑﭙﺎﺭﭼﻪﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺑﮑﺸﺪ .ﻋﻠﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺳﺮﻫﻢ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﻳﮑﭙﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺧﺮ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻧﮑﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ: ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ swapﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻓﺮﺍﻳﻨﺪ ﻳﮑﭙﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺗﮑﺎﻥ ﻧﺨﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻏﻴﺮﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺷﻮﺩ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﺭﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﭘﻨﻞ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﺑﺨﺶ Systemﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ Performanceﺑﺨﺶ Virtual Memoryﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ Disable Virtual Memoryﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
·
ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺩﺍﺱ/ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ،ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﻔﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﭘﺎﮎ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﭘﺎﮎ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﺣﺘﻲ ﭘﺎﮎ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ
٤٤ .٤
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ٩
ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻲ ﺩﺍﺱ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﭘﺎﮎ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ attrib -s -hﮐﻤﮏ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ. ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺴﮑﺖ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺕ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺗﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﻧﻨﻮﻳﺴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺪ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻧﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ config.sysﻭ autoexec.batﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﮑﺖ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺪﺍﺯﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺑﻮﺩ ،ﺩﻳﺴﮑﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻮﺕ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
.٥
ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ fipsﺭﺍ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﮑﻤﻴﻞ ﻓﺮﺍﻳﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺕ ﻭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ،ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .fipsﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻥ ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ Ctrl+Cﻫﺮ ﻭﻗﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ fips ،ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺪﺍﻣﻴﮏ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺳﭙﺲ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻨﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ: ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ Fips .ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ
·
ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﻋﻼﻡ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻳﮏ ﮐﭙﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﮑﺘﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻮﺕ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻴﺮ؟ )ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﭙﻲ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ(. ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻳﮏ ﮐﭙﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﮑﺘﻮﺭﻫﺎ Yﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ Fips .ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ ﺁﻳﺎ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ
·
ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻴﺮ؟ ﺣﺘﻤﺎ ﻓﻼﭘﻲ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺩﮔﻤﻪ Yﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ Fips .ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ rootboot.٠٠٠ﺭﻭﻱ
·
ﻓﻼﭘﻲ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻳﮏ ﺳﻴﻠﻨﺪﺭ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻧﮑﻨﺪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﺠﺒﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺎﮎ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﺍ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻳﮑﭙﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺧﻮﺏ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﺮﻭﺩ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺧـﺮﻭﺟـﻲ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ١-٢ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ. ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﭼﭗ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺳﻴﻠﻨﺪﺭﻱ ﮐﻪ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ
·
ﺷﺪ ،ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻴﺪ ،ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ.ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ ،ﮐﻠﻴﺪ Enterﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ. ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﭙﺬﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﺍ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ
· ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ·
ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺑﺮ ﻭﻓﻖ ﻣﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﺩﮔﻤﻪ Cﺭﺍ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ.
·
ﮐﻠﻴﺪ Yﺭﺍ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ fipsﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺧﺪﺍﺣﺎﻓﻈﻲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ. Old Partition
Cylinder
New Partition
٢٧٥٣,٣ MB
٣٥١
٣٥٣٩٣,٢ MB
ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ٢-١
.٦
ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ FIPS
ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺑﻮﺕ fipsﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻮﺕ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﺍ fipsﺭﺍ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻨﮑﺎﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ:
·
ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ fips -tﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﻣﺸﮑﻠﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺖ،
ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ :ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ
٤٥
ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻥ Ctrl+Cﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ.
·
ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﺍﻱ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ chkdskﻳﺎ scandiskﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺻﺤﺖ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺧﺮﺍﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ restorrbﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﮑﺖ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ.
.٧
ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﺍ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻱ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻳﺴﮑﺖ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﺷﻮﺩ .ﻫﻤﻪ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ.
ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺑﭙﺮﺩﺍﺯﻳﺪ .ﻻﺯﻡ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﻓﻘﻂ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺩﺍﺩ. ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ fipsﻣﺸـﮑﻞ ﺩﺍﺭﻳـﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻧﺴﺨﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻮﺋﻴﭻ fips -dﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ fipsinfo.dbgﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮏ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺁﻥ
[email protected]ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺩﻳﺴﮑﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﺩﻳﺴﮑﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ .ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ CD-ROMﺍﺳﺖ. ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮﻫﺎﻱ PCMCIAﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﻫﺮ ﺩﻳﺴﮑﺘﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ imageﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﮏﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﺴﮑﺖﻫﺎ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ imageﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ CD-ROMﺭﻭﻱ ﻳﮏ ﺩﻳﺴﮑﺖ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ١,٤٤ﻣﮕﺎﺑﺎﻳﺘﻲ ﮐﭙﻲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ imagesﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ١ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻟﻴﺴﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ: ·
: Bootﻓﺎﻳﻞ boot.imgﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻳﮏ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ CD-ROMﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
·
: Network Bootﻓﺎﻳﻞ bootnet.imgﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻧﺼﺐﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺒﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ NFS ، FTPﻭ HTTPﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
·
: PCMCIA SUPPORTﻓﺎﻳﻞ pcmcia.imgﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺒﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺮﺍ ) PCMCIAﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮﻫﺎﻱ CD-ROMﻭ ﻳﺎ ﮐﺎﺭﺕﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ( ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺩﻳﺴﮑﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻳﺎ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺱ ﻳﺎ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺩﻳﺴﮑﺖﻫﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ rawriteﮐﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ١ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ddﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ imageﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ
٤٦
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ٩
ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺳﺨﺖﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ: : Block Devicesﻓﺎﻳﻞ drvblock.imgﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ imageﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ
·
ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺩﻳﺴﮏﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺍﺑﺮﺍﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺒﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ blockﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. : Network Devicesﻓﺎﻳﻞ drvnet.imgﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ imageﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ
·
ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﮐﺎﺭﺕﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. : PCMCIA Devicesﻓﺎﻳﻞ pcmciadd.imgﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ imageﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ
·
ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ PCMCIAﺷﻤﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ pcmcia.imgﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ.
ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺩﻳﺴﮏﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻼﭘﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ
ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ddﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ )ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﺒﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ ﻳﻮﻧﻴﮑﺲ( ﮐﭙﻲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮐﭙﻲ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ imageﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﮏﻫﺎﻱ CD-ROMﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ: ·
ﻳﮏ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ١,٤٤ﻣﮕﺎﺑﺎﻳﺘﻲ.
·
ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ ﻓﻼﭘﻲ .ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻫﻤﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﻓﻼﭘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺍ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﺸﮑﻠﻲ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ.
·
ﻳﮏ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ imageﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﭙﻲ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﺎﺭ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ١ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ
CD-ROM
ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ cd /mnt/cdrom/imagesﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺟﻬﺖ ﮐﭙﻲ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ boot.imgﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ CD-ROMﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ:
# dd if=boot.img of=/dev/fd٠ bs=١٤٤٠k
ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺩﻳﺴﮏﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺠﺎﻱ boot.imgﻧﺎﻡ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺩﻳﺴﮏﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻼﭘﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺱ/ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ
.١
ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﺴﮏﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺩﻳﺴﮏﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺱ ﻳﺎ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﺩﺍﺱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ: ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ١ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ CD-ROMﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ ) CD-ROMﻣﺜﻼ (Eﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ.
.٢ .٣ .٤
ﻳﮏ ﺩﻳﺴﮑﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ١,٤٤ﻣﮕﺎﺑﺎﻳﺘﻲ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ ﻓﻼﭘﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ. ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ CD-ROMﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ dosutilsﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ).(cd dosutils ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ rawriteﺭﺍ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ: E:\dosutils\rawrite Enter disk image source file name: E:\images\boot.img Enter target diskette drive : a: Please insert a formatted diskette into drive A: and press -Enter- :
.٥
ﮐﻠﻴﺪ Enterﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻓﺮﺍﻳﻨﺪ ﮐﭙﻲ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﺴﮑﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ Grubﻭ Lilo ﺍﺯ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ
٧,٢
ﺑﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﻮﺕ ﭘﻴﺶﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻴﻠﻮ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﺍﺏ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ.
ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ :ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ
٤٧
ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ،ﻳﮑﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﻮﺕ ﻟﻴﻠﻮ ﻭ ﮔﺮﺍﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ.
ﺑﻮﺕ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﺍﺏ ﺑﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻥ ،ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺠﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﮐﺪﺍﻣﻴﮏ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺷﻮﺩ؟ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺪﺍﻡ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﻭ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺷﻮﺩ ،ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﻮﺕ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ .ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﻮﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ، ﮔﺮﺍﺏ ) (Grand Unified Boot loaderﻧﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ. ﮔﺮﺍﺏ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ GNUﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ٧,٢ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺟﺎﻧﺸﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﻮﺕ ﻟﻴﻠﻮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﮔﺮﺍﺏ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ: ·
ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ
·
ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺗﻪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ FreeBSD، NetBSD، OpenBSD ،ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ.
·
ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻏﻴﺮ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺕ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ NT ، ME، XP ،٩٥،٩٨،٢٠٠٠ﻭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ
OS/٢
ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﺯﻧﺠﻴﺮﻩﺍﻱ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﻮﺕ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﺁﻥ .ﻣﺜﻼ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ،ﮔﺮﺍﺏ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﻮﺕ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﮐﻨﺪ. ·
ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ.
·
ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ imageﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺑﻮﺕ.
·
ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ imageﺑﻮﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ.
ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﮔﺮﺍﺏ ﻭ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺁﻥ ،ﺩﺭ ﺧﻂ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ man grubﻭﻳﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﻥ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ )ﺑﺎ ﻳﮏ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ( ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻮﺕ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺑﻮﺕ ﮔﺮﺍﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻳﺪﻳﺪ) ،ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ( ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯﮐﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ:
info grub
·
ﺑﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻧﺰﻧﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ،ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺷﻤﺎ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻃﯽ ﺷﺪﻥ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﭘﻴﺶﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ.
·
ﻳﮏ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻥ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ Enterﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ.
·
ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪ ﺑﻮﺕ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻴﺪ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ،ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻭ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﮏ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺎﻳـﻠﻴـﺪ ﮔـﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑـﻮﺕ ﺷــﻤﺎ ﺑـﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺩﺍﺋـﻤﻲ ﺗـﻐـﻴـﻴﺮ ﮐـﻨـﻨﺪ ،ﺑـﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻳـﻦ ﮔـﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ boot/grub/grub.confﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
٤٨
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ٩
ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻤﮏ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻴﺪ ،ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻂ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻳﮏ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ manﻳﺎ infoﺑﻌﻼﻭﻩ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ man .ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ manualﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ.
ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻮﺕ
ﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮔﺮﺍﺏ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺳﭙﺲ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ eﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ:
)GRUB version ٠٩٠ (٦٣٩K lower / ١٢٩٧٩٢K upper memory
)root (hd٠،١ kernel /boot/vmlinuz-٢٤٢٠-٨ ro root=/dev/hda٣ hdc=ide-scsi initrd /boot/initrd-٢٤٢٠-٨.img Use the up and down keys to select which entry is highlighted. Press 'b' to boot, 'e' to edit the selected command int the boot sequence, 'c' for a command line, 'o' to open a new line after ('٠' for before) the selected line, 'd' to remove the selected line, or escape to go back to the main menu.
.١ .٢
ﺩﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺳﻪ ﺧﻂ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﮔﺮﺍﺏ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪ ﺑﻮﺕ ﻫﺮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻠﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺧﻂ ﺍﻭﻝ )ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ rootﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ( ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﺏ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﮔﺮﺍﺏ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ IDEﻳﺎ ﺍﺳﮑﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ hdﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ .ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﻫﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺮ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ. ﺧﻂ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ )ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ kernelﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ( ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ imageﺑﻮﺕ ﻭ ﭼﻨﺪ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻧﻲ ) (roﺑﺎﺭﮔﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺳﻮﻡ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺍﺳﮑﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﻭﻝ ) (root=/dev/sda٣ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ. ﺧﻂ ﺳﻮﻡ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ )ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ (initrdﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ RAMﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﻣﺠﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﻮﺕ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ. ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ،ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﻂ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺭﺍ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ: ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﮔﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺧﻂ kernelﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﮔﻤﻪ eﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ. ﺣﺬﻓﻴﺎﺕ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﻡ imageﺑﻮﺕ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻂ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺗﮑﻤﻴﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ )ﺑﺎ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻭ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻥ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ tabﻧﺎﻡ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ( .ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ :
·
ﺑﻮﺕ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ :ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻻﻳﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ،ﺑﺎ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ init=/bin/shﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺕ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻧﻲ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﮐﭙﻲ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺍ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ/ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﺍ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
·
ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ) :(runlevelﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ
ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ :ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ
٤٩
ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﺑﻮﺕ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ linuxﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﺁﻥ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ،ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﺪﻑ ﺩﺳﺖ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ٣ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ )ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭼﻨﺪ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻩ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ( ،ﺑﻪ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺧﻂ ﺑﻮﺕ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ linux ٣ﺭﺍ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﮏ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻩ )ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ،(١ﭼﻨﺪ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻩ )ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ (٢ﻭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ )ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ (٥ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ.
.٣ .٤
ﮐﻠﻴﺪ Enterﺭﺍ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ. ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﻮﺕ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ،ﮐﻠﻴﺪ bﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺕ ﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻮﺕﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ،ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮔﺸﺖ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﻲ ،ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﻲ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻮﺕ
ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻴﺪ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﻲ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ،ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﺏ ﺭﺍ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ boot/grub/grub.confﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ. ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ: # grub.conf generated by anaconda# # Note that you do not have to rerun grub after making changes to this file # NOTICE: You have a /boot partition. This means that # all kernel and initrd paths are relative to /boot/, eg. # )root (hd٠،١ # kernel /vmlinuz-version ro root=/dev/hda٣ # initrd /initrd-version.img #boot=/dev/hda default=٠ timeout=٥ splashimage=(hd٠،١)/grub/splash.xpm.gz )title Red Hat Linux ٩٠ (Kernel ٢٤٢٠-٨ )root (hd٠،١ kernel /vmlinuz-٢٤٢٠-٨ ro root=/dev/hda٣ hdc=ide-scsi linux ٣ initrd /initrd-٢٤٢٠-٨.img title Windows XP )rootnoverify (hd٠،٠ chainloader +١
ﺧﻂ Default=٠ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺨﺴﺘﻴﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ )ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ( ،ﭘﻴﺸﮕﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﻮﺕ ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ ،ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ .ﺧﻂ timeout=٥ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻓﺮﺍﻳﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺧﻂ splashimageﻣﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮔﺮﺍﺏ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ) .ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺁﺑﻲ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻟﻮﮔﻮﻱ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ( ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭﻱ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺒﻼ ﻣﺘﺬﮐﺮ ﺷﺪﻡ ،ﮔﺮﺍﺏ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎ hdﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻻ hd٠،٠ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ.
ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺩﻭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻭ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ
XP
ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ.
٥٠
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ٩
ﺧﻂ titleﻫﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﮔﺮﺍﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ،ﺧﻂ rootﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﻣﺤﻞ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺑﻮﺕ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﻮﺕ ) (vmlinuzﻭ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ RAMﻳﻌﻨﻲ initrdﮔﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ hda٢ﻧﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ bootﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻂ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻧﻲ ) ، (roﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﺑﻪ ، dev/hda٣ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ CD-ROMﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ IDEﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﮑﺎﺯﻱ ﻭ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ) (linux ٣ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ، XPﺧﻂ rootnoverifyﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﮐﻪ ﮔﺮﺍﺏ ﺳﻌﻲ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮐﻨﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ XPﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺍﻭﻝ ) (hd٠،٠ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ. ﺑﺠﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ) (mountﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ،ﺧﻂ chainloader +١ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﮑﺘﻮﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﻳﮏ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﻮﺕ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ) .ﺩﺭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﻮﺕ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ(. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻮﺕ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﺳﺎﻓﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ chainloaderﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺗﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻳﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺒﻼ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﻮﺕ ﻟﻴﻠﻮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻠﻮ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ، liloﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﺷﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺷﻮﺩ.
ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﮏ imageﺑﻮﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺮﺍﺏ
.١
ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ imageﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻮﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ .ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻫﺮﮐﺪﺍﻡ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻴﺪ ﺑﻮﺕ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ! ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺗﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭﻳﺎ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻋﻼﻗﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺳﺮﺟﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ imageﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﺏ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ: ﻓﺎﻳﻞ imageﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ )ﻣﺜﻼ (usr/src/linux-٢,٤/arch/i٣٨٦/bootﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ bootﮐﭙﻲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﻧﺎﻡ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺸﻮﻳﺪ ﻣﺜﻼ: # cp /usr/src/linux-٢٤/arch/i٣٨٦/boot/bzImage /boot/bz-٢٥٣-٤
.٢
ﺧﻄﻮﻃﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺕ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ imageﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﺏ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ boot/grub/grub.confﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ : )title Red Hat Linux ٩ (Kernel ٢٥٣-٤ )root (hd٠،١ kernel /vmlinuz-٢٥٣-٤ ro root=LABEL=/ linux ٥ initrd /initrd-٢٥٣-٤.img
.٣
ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻮﺕ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ :ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ
.٤
٥١
ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺁﻏﺎﺯﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﺍﺏ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ Enterﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ.
ﻣﺰﻳﺖ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﮔﺮﺍﺏ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ ،ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﮑﻞ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲﺗﺮ ﮐﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻮﺕ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺮﺍﺏ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﭘﻴﺶﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
ﺑﻮﺕ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻴﻠﻮ ﻭﺍﮊﻩ LILOﻣﺨﻔﻒ Linux Loaderﺍﺳﺖ .ﻟﻴﻠﻮ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﮐﺪﺍﻡ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺷﻮﺩ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻧﺎﺗﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ. ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺒﻼ ﮔﻔﺘﻴﻢ ،ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﻮﺕ ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﮔﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﺼﺐ ،ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﻮﺕ ﻟﻴﻠﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﮑﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ،ﺟﻬﺖ ﮐﺴﺐ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﻮﺕ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﺍﺏ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﺘﺎﻥ ﻟﻴﻠﻮ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺭﮐﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﻮﺕ ) (Master Boot Recorﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺳﮑﺘﻮﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺭﮐﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﻮﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺎﻳﻮﺱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻟﻴﻠﻮ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺭﮐﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﻮﺕ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺛﺎﻟﺚ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﺑﻮﺕ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻬﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ،ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳﮑﺘﻮﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻮﺕ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻴﻠﻮ
ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﻮﺕ ﻟﻴﻠﻮ ﺑﻮﺕ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ،ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﻮﺕ )ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞﻫﺎﻱ( ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﺘﺎﻥ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ Enterﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ،ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﭘﻴﺶﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ. ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻴﺪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﻮﺕ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ،ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﻮﺕ ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ Ctrl+Xﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﺑﻮﺕ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ:
boot:
ﻟﻴﻠﻮ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺻﺒﺮ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ imageﺑﻮﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻴﺪ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺎ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ Tabﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺻﻔﺤﻪﺍﻱ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ:
LILO boot: linux linux-up windowsxp boot:
ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺳﻪ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ
linux ، linux-up
ﻭ
٥٢
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ٩
windowxpﻧﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ .ﺩﻭ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺩﻭ imageﺑﻮﺕ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻮﺕ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺳﻮﻡ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ XPﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ ،ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﺘﺎﻥ ﭼﻨﺪ imageﺑﻮﺕ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻥ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ Shiftﻟﻴﻠﻮ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﮐﺪﺍﻡ imageﺑﻮﺕ ﺷﻮﺩ Image .ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﻴﻠﻮ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ etc/lilo.confﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ. ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻟﻴﻠﻮ
ﻟﻴﻠﻮ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺟﻬﺖ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ etc/lilo.confﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﻣﻴﺎﻭﺭﺩ .ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ: prompt timeout=٥٠ default=linux boot=/dev/hda map=/boot/map install=/boot/boot.b message=/boot/message linear
image=/boot/vmlinuz-٢٤٢٠-٨ label=linux initrd=/boot/initrd-٢٤٢٠-٨.img read-only root=/dev/hda٦ ”append=”hdc=ide-scsi other=/dev/hda١ label=windowsxp
ﺑﺎ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ prompt onﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﺑﻮﺕ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻱ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻻ ٥٠ﺩﻫﻢ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻳﺎ ٥ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ ،ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ .ﺧﻂ ﺑﻮﺕ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺩﺭ dev/hdaﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ )ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ(. ﺧﻂ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ) (mapﻧﺸﺎﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ imageﺑﻮﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ، ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺧﻂ installﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ boot/boot.bﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺳﮑﺘﻮﺭ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺧﻂ messageﺑﻪ ﻟﻴﻠﻮ ﺍﻋﻼﻡ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﻮﺕ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ boot/messagesﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﺪ .ﺧﻂ linearﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ ﺩﻫﻲ ﺧﻄﻲ ﺑﺠﺎﻱ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ ﺩﻫﻲ ﺳﮑﺘﻮﺭ/ﻫﺪ/ﺳﻴﻠﻨﺪﺭ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ. ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﺴﮏﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺍﺳﮑﺎﺯﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ. ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺩﻭ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﻮﺕ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ .ﻧﺨﺴﺘﻴﻦ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ )(image=/boot/vmlinuz-٢,٤,٢٠-٨ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻳﮏ imageﺑﻮﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ linuxﻧﺎﻣﮕﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ
ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ :ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ
.١
٥٣
imageﺩﺭ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ dev/hda٦ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﻭﺍﮊﻩ ﻓﻘﻂ-ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻧﻲ ) (Read-Onlyﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻧﻲ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ/ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺧﻂ initrdﻧﺸﺎﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ imageﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ RAMﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ،ﺍﺳﺖ. ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﻮﺕ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺍﮊﻩ otherﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﺩﺭ dev/hda١ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺁﻥ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﺳﺖ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ XPﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ. ﺳﺎﻳﺮ imageﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﻮﺕ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ .ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻳﮏ imageﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻟﻴﻠﻮ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﮐﺮﺩﻳﺪ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ liloﺭﺍ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ .ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺒﻼ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ ،ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ imageﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺗﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻟﻴﻠﻮ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ: ﻓﺎﻳﻞ imageﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ )ﻣﺜﻼ (usr/src/linux/arch/i٣٨٦/boot ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ bootﮐﭙﻲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺳـﭙـﺲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓـﺎﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻃـﻮﺭﻱ ﻧـﺎﻣﮕﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ. ﻣﺜﻼ .zImage-٢,٥,٣-٤
.٢
ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻟﻴﻠﻮ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺁﻥ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺷﻮﺩ : image=/boot/zImage-٢٥٣-٤ label=newlinux
.٣
ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ lilo -tﺭﺍ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺻﺤﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﻮﺩ.
.٤
ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ liloﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺳﻮﺋﻴﭻ ﻭ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ.
ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ imageﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺷﻮﺩ ،ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺁﻏﺎﺯﻳﻦ ﻟﻴﻠﻮ newlinux ،ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﺑﻮﺕ ﻧﺎﻡ newlinuxﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ٥ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ﮐﻤﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ١٠٠ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ١٠ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ. ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻟﻴﻠﻮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺑﻪ ﺳﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮﻱ ) ،(Globalﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎﻱ Per-imageﻭ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ) (Kernelﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ .ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻟﻴﻠﻮ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺴﺐ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻴـﺸـﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﮔـﺰﻳـﻨﻪﻫﺎﻳـﻲ ﮐــﻪ ﺍﻳـﻨـﺠﺎ ﺷـﺮﺡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷـﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﮔـﺰﻳـﻨـﻪﻫـﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻫﻨـﻤـﺎﻱ ﻟـﻴـﻠـﻮ )ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ (man lilo.confﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ usr/share/doc/lilo/docﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮﻱ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻟﻴﻠﻮ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮ ﻳﮏ imageﺧﺎﺹ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ. ﺍﺯ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ defaultﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﻳﺎ imageﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ: default = newlinux
ﺍﺯ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ delayﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﻟﻴﻠﻮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ
٥٤
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ٩
ﺑﻪ ﺩﻫﻢ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻋﺪﺩ ٥٠ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ٥ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ:
delay = ٥٠
ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﻟﻴﻠﻮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻥ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ messageﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻟﻴﻠﻮ ،ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ: message=/boot/boot.message
ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎﻱ Per-imageﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺧﻂ imageﮐﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻳﮏ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﻳﺎ otherﮐﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻳﮏ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ – ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ XPﺍﺳﺖ ،ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ .ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎﻱ Per-imageﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ : ·
: Labelﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻟﻴﻠﻮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
·
: lockﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺧﻂ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻮﺕ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ.
·
: alias=nameﺑﺎ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ nameﺑﺠﺎﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ labelﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﺮﺩﻩﺍﻳﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
·
: password=passwordﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ imageﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ passwordﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
·
: restrictedﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ Passwordﺑﮑﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﺮﻭﺩ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﮑﺎﺭ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ ،ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ.
ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻧﺪﻥ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺳﺨﺖﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎ ،ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﻭ ...ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ .ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ: ·
:appendﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ،ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺗﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺗﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻧﺪﻥ ﻳﮏ ﺳﺨﺖﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﮑﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻧﺪ.
·
: ramdiskﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺳﺎﻳﺰ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺭﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺠﺎﻱ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﭘﻴﺶﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﮑﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺩ.
·
: read-onlyﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻧﻲ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ،ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﭼﮏ ﺷﺪﻥ ،ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ-ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ.
·
: read-writeﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ-ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ.
ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﻮﺕ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ
.١ .٢
ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﺍﺏ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻟﻴﻠﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﮐﺮﺩﻩﺍﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﮔﺮﺍﺏ ﺭﺍ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﺍﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻴﻠﻮ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ: ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻟﻴﻠﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺒﻲ ﮐﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ ،ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ:
# lilo
.٣
ﺑﺎ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺭﮐﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﺍ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻟﻴﻠﻮ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ. ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻱ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺁﻏﺎﺯﻳﻦ ﻟﻴﻠﻮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﻋﮑﺲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ،ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﮔﺮﺍﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ ﻟﻴﻠﻮ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ،
ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ :ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ
.١ .٢
٥٥
ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ:
ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﺏ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺩﻳﺴﮑﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﮔﺮﺍﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ .ﻣﺜﻼ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﮔﺮﺍﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺭﮐﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ: # grub -install /dev/hda
ﺭﮐﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﻮﺕ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﺍ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
.٣
ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻱ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺁﻏﺎﺯﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﺍﺏ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻫﺴﺘﻪ )ﮐﻪ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ( ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺨﺖﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ ،ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖﻫﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ .ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ. ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﻫﺎ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ .ﻣﺜﻼ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺨﺖﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﺎﮊﻭﻝﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ) (Loadable modulesﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ .ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺎﮊﻭﻝﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﺮﺩ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ PCMCIAﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﮊﻭﻝﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺎﮊﻭﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ insmodﻭ modprobeﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﻱ ﺧﺴﺘﻪ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﻣﺜﻼ ﻃﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﺍﻻﺕ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﺎ ﻧﻤﻲﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﭘﺎﺳﺦﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺶﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻧﻤﻲﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ ،ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ Enterﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ٢٠ﺗﺎ ٩٠ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ،ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺳﺨﺖﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﻃﻠﺐ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻓﺮﺍﻳﻨﺪ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ xconfigﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ make xconfigﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻳﺪ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺎ ﺭﺍﻩﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺒﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺭﺍﻩﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻫﺎ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻴﺪ. ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ
ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺑﻌﻠﺖ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺠﺒﻮﺭ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﺍ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﭘﻴﺶﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ .ﻋﻠﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖﻫﺎ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﻴﺐﺯﺩﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﮑﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻧﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ: ·
ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ :ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺣﺘﻲ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻴﺪ .ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ Xwindowﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﮏ ﻣﺴﻴﺮﻳﺎﺏ
٥٦
·
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ٩
ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ X.٢٥ﻭ SPXﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ. ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺒﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ : Blockﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺴﮏﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲ ،ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻩﺍﻳﺪ ،ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ، X Kernel Configurationﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖﻫﺎ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻳﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ. ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺳﺨﺖﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﺘﺎﻥ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻧﺪﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﮊﻭﻝﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺎﮊﻭﻟﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ،ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺠﺒﻮﺭ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﻨﺪ.
ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﺪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ
ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ .ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ CDﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺨﺶ System Settingsﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ Add/Remove Applicationsﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ Kernel Developmentﺭﺍ ﺗﻴﮏ ﺯﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻱ Update ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ .٩-٢ﺩﺭ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺩﻳﺴﮏﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ CD- ROMﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﻗﺒﻼ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ usr/src/linux ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ .ﻣﺜﻼ .usr/src/linux-٢,٤ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﮐﺪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ http://www.kernel.orgﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﮐﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ٣٥-٣٠ﻣﮕﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ.
ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ
ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻠﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎ ،ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ،ﭘﺎﮎ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﺎﻳﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﻭ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﺎﻳﻞ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ. ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ
ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﻳﺴﮑﺖ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﺴﮑﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺕ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻋﺪﻡ ﮐﺎﺭﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺷﮑﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﻮﺕ ﮔﺮﺍﺏ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﺴﮑﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﮑﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ،ﻳﮏ ﻓﻼﭘﻲ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ:
# mkbootdisk –device /dev/fd٠ ٢٤٢٠-٨
ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺠﺎﻱ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ :ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ٩-٢
٥٧
ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ
ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ mkbootdiskﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ sbinﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻧﺸﺪ ،ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ
ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻳﮏ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺴﻴﺮﻱ ﮐﻪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ) (usr/src/linux-٢,٤ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ:
# make mrproper
ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲ ﺗﺮ ﭘﺎﮎ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ. ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ
ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ makeﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻮﺋﻴﭻ ﻫﺎﻱ config ، menuconfigﻭ ﻳﺎ xconfigﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺁﺳﺎﻥ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ،ﺳﻮﺋﻴﭻ xconfigﺍﺳﺖ .ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﮏ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ GNOMEﻳﺎ KDEﺑﺎﺷﺒﺪ .ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ: # make xconfig
ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮕﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﺳﻮﺋﻴﭻ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺳﻮﺋﻴﭻ configﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺒﻮﻫﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻭ ﺟﻮﺍﺏﻫﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ .ﺳﻮﺋﻴﭻ menuconfigﻳﮏ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻣﺒﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻨﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ. ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎﻱ xconfigﻭ menuconfigﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﻣﻲﺳﺎﺯﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻗﺴﻤﺖﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ
٥٨
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ٩
ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻮﺋﻴﭻ configﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﺟﺰﺍ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﮐﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﺮﮔﻴﺠﻪﺁﻭﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ! ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ١٠-٢ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ menuconfigﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻭﺍﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ
ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﺪﻳﺪ ،ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ:
# make dep
ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ،ﻭﺍﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﮐﻢ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ .ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ١٠-٢
ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ menuconfigﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ
ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﻫﺎ
ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﺎﻳﻞ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ:
# make clean
ﮐﺎﻣﭙﺎﻳﻞ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ
ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻧﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﺎﻳﻞ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ .ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ imageﺑﻮﺕ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻳﮏ ﻓﻼﭘﻲ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ .ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻓﻼﭘﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺁﻥ ﺧﻮﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻓﻼﭘﻲ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺑﻮﺕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺷﮑﺎﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﺎﻳﻞ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻼﭘﻲ ،ﻳﮏ ﺩﻳﺴﮑﺖ ﻓﻼﭘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ make zdiskﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﺎﻳﻞ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ،ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ make
ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ :ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ
٥٩
zImageﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺣﺠﻢ imageﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺷﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ make bzImageﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻭ ﺟﻮﺭﺗﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺩ! ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﺪﺗﻲ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﺸﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﻤﺎ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻱ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲ ﻭ ﮐﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻳﮏ ﭼﺮﺕ ﮐﻮﭼﮏ ﺑﺰﻧﻴﺪ! ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻳﮏ imageﻓﺸﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ arch/i٣٨٦/bootﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ. ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﺎﮊﻭﻟﻬﺎ
ﻣﺎﮊﻭﻝﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﺎﻳﻞ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ:
# make modules # make modules_install
ﻣﺎﮊﻭﻟﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ lib/modulesﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺎﮊﻭﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ،ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ insmodﻭ modprobeﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ imageﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺭﻡ )(initrd
ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﮑﺎﺯﻱ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ،ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻳﮏ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﮑﺎﺯﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﮏ imageﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺭﻡ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﮑﺎﺯﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ etc/modules.confﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻴﺮ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ : alias scsi_hostadapter aic٧xxx
ﺳﭙﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ mkinitrdﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ imageﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺩﻭ ﺁﺭﮔﻮﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺁﺭﮔﻮﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﺎﻡ imageﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺁﺭﮔﻮﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺎﮊﻭﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ:
# mkinitrd /boot/newinitrd-image ٢٤٢٠-٨
ﻧﺼﺐ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ
ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ :
# make install
ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻳﮓ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﻮﺕ ﮔﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻮﺕ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺍﺷﮑﺎﻝ ﺯﺩﺍﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺳﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ: ·
ﻓﺎﻳﻞ : tmp/upgrade.logﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺭﺗﻘﺎﺀ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ،ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻫﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﮐﻪ ﭼﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺐ ﭼﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺷﮑﺎﻝ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ.
·
ﻓﺎﻳﻞ : var/log/dmesgﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﭘﻴﻐﺎﻡﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ
٦٠
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ٩
ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ .ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﭘﻴﻐﺎﻡﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﺳﺨﺖﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎ .ﺍﮔﺮ ﺳﺨﺖﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻧﮑﻨﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﭘﻲ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻳﺎ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻴﺮ. ﻓﺎﻳﻞ : var/log/boot.logﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺗﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ
·
ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ .ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻴﺮ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ،ﻣﺸﮑﻞ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ )ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﺎﻭﺱ( ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﻲ ﮐﻨﺪ )ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮏ( ،ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺍﺷﮑﺎﻝ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﻃﺮﻑ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﺒﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﻴﺪ: ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺎﻭﺱ :ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ System Settingsﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥ
·
Mouse
ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ·
ﺣﺬﻑ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ :ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ System Settingsﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥ Add/Remove Applicationsﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
·
ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﺑﻨﺪﻱ :ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ fdiskﻳﺎ cfdiskﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
·
ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﻮﺕ :ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻟﻴﻠﻮ ﻭ ﮔﺮﺍﺏ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺒﻼ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ liloﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
·
ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺍﺗﺮﻧﺖ ﻭ :TCP/IPﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ neatﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
·
ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ،ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ :ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ
ﺑﺨﺶ System Settings
ﺭﻭﻱ Date & Timeﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ·
ﺣﺬﻑ ﻭ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ :ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺬﻑ ،ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺶ System Settingsﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥ Users & Groupsﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
·
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ :ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭﺿﻮﺡ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ،ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺁﻥ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﻧﻴﺘﻮﺭ ﻭ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺶ System Settingsﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥ Displayﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ١١-٢ﺍِﻳﻦ
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. ﻧﮑﺎﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﮐﻤﮏ ﮐﻨﺪ: ·
ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑـﻌـﻠﺖ ﻋـﺪﻡ ﺷـﻨـﺎﺳـﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ،ﻓﺮﺍﻳﻨﺪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺷﺪ ،ﻧﺼﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ) (Text Modeﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻧﺼﺐ ،ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ Xconfiguratorﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻧﻴﺘﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
·
ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﺎﻭﺱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻧﮑﺮﺩ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺠﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﺎ ﻭ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ tabﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
·
ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺷﮑﺎﻟﺰﺩﺍﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﺍﻳﻨﺪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ،ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ http://www.redhat.com/apps/supportﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻥ، ﻧﺴﺨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺗﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺵ ﺧﻄﺎ ﺩﺳﺖ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮏ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺳﺨﺖﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻣﺸﮑﻞ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ،ﻧﺎﻡ ﺳﺨﺖﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ،ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﺴﻲ ﻗﺒﻼ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺸﮑﻞ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﺣﻞ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ.
·
ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻧﺪﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﺁﻥ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ
ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ :ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ
٦١
ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺷﺎﻧﺲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ،ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﺱ ﺗﻮﺭﻭﺍﻟﺪﺯ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻢ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺷﻨﻴﺪ! $ /sbin/sndconfig
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ١١-٢
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ
ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﻓﺼﻞ
ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯﻩ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻳﮏ ﻣﺎﺟﺮﺍﺟﻮﻳﻲ ﭘﺮ ﺩﺭﺩﺳﺮ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺶ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﺎﻳﻞ ﻭ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﺎﺭﺁﻣﺪ ،ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ. ﻧﺼﺐ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﻮﻳﺲ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ ،ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺼﺮ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. ﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﺎﺭ ﻓﺮﺍﻳﻨﺪ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺪﻡ ﻧﺼﺐ ،ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺘﻪﺗﺮ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺭﺍﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ،ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺩﻳﺴﮑﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻮﺕ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻓﺮﺍﻳﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺤﺚ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ.
۳
ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ
ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺪﮔﺎﻩ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ) (Shellﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺩﻳﺪ .ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻣﻔﺴﺮﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻴﻦ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻤﻨﺪ، ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺑﺼﺮﻱ. ﺧﻮﺏ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﺑﮑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﺮﺱ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﮐﻤﻲ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻇﺮﻑ ﻣﺪﺕ ﮐﻮﺗﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻱ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺭﺍﻫﻨـﻤـﺎﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻭ ﮐﺎﺭﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻴﻦ ،ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ .ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ،ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﮐﻤﮏ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭﺁﻭﺭﻳﺪ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺎﺣﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺁﻣﻮﺧﺖ.
ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ )(login ﺑﻌﻠﺖ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻳﮏ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﭼﻨﺪ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﺣﺘﻲ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﻳﮏ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ .ﻓﺮﺍﻳﻨﺪ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ،ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﮏ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ،ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﺰﺍﺭﻱ
۶۴
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩﺗﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﮐﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﺪ ،ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ،ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺭﺍ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ،ﻳﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﺒﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺘﻦ ﮐﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﭘﻴﺶﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ. ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ: Red Hat Linux Release 9 Kernel 2.4.20-8 on an i686 localhost login:
ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ،ﺩﺭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺍﻱ X Windowﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۱-۳ﻳﮏ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﻨﻮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻮﻫﺎ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻮﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ: •
: Sessionﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻳﺪ ،ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ Gnomeﻳﺎ KDEﺑﺎﺷﺪ. ﻣﻨﻮﻱ Sessionﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﻣﺜﻼ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﻭ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﺯ KDEﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﺯ .Gnomeﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ lastﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻮ ،ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ fail safeﻳﮏ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻣﺒﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ.
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۱-۳ •
ﻳﮏ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ
: Languageﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺒﻼ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻩﺍﻳﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻃﻲ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﺯﺑﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ.
•
: Reboot ، Shut downﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺠﺎﻱ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ،ﻣﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻱ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ،ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻮﻡ :ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ
۶۵
ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ fail safeﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺷﮑﺎﻝ ﺯﺩﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﮑﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻻﻳﻠﻲ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﺍﺷﮑﺎﻝ ﺷﻮﺩ .ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﺷﮑﺎﻻﺗﻲ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﻭ.... ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻳﮏ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ exitﺭﺍ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ.
ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ،ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﮐﺲ Usernameﻧﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ Enterﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﺳﭙﺲ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﻫﺮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻳﮏ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ) (rootﻭ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻳﮏ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﻭ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺿﺮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﻧﺎﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺻﻼ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ .ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺧﺎﻧﮕﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﻤﮕﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺷﮏ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﭼﺮﺍ ﺍﺻﻼ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻧﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﺑﻪ ﺑﺨﺶ "ﭼﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﻢ؟" ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
ﭼﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﻢ؟ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﮐﺴﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻌﺠﺐ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﺯ ﭼﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ .ﺑﺮﺧﻼﻑ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ،ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺟﺪﺵ ﻳﻮﻧﻴﮑﺲ، ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻳﮏ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﭼﻨﺪ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻩ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺩﻻﻳﻞ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﭼﺮﺍ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﮏ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ : •
•
•
•
ﺣﺘﻲ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ،ﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﺎﺭ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺭﻭﺯﻣﺮﻩ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺍﺷﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﻳﺪ. ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ ،ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ. ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻻﻳﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ،ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻳﮏ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻓﻮﺍﻳﺪ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ .ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻌﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ،ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ،ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺴﺘﻲ ﻭ.. ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺗﻲ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻭ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺧﺎﻧﮕﻲ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺭﻭﺯﻱ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﺍ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ.
ﻧﺸﺴﺖ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ )(Login Session ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻳﺪ ،ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻳﮏ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﺺ ﺷﻤﺎ ،ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ. ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ،ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ :
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
۶۶ •
ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺧﺎﻧﮕﻲ :ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺎﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ .ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺧﺎﻧﮕﻲ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ /rootﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﺩﺍﻳـﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺧﺎﻧﮕﻲ ﺳـﺎﻳﺮ ﮐـﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﻣـﻌـﻤـﻮﻻ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴـﻴـﺮ /homeﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺧﺎﻧﮕﻲ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ alanﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ home/alanﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ.
•
ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ :ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪﻫﺎ bashﻧﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺧﺎﻧﮕﻲ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ .ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ).(Environment variables ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮏ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ .ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺧﺎﻧﮕﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ lsﺑﺎ ﺳﻮﺋﻴﭻ a ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ.
•
ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ :ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ،ﺭﺍﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺑﺮﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ X Windowﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ X .ﺯﻳﺮﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﺳﺎﺯﺩ. ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺩﻭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ Gnomeﻭ KDEﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ.ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﻴﻂﻫﺎ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺭﻧﮕﻬﺎ ،ﺷﮑﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩﻫﺎ ،ﻣﺎﻭﺱ ،ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﭘﺲﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ،ﻣﻨﻮﻫﺎ ﻭ... ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ.
ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻓﺮﺍﻳﻨﺪ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﺎﺗﻤﻪ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ،ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ.
ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ،ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﻧﺨﺴﺘﻴﻦ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ $ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ #ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ: [alan@memphis home]$
ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﮐﺎﺭﺍﮐﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﺗﺎﻥ ﺑﺠﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺍﮐﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﻌﺪﺍ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ .ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ. ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺭﺍﻩﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ،ﺑﺠﺎﻱ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ،ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻴﻦ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ Terminalﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺨﺶ System Toolsﺭﻭﻱ Terminalﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ،ﺳﻌﻲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ،ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻮﻡ :ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ
۶۷
ﺩﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻋﻼﻣﺘﻬﺎﻱ $ﻭ #ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ .ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﻫﺮ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ Enterﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺁﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ.
ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻧﺸﺴﺖ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻳﺪ ،ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻳﮏ ﻫﻮﻳﺖ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻮﻳﺖ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻧﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ ،ﻧﺎﻡ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺷﻤﺎ ،ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺷﻤﺎﺳﺖ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ،ﻣﺪﺕ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ،ﻣﺪﺕ ﺑﻴﮑﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺭﺍ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ) .ﺣﻮﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺟﻤﻊ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ!( ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻫﻮﻳﺖ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﺗﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ: $ id )uid=500(Alan) gid=500(Alan) groups=500(Alan
ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ Alanﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻀﻮ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ Alanﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺁﻥ ۵۰۰ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ. ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ whoﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺗﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﺸﺴﺖ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﻳﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ: Apr 23 08:46
:0
$ who Alan
ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻧﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ،ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ.
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۲-۳
ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ Gnomeﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ
ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺠﻮﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ،ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺴﻴﺮﻱ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻟﺤﻈﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ
۶۸
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻳﺪ ،ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺧﺎﻧﮕﻲ ﺗﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ .ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺁﻥ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻓﺮﺽ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺑﻌﺪﺍ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻧﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﺧﻂ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ: $ pwd /usr/bin
ﺩﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ:
usr/bin
ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺧﺎﻧﮕﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ،ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺯﻳﺮ $ echo $HOME /home/Alan
ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻣﻼﺣﻀﻪ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺧﺎﻧﮕﻲ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺧﺎﻧﮕﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ،ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ: $ cd
ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ،ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺧﺎﻧﮕﻲ ﺗﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪ .ﺧﻮﺏ ﺑﺪ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﻢ ﮐﻪ ﭼﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺧﺎﻧﮕﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ lsﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺧﺎﻧﮕﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ lsﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ. ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ aﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﻔﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ lﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﺑﮑﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ .ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﮐﻨﺎﺭ ﻫﻢ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻳﮏ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ: 11:09. 17:51.. 23:29 779-red_hat_linux_9.tar.gz 11:15.acrobat 11:15.adobe 17:04.adonthell 13:19.anjuta 00:36.bash_history 2002.bash_logout 2002.bash_profile
23 12 18 20 20 12 14 23 24 24
Apr Mar Apr Mar Mar Mar Feb Apr Aug Aug
4096 4096 616581 4096 4096 4096 4096 18325 24 191
Alan root Alan Alan Alan Alan Alan Alan Alan Alan
$ ls -la /home/Alan total 46740 drwx------ 47 Alan drwxr-xr-x 8 root -rw------- 1 Alan drwxr-xr-x 2 Alan drwx------ 2 Alan drwx------ 2 Alan drwxr-xr-x 2 Alan -rw------- 1 Alan -rw-r--r-- 1 Alan -rw-r--r-- 1 Alan
ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻮﺋﻴﭻ lﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻳﺰ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱﻫﺎ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ) (.ﻭ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺪ ) (..ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ .ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ home/Alanﻭ ﺩﻭﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ /homeﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﺨﺶ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺠﻮﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻋﺘﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ.
ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﭼﻨﺪﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ،ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻠﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﻪ ) .(multitaskingﭼﻨﺪ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ
ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻮﻡ :ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ
۶۹
ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ .ﻫﺮ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻳﮏ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ،ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ. ﻣﺮﺳﻮﻡﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ،ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ psﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﭼﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ،ﺍﺯ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻌﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﮐﺴﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎﺳﺖ .ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ : TIME COMMAND 0:00 bash 0:00 ps au
VSZ RSS TTY STAT START 4476 1348 pts/0 S 17:39 2580 664 pts/0 R 18:14
$ ps au USER PID %CPU %MEM Alan 1152 0.0 0.5 Alan 1831 0.0 0.2
ﺩﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻻ ،ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ،aﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﻓﻌﻠﻲ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﺑﮑﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ .ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ .ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺒﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺘﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﮑﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻳﮏ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺑﻮﺩ .ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﺎﻧﻴﺘﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ. ﺩﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻻ ،ﭼﻴﺰ ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻧﻴﺎﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ، Alanﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ bashﻭ psﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺳﺘﻮﻥ TTYﻳﺎ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ،ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺳﺘﻮﻥ STATﻧﺸﺎﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ R .ﻧﺸﺎﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻭ Sﻧﺸﺎﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ. ﺳﺘﻮﻥ USERﻧﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﮐﻪ ﭘﺮﻭﺳـﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ .ﻫﺮ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻳﮏ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻳﮑﺘﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪ ) (Process IDﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺣﺎ kill ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺳﺘﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ %CPUﻭ %MEMﻧﺸﺎﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪﻫﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ .ﺳﺘﻮﻥ VSZﻳﺎ Virtual Set Sizeﻧﺸﺎﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺎﻳﺰ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪ imageﺑﻪ ﮐﻴﻠﻮﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﻭ RSSﻳﺎ Resident Set Sizeﻧﺸﺎﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺎﻳﺰ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺳﺘﻮﻥ START ﻧﺸﺎﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪ ﻭ ﺳﺘﻮﻥ TIMEﻧﺸﺎﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ. ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ،ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ .ﻳﮏ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﺒﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ،ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺲﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ. ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺲﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻳﺎ ﮔﻮﺵ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺭﺗﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺻﻠﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪﻫﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ،ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ: u
$ ps aux | less
ﻗﺴﻤﺖ | lessﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺷﺪ ،ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﺍﻳﻨﺪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ )(piping ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ.
۷۰
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﻮﺩﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ،ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ Ctrl+Dﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻮﺕ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ،ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ logoutﻳﺎ exitﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﺧﻮﺏ ،ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺑﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﮐﻤﮏ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﻳﺪ، ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ .ﺻﺪﻫﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ usr/binﻭ binﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ usr/sbinﻭ sbinﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ .ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ.
ﺩﺭﮎ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﺗﺮ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥﻫﺎ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩﻫﺎ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﻫﺎ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ،ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺒﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ ﻳﻮﻧﻴﮑﺲ ﮐﻪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻫﻢ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎﺳﺖ ،ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ) (Command Shellﻧﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍﻫﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ،ﮐﺎﺭﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ،ﮐﺎﻣﭙﺎﻳﻞ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ. ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ ﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﺣﺮﻓﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺠﺎﻱ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ .ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ،ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻤﻨﺪﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺣﺘﻲ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲ ﻳﻮﻧﻴﮑﺲ ﻭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺪﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭﻫﺎﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ. ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ bash ،ﻧﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﻧﺎﻡ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ Bourne Again Shellﺍﺳﺖ .ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ bashﺍﺯ ﻧﺨﺴﺘﻴﻦ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﻳﻮﻧﻴﮑﺲ ﮐﻪ shﻳﺎ Bourne Shellﻧﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ،ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ .ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ cshﻳﺎ C Shellﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﻳﻮﻧﻴﮑﺲ BSDﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ kshﻳﺎ Korn Shellﮐﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ Unix System Vﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ،ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﺩ. ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ tcshﻭ ashﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ. ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻓﺮﺍ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ ،ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﺸﮑﻞ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻴﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ manualﺁﻥ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ manualﻫﺮ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻂ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ: >$ man
ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ،ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ bashﮐﺎﻣﻼ ﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ shﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ.
ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻮﻡ :ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ
۷۱
ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﮐﺎﺭﺍﮐﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﮐﺎﺭﮐﺮﺩ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ،ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻂ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ : •
ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎ ) : (Optionsﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻳﮏ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺑﮑﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺒﻼ ﻫﻢ ﺩﻳﺪﻳﺪ ،ﺩﺭ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ls -laﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ lﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﺡ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱﻫﺎ ﻭ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ aﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﻔﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻣﻴﺸﺪﻧﺪ ،ﺑﮑﺎﺭ ﺭﻓﺖ.ﺿﻤﻨﺎ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺨﻔﻒ ﻳﮏ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮏ - ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮏ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﺎ --ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ .ls --help
•
ﺁﺭﮔﻮﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎ ) :(Argumentsﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻴﻦ ،ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎ ،ﺁﺭﮔﻮﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ. ﻳﮏ ﺁﺭﮔﻮﻣﺎﻥ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻧﻮﻋﻲ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ls -la /homeﺑﺨﺶ homeﺁﺭﮔﻮﻣﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ lsﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ.
•
ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ) : (Environment Variablesﺧﻮﺩ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺗﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ SHELLﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ SP1 ،ﻧﺸﺎﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻭ MAILﻧﺸﺎﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﭘﺴﺘﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ : $ echo $SHELL /bin/bash $ echo $MAIL /var/spool/mail/Alan
ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﺮﺍﺧﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ $ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ declareﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻳﮏ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ echoﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. •
ﮐﺎﺭﺍﮐﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ) :(Metacharactersﮐﺎﺭﺍﮐﺘﺮﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭﺍﮐﺘﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ،ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺲﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ .ﮐﺎﺭﺍﮐﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ.
ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺻﺮﻓﻪ ﺟﻮﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﻭ ﺁﺳﺎﻧﺘﺮ ﺷﺪﻥ ﮐﺎﺭ ،ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻲﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺳﺎﻧﺘﺮ ﺷﺪﻥ ،ﻧﺎﻡﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺗﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺒﻼ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺠﺎﻱ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ،ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﺧﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺟﻠﻮﺗﺮ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ. ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻴﺪ ،ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ bashﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ bashﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻗﻮﻳﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ bashﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ .ﻭﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻴﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ man bashﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ bashﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
۷۲
ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺠﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ : date $ /bin/date
ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻭ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﺷﻮﺍﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ .ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺣﻞ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺸﮑﻞ ،ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮﻱ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ،ﺧﻮﺩ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﮐﺎﻭﺵ ﮐﻨﺪ : $ echo $PATH /usr/local/bin:/usr/bin:/bin:/usr/X11R6/bin:/home/Alan/bin
ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻣﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﮏ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱﻫﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻳﮏ ﮐﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ .ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ،ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱﻫﺎﻱ bin ، usr/binﻳﺎ usr/local/binﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ .ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ usr/bin/X11ﻭ usr/X11R6/binﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ .ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ،ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺧﺎﻧﮕﻲ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ. ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻂ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ binﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺧﺎﻧﮕﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ.
ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ،ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱﻫﺎﻱ sbinﻭ usr/sbinﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ. ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﭼﭗ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ .ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ fooﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ usr/binﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ binﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،ﺍﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺩﻭﻡ fooﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺟﻠﻮﺗﺮ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ. ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ .ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺩﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻳﮏ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺎﺭ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺁﺭﮔﻮﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺭﺍﻩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺗﻮﺍﺑﻌﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻣﺤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻲ ﮐﻪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ : •
ﻧﺎﻣﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺎﺭ :ﻧﺎﻣﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ aliasﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺁﺭﮔﻮﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ.
•
ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺭﺯﺭﻭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ :ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺗﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺭﺯﺭﻭ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ. ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺗﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺩﺭ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ، while ، caseﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ.
•
ﺗﻮﺍﺑﻊ :ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ.
do
ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻮﻡ :ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ
۷۳
•
ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺩﺭﻭﻧﻲ :ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ.
•
ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ :ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ .ﻣﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ PATHﮔﻨﺠﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻟﻴﺴﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﻭﻧﻲ bashﻭ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ helpﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ infoﻭ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺑﻔﻬﻤﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺠﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ typeﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ : $type bash bash is /bin/bash
ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻦ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ which، caseﻭ ...ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ aﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ،typeﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﭼﺎﭖ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻄﺎﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ "ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻧﺸﺪ" ﻭ ﻳﺎ "ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﺠﻮﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻳﺪ" ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻳﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ PATHﺷﻤﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺶ ﮐﺎﺭﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ،ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ.
ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﺼﻮﺭ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﺮﺩﻩﺍﻳﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺮﺗﮑﺐ ﺍﺷﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻳﺪ .ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻨﺎ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺩﺭﺩﺁﻭﺭ ﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ! ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺒﻼ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﺧﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭﺣﺘﻲ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﺍ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﭽﻪ ) (Historyﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺒﻼ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﭽﻪ ﻓﺮﺍﺧﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﺧﻂ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﻣﺮﺗﮑﺐ ﺍﺷﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﺧﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﺍ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ،ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﺍﺣﺖ ﺗﺮ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﻣﺜﻼ ﮐــﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ Ctrl+aﺍﺷـﺎﺭﻩ ﮔـﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﻱ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻭ Ctrl+Eﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﺪ .ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ Homeﻭ Endﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ .ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺸﮕﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ.ﭘﺲ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ،ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ Enterﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ.
ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ ،ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﻗﺺ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
۷۴
ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﮑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ tabﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻧﺎﻗﺺ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻣﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﻴﺪ: •
•
•
•
ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ :ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮏ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺩﻻﺭ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺷﻮﺩ ،ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻥ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ، tabﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮏ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ. ﻧﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ :ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻳﮏ ﮐﺎﺭﺍﮐﺘﺮ ~ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺷﻮﺩ ،ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻧﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ. ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ،ﻧﺎﻣﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺎﺭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻮﺍﺑﻊ :ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮏ ﮐﺎﺭﺍﮐﺘﺮ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺷﻮﺩ ،ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ،ﻧﺎﻡ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺎﺭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ. ﻧﺎﻡ ﻣﻴﺰﺑﺎﻥ :ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮏ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ @ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺷﻮﺩ ،ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻣﻴﺰﺑﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ etc/hostsﻣﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪ ،ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ.
ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﻣﺜﻼ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮﻑ Pﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ Tabﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ? Esc+ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ،ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ : $PS4 $PWD
$PS1 $PS2
>?$ echo $P
or <Esc+ $PATH $PPID $PIPESTATUS $PROMPT_COMMAND
ﻓﺮﺍﺧﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﺮﺩﻳﺪ ،ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭﻱ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺒﻼ ﮔﻔﺘﻢ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﭽﻪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﭽﻪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ history ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻳﮏ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺁﻥ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺩ : $ history 5 1023 ls 1024 cd Fonts/ 1025 man more 1026 date 1027 history 5
ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﺮﺍﺧﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ: •
•
•
ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﺎ :ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﭽﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺠﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ Ctrl+nﻭ Ctrl+pﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ : Ctrl+rﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮﻱ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻳﮏ ﺭﺷﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﭽﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﻳﮏ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺣﺮﻑ ،ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ. ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ : Ctrl+sﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ.
ﺭﻭﺵ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ fcﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ،ﮐﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﭽﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﺯﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺫﮐﺮ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ۱۰۰ﺍﻡ ﺗﺎ ۱۵۰ﺍﻡ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ : $ fc 100 150
ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ bash_history.ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺧﺎﻧﮕﻲ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ،ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺗﺎ ۱۰۰۰ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ.
ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻮﻡ :ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ
۷۵
ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻴﻦ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﺎ ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻤﻨﺪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ،ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ،ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺒﻼ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺷﺪ ،ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺭﺍﮐﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ. ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻴﻦ )(Piping Commands
ﮐﺎﺭﺍﮐﺘﺮ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺍﮐﺘﺮ )|( ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭﺍﮐﺘﺮ ،ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ : $ cat /etc/passwd | sort | more adm:x:3:4:adm:/var/adm:/sbin/nologin Alan:x:500:500:Alan Bachumian,7852020:/home/Alan:/bin/bash apache:x:48:48:Apache:/var/www:/sbin/nologin bin:x:1:1:bin:/bin:/sbin/nologin Linet:x:501:501:Linet Minasian:/home/Linet:/bin/bash mail:x:8:12:mail:/var/spool/mail:/sbin/nologin --More--
ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ etc/passwdﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ sortﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ، ﮐﺎﺭﺍﮐﺘﺮ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺒﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺮﺗﺐ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ moreﻣﻴﻔﺮﺳﺘﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻳﻮﻧﻴﮑﺲ ،ﭘﺪﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﮑﻞ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﻣﺜﻼ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻮﻧﻴﮑﺲ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺭﺍ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻣﻴﮑﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻲ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩ .ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ :ﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﭘﻴﺶ ﮐﻪ ﻭﺍﮊﻩ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺣﺖ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ،ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺳﻨﺪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺎﮐﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﻴﮑﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻣﻴﮑﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﭼﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﺪ: $ nroff -man grep.1 | lpr
ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺍﺯ nroffﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ grep.1ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﮐﺮﻭﻱ manﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﭼﺎﭘﮕﺮ ﮐﻪ lprﺍﺳﺖ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ. ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ
ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻫﺮ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻳﮏ ﮐﺎﺭﺍﮐﺘﺮ ﺳﻤﻲ ﮐﺎﻟﻦ );( ﺟﺪﺍ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ : $ date; troff -me mytext | lpr; ls /home
ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻴﻦ ﭘﺲﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ
ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ .ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻧﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻌﻄﻞ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺭﺍﮐﺘﺮ ﺁﻣﭙﺮﺳﻨﺪ )&( ﺩﺭ ﭘﺲﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ : & $ troff -me mytext
۷۶
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
ﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺶﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﻭ ﭘﺲﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻠﻮﺗﺮ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﮐﺮﺩ. ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻴﻦ
ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺟﺎﻧﺸﻴﻨﻲ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺩﺵ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﮐﻨﺪ ،ﺑﺠﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﮔﺬﺍﺭ ﺷﻮﺩ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺁﺭﮔﻮﻣﺎﻥ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺩﻭ ﺷﮑﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺟﺎﻧﺸﻴﻨﻲ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ : '$(command) or 'command
ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻬﻤﻴﺪﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ: )$ vi $(find / -print | grep xyzzy
ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ،ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ viﺟﺎﻧﺸﻴﻨﻲ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻴﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ .ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ findﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﭼﺎﭖ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ grep ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﺭﺷﺘﻪ xyzzyﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺳﭙﺲ viﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺭﺷﺘﻪ xyzzyﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ. ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻲ
ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﻳﮏ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺗﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺩﻭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ: ))$[expression] or $((expression
ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻣﻄﻠﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ: ”$ echo “Iam $[2003-1978] years old. Iam 25 years old.
ﺩﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻻ ،ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ echoﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ. ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ
ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺒﻼ ﮔﻔﺘﻴﻢ ،ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺗﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ .ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﻴﺪ ،ﺑﺠﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺁﻥ ﭼﺎﭖ ﺷﻮﺩ ،ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺁﻥ ﭼﺎﭖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ: 2002 /bin/bash
626188 Aug 24
root
$ ls -l $BASH -rwxr-xr-x 1 root
ﺩﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻻ ،ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ lsﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ BASHﻣﺤﻞ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﭼﺎﭖ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﺩﺍﺩ.
ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺗﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ،ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻗﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﺴﺘﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱﻫﺎ ﺑﮑﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻧﺪ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﮑﻞ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ،ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﭽﻪ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ.
ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻮﻡ :ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ
۷۷
ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻫﺮ ﻳﮏ ،ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﮏ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺩﻻﺭ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺧﻂ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ: declare
$ echo $USER Alan
ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻧﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﻓﻌﻠﻲ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ
ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮏ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻗﺒﻼ ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ: • • •
• • • • • •
• • •
• • •
• • • •
: BASHﻣﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ .bin/bash : BASH_VERSIONﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. : EUIDﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﻓﻌﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ،ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ. : HISTFILEﻣﺤﻞ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﭽﻪ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. : HISTFILESIZEﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ۱۰۰۰ﺍﺳﺖ. : HISTCMDﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﭽﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. : HOMEﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺧﺎﻧﮕﻲ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. : HOSTTYPEﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻌﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. : MAILﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﭘﺴﺘﻲ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺟـﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻧـﺸـﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ .ﻣـﻌـﻤـﻮﻻ ﺑـﻪ ﻧـﺎﻡ ﺷـﻤـﺎ ﺩﺭ var/spool/mail/ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ. : OLDPWDﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﻌﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. : OSTYPEﻧﻮﻉ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﺎ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ linux-gnuﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ. : PATHﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱﻫﺎ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ. : PPIDﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪ ﺍﻱ ﮐﻪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. : PROMPT_COMMANDﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮﺑﺎﺭ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ. : PS1ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ .ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﮕﻨﺠﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ،ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ،ﻧﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ،ﻧﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭ ...ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻋﻼﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ PS2ﻳﺎ PS3ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﺩﺍﺩ. : PWDﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. : RANDOMﺑﺎ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺗﺼﺎﺩﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ۰ﻭ ۹۹۹۹ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ. : SECONDSﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺍﻱ ﮐﻪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ. : UIDﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﻓﻌﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ etc/passwdﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ.
ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﺧﺎﺹ
ﺍﺯ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ،
۷۸
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
ﺑﻬﺮﻩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻫﺮ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﻳﮏ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ : $ AB=/usr/local/documents; export AB
ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ABﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ .ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ exportﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ،ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ. ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻳﮏ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻡ .ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﮐﻮﭼﮏ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺑﺎﺯ ﻫﻢ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ .ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ xyzﺑﺎ XYZﻳﮑﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ.
ﻣﺸﮑﻠﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﭘﺎﮎ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺟﻠﻮﺗﺮ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ. ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻴﺪ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻳﮏ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ،ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﭘﺮﺍﻧﺘﺰ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ : $ echo ${HOME}/Documents /home/Alan/Documents
ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ exportﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ exportﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻧﻌﻄﺎﻑ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﻣﺜﻼ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ،ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻫﻢ ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ: $ export XYZ=/home/Alan/Documents
ﻭﻳﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ،ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ : $ export PATH=$PATH:/home/Alan/Documents
ﺩﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻻ ،ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ home/Alan/Documentsﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ PATHﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ. ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﮐﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻱ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻳﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ unset ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﭘﺎﮎ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ: $ unset XYZ
ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻳﺪﻳﺪ ،ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺎﮎ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺩﻻﺭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ.
ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺲﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺶﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺧﺒﺮﻱ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺑﺎ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺴﺌﻠﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ. ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ،ﻭﻟﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺘﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﻦ ﭘﺲﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺶﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ
ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻮﻡ :ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ
۷۹
ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﺭﺍﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻧﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺲﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﻗﺒﻼ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻳﻢ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻳﮏ ﮐﺎﺭﺍﮐﺘﺮ ﺁﻣﭙﺮﺳﻨﺪ )&( ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﺩﺭ ﭘﺲﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ .ﺭﻭﺵ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ atﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ ،ﺍﺳﺖ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺲﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ،ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ Ctrl+zﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺷﺪ ،ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ fgﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﺶﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ،ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ bgﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺲﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺑﮑﺎﺭ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ. ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺲﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ
ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺲﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ،ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ،ﻳﮏ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺁﻣﭙﺮﺳﻨﺪ )&( ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ : & $ find /usr -print > /home/Alan/usrfiles
ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ usrﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺁﻣﭙﺮﺳﺎﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺲﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﻮﺩ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﭼﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺲﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ،ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ jobsﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ: usrfiles
mc vi & find /usr -print >usrfiles
$ jobs [1]- Stopped [2]+ Stopped ][3 Running
ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺳﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ mc ، viﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ findﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺲﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ .ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺲﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﻣﻨﻔﻲ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪ، ﺩﺭ ﭘﺲﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﻌﻠﺖ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻭ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﮐﺮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﻴﺶﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ،ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ .ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ findﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻱ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ،ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺲﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ lﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ jobsﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ psﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺪﺍﻣﻴﮏ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺲﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﺳﺖ.
ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻴﻦ ﭘﺲﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺶﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ
ﺩﺭ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺷﺪ ،ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ:
vi
ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﺶﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ $ fg %2
ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ،ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ viﻣﺠﺪﺩﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻥ ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﺍ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺲﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺑﻔﺮﺳﺘﻴﺪ. ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻳﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﭘﺲﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ jobs Ctrl+z
۸۰
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ .ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺠﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺩﻭ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ،ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﮐﻤﮏ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ .ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ: vi mc vi./mytext
$ jobs ][2 Stopped [3]- Stopped [4]+ Stopped $ fg %?my
ﺑﺎ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ fg %?myﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ viﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ mytextﺍﺳﺖ ،ﺩﺭ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ. ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻭﺍﮊﻩ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺲﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺲﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺑﺪﻫﻴﺪ.
ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﻮﺛﺮﺗﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﻨﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪﻫﺎ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﮎ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻳﮏ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ. ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ: •
•
•
•
•
: etc/profileﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻫﺮ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﭘﻴﺶﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ،ﺷﮑﻞ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ،ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺠﻮﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺶﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﭘﺴﺘﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ. : etc/bashrcﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﮐﻪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ bashﺭﺍ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ ،ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ bashrcﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺧﺎﻧﮕﻲ ﻫﺮ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ،ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ. : ~/.bashrcﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ bashﻫﺮ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﮔﺎﻩ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮏ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺧﻮﺩﺗﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ. : ~/.bash_profileﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﮑﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﺒﺮﺩ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻳﮑﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻲ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ bashrcﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ. : ~/.bash_logoutﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﺮ ﮔﺎﻩ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺎﮎ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ.
ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ
etc/profile
ﻭ
etc/bashrc
ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ .ﻫﺮ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ
ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻮﻡ :ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ
۸۱
ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ bash_profile، bashrcﻭ bash_logoutﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﺪ. ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻳﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ، ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ bashrcﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺧﺎﻧﮕﻲ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ .ﻫﺮﭼﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻳﮏ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ،ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﻞ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ
ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺍﮐﺘﺮ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮ ﮔﺎﻩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ ،ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ PS1 ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ PS2، PS3ﻭ PS4ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ. ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ،ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ :ﻧﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ ،ﻧﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﮐﺖ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻳﮏ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺩﻻﺭ ) ($ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﻧﺪ ) (#ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﻴﺪ: [alan@Memphis home]$
ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻧﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ،ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ،ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ : • • • • • • • • • • • •
!\ :ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﻓﻌﻠﻲ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﭽﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. : \#ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. : \$ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. : \Wﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﻱ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. \\ :ﻓﻘﻂ ﻳﮏ ﺑﮏ ﺍﺳﻠﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ. : \dﺭﻭﺯ ،ﻣﺎﻩ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ .ﻣﺜﻼ Sat Jan 23 : : \hﻧﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻴﺰﺑﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. : \nﻳﮏ ﺧﻂ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ. : \sﻧﺎﻡ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ .ﻣﺜﻼ bash : \tﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ،ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﻭ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ 10:14:40 : : \uﻧﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. : \wﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﻴﺪ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ PS1ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻭ ﮔﻴﻮﻣﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﻣﺜﻼ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ: ”]$ export PS1=”[\t\w]\$
ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ: [20:25:40 /var/spool/mail]$
ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ
PS1
ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ
bashrc
ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ
۸۲
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
ﺧﺎﻧﮕﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﺒﻼ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ. ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﺳﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺎﺭ
ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ،ﺍﺳﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺠﺎﻱ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﺳﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ aliasﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ: '$ alias p='pwd; ls -CF '$ alias rm='rm -i
ﺩﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﺣﺮﻑ pﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ pwdﺭﺍ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ls -CFﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﭼﺎﭖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ .ﺩﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺩﻭﻡ ،ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ rmﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ iﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﻮﺩ. ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ aliasﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻟﻴﺴﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺎﺭﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮐﺮﺩﻩﺍﻳﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺳﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﻲﺭﻭﻧﺪ.
ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺩﺭﺧﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱﻫﺎ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ .ﻫﺮ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻗﻴﻖﺗﺮ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺭﺧﺖ ﻭﺍﺭﻭﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ،ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺳﻠﺶ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻲ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ .ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ bin، dev، homeﻭ .tmpﻫﺮ ﮐﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱﻫﺎ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۳-۳ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺩﺭﺧﺘﻲ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ.
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۳-۳
ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ
ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻮﻡ :ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ
۸۳
•
: binﻓﺮﺍﻣﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ .ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ls، sortﻭ .chmod
•
: devﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺨﺖﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎ )،(tty ﺩﻳﺴﮑﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻼﭘﻲ ) ،(fdﺩﻳﺴﮑﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﺨﺖ ) (hdﻭ ...ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﻴﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﻣﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ.
•
: etcﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ.
•
: homeﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﻳﮏ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ.
•
: mntﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﻳﺴﮑﻬﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻓﻼﭘﻲ CD-ROM ،ﻭ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ.
•
: rootﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺧﺎﻧﮕﻲ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ.
•
: sbinﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺘﻲ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ.
•
: tmpﻣﺤﻞ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ.
•
: usrﻣﺤﻞ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ،ﺑﺎﺯﻱﻫﺎ ،ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ،ﮐﺘﺎﺑﺨﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ.
ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺱ ﻭ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺒﺎﻫﺖﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ: •
•
•
•
ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺱ ﻭ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻭﻓﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ ﻣﻮﺳﻮﻡ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻳﺪ .ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ Aﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻼﭘﻲ C ،ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻭ ...ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻝ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﺍﺩﻏﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ. ﻣﺜﻼ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻳﮏ ﻓﻼﭘﻲ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ mnt/floppyﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ...ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﻱ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺍﺻﻼ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﺩﺕ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺪﺗﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻋﺎﺩﺕ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ .ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ ،ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺧﺎﻧﮕﻲ ﺷﻤﺎﺳﺖ. ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺩﺍﺱ ﻭ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﺪﺍﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﭘﻮﺷﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺑﮏ ﺍﺳﻠﺶ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﻠﺶ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ. ﻧﺎﻡ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺱ ﻭ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻳﮏ ﭘﺴﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ .ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ txtﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ﻭ... ﭘﺴﻮﻧﺪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻭ ﻳﻮﻧﻴﮑﺲ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ .ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺴﻮﻧﺪ ،ﻧﻮﻉ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. ﻫﺮ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻣﺠﻮﺯﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺱ ﻭ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺠﻮﺯﻫﺎ ﺧﺒﺮﻱ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﮏ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻩ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ،ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺒﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ NTﮐﻪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﭼﻨﺪ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻩ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺠﻮﺯﻫﺎ ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ.
ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱﻫﺎ
ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﮏ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ،ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻡ ،ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺧﺎﻧﮕﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺑﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻳﺪ: •
: cdﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ.
•
: pwdﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﻓﻌﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﭼﺎﭖ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ.
•
: mkdirﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ.
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
۸۴ •
: chmodﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺠﻮﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺑﮑﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ.
•
: lsﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺭﺍ ﭼﺎﭖ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ dirﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺱ.
ﺧﻮﺏ ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﻲ ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﮑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻲ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻳﻢ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ،ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺒﻼ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ ،ﻳﮏ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. .١ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺧﺎﻧﮕﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮﺟﺎ ،ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ cdﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. .٢ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺧﺎﻧﮕﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ،ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ pwdﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ: $ pwd /home/alan
.٣
ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ mkdirﻳﮏ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ testﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ:
.٤
ﻣﺠﻮﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ lsﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ:
$ mkdir test
4096 May 17 20:14 test
alan
$ ls -ld test drwxrwxr-x 3 alan
ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﮐﻪ testﻳﮏ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺁﻥ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ alanﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ alanﺗﻌﻠﻖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ۱۷ﻣﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ۲۰:۱۴ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺗﺼﻮﺭ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﻣﺠﻮﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ،ﺟﻠﻮﺗﺮ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﺩﺍﺩ.
.٥
ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ: $ chmod 700 test
ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﺠﻮﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺣﺘﻲ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ .ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﺍ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ lsﮐﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﮑﺎﺭ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ ،ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﺠﻮﺯﻫﺎ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ------drwxﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ.
.٦
ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ cdﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ testﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ: $ cd test
ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺧﺎﻧﮕﻲ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻪ ﻣﺴﻴﺮﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ : •
ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ
•
ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ~
HOME
ﺑﺎ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ،ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺧﺎﻧﮕﻲ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ: ~ $ /home/alan
ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺧﺎﻧﮕﻲ ﻳﮏ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ: $ ~chris /home/chris
ﺩﺭ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱﻫﺎ ﻭ ﮐﺎﺭﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ: •
ﻳﮏ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ :ﻧﺸﺎﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﻣﺜﻼ : $ cp /usr/local/mygame .
ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ mygameﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ )ﮐﻪ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺧﺎﻧﮕﻲ ﺗﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ( ﮐﭙﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ. •
ﺩﻭ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ :ﻧﺸﺎﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻣﺎﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﻣﺜﻼ : $ mv mygame ..
ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ mygameﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺧﺎﻧﮕﻲﺗﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ.
ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻮﻡ :ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ •
۸۵
ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ : OLDPWDﻧﺸﺎﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﻓﻌﻠﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ.
ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺭﺍﮐﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﮕﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻂ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﺎﺭﺁﻣﺪ ﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ،ﮐﺎﺭﺍﮐﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﺍﮐﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﮕﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻮﻡ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﮐﺎﺭﺍﮐﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻳﮏ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺻﺮﻓﻪ ﺟﻮﻳﻲ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﮕﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺗﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﻳﺎ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺭﺍﮐﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ
ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﻢ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺁﺳﺎﻧﺘﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ،ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺭﺍﮐﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ .ﮐﺎﺭﺍﮐﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﺍﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ: •
ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺳﺘﺎﺭﻩ )*( :ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺠﺎﻱ ﻫﺮ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺭﺍﮐﺘﺮﻫﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ.
•
ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺳﻮﺍﻝ )?( :ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺠﺎﻱ ﻳﮏ ﮐﺎﺭﺍﮐﺘﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ.
•
ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﮐﺖ )] : ([...ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭﺍﮐﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﮐﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻣﻲﮔﺬﺍﺭﻧﺪ.
ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﮑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭﺍﮐﺘﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ )ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﮐﺮﺩﻳﺪ( ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ :
test
ﮐﻪ ﻗﺒﻼ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ
$ touch apple banana grape grapefruit watermelon
ﺣﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﮎ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﮐﺎﺭﺍﮐﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ :
ls
ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﮑﻨﻴﻢ .ﺑﻪ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻫﺮ *$ ls a apple *$ ls g grape grapefruit $ ls g*t grapefruit
*$ ls *e apple grape grapefruit watermelon *$ ls *n banana watermelon
ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﻫﺮ ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﮐﺎﺭﺍﮐﺘﺮ aﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ .ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ gﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ gﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ tﺧﺘﻢ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ eﻭ nﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ .ﺑﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﮐﺎﺭﺍﮐﺘﺮ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ: $ ls ????e apple grape *$ ls g???e grape grapefruit
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
۸۶
ﺩﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ۵ﺣﺮﻑ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ eﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ gﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﮐﺎﺭﺍﮐﺘﺮ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ eﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. ﺣﺎﻝ ﻣﺜﺎﻝﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﮐﺖﻫﺎ : *]$ ls [abw apple banana watermelon ]$ ls [agw]*[ne apple grape watermelon
ﺩﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ a، bﻭ wﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ.ﺩﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ a، gﻭ wﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ nﻳﺎ eﺧﺘﻢ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ،ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ. ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺭﺍﮐﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ
ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ،ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺒﻼ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ ،ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﺴﺘﻴﻢ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮐﻨﻴﻢ .ﺑﺎ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺭﺍﮐﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﻮﭼﮑﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ )<( ﻭ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ )>( ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ/ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭﺍﮐﺘﺮﻫﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ: •
ﮐﺎﺭﺍﮐﺘﺮ < :ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ.
•
ﮐﺎﺭﺍﮐﺘﺮ > :ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﭘﺎﮎ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ.
•
ﮐﺎﺭﺍﮐﺘﺮ >> :ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ.
ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﮎ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ: $ mail root < ~/.bashrc $ nroff -man /usr/share/man/man1/chmod.1* > /tmp/chmod $ echo “I finished the project on $(date)” >> ~/projects
ﺩﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ .bashrcﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺧﺎﻧﮕﻲ ،ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮏ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ rootﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺩﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺩﻭﻡ ،ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮐﻤﮏ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ chmodﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ nroffﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ tmp/chmodﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺧﻂ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ projectsﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺧﺎﻧﮕﻲ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ،ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ: I finished the project on Sun May 25 14:25:36 IRST 2003
ﺩﺭﮎ ﻣﺠﻮﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ )(File Permissions ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﻣﺪﺗﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻳﺪ ،ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻨﺎ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻡﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ Permission Deniedﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ .ﻣﺠﻮﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﺖ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺩﻳﺪﮔﻲ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ .ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ۹ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻌﺮﻑ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺖﻫﺎ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ rwxrwxrwxﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ. ﻧﺨﺴﺘﻴﻦ ﺳﻪ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺳﻪ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﻭ ﺳﻪ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ r .ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ w ،ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﻭ xﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ
ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻮﻡ :ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ
۸۷
ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺠﺎﻱ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺩﺵ ) (-ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ،ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺠﻮﺯ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﺠﻮﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ls -ldﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ : 4096 May 22 15:11 ch3 4096 May 17 20:14 test
alan alan
$ ls -ld ch3 test -rw-rw-r-3 alan drwxr-xr-x 3 alan
ﺧﻂ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻣﺠﻮﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺍ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻨﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻱ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ .ﺧﻂ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺩﻗﺖ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺠﻮﺯﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮﻑ dﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ،ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ،ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﭘﺎﮎ ﮐﻨﺪ .ﺑﻘﻴﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ .ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻨﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻣﺠﻮﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺩﺗﺎﻥ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ chmodﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮﻳﮏ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺠﻮﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ،ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻋﺪﺩﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ،۴ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ۲ﻭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ .۱ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﺠﻮﺯﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩﺗﺎﻥ ﺑﺪﻫﻴﺪ ،ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺳﻪ ﺑﻴﺖ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ۷ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ .(۱+۲+۴) .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻨﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﺷﺎﻥ ﻣﺠﻮﺯ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﻣﺠﻮﺯﻫﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ) ۷ﻣﺠﻮﺯ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ( ﻭ ) ۰ﻫﻴﭻ ﻣﺠﻮﺯﻱ!( ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﻣﻄﻠﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ : rwxrwxrwx rwxr-xr-x rw-r--r---------
= = = =
files files files files
777 755 644 000
chmod chmod chmod chmod
$ $ $ $
ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻣﺠﻮﺯ ﭘﻴﺶﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﺁﻥ ۶۴۴ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ .ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺠﻮﺯ ۷۵۵ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﭘﻴﺶﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ umaskﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ.ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ umask ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ: $ umask 022
ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻋﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ umaskﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺍﺯ ۷ﮐﻢ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﭘﻴﺶﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ .ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ۶ﮐﻢ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﭘﻴﺶﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﺠﻮﺯ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ )ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ (۱ﻏﻴﺮ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ Rﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ chmodﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺠﻮﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﻳﮏ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺠﻮﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ tmp/test ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻨﺪ: $ chmod -R 777 /tmp/test
ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ Rﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ chmodﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﻋﻄﺎ ﻣﺠﻮﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻄﺎ ﻣﺠﻮﺯ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﻭﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺠﺎﻱ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ۷۷۷ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ۶۴۴ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ.
۸۸
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ،ﮐﭙﻲ ﻭ ﭘﺎﮎ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﮐﭙﻲ ،ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻭ ﭘﺎﮎ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ mvﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﭙﻲ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ cpﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺎﮎ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ rmﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ: def ~ def ~
abc abc abc abc abc *
mv mv cp cp rm rm
$ $ $ $ $ $
ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ abcﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ defﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ .ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺧﺎﻧﮕﻲ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ )~( ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺳﻮﻡ ،ﻓﺎﻳﻞ abcﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ defﮐﭙﻲ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺧﺎﻧﮕﻲ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﮐﭙﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ abcﺭﺍ ﭘﺎﮎ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺷﺸﻢ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺎﮎ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ،ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ rmﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﮏ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ aliasﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺎﮎ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﺣﺘﻤﺎ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﺷﻮﺩ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﮎ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺗﺼﺎﺩﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺍﺷﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲﺁﻭﺭﺩ. ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﻣﺘﻦ VI
ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻳﮑﺒﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ geditﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ emacsﻭ viﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ .ﻣﺰﻳﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ viﻳﺎ emacsﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ،ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ )ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ (telnetﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﻫﻴﭻ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ. ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺳﻌﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﮐﺮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻣﻔﻴﺪﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺸﮕﺮ viﺩﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻢ. ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﺮﺟﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺷﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ viﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ viﺩﺭ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺩﺷﻮﺍﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ .ﻭﻟﻲ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺪﺗﻲ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﮐﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺸﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻲ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﺩﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﺎﻭﺱ ﻳﺎ ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ Fﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺧﺎﻧﮕﻲ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ،ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﻣﺠﻮﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﺣﺘﻤﺎ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ .ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻳﮏ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ suﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ،ﻣﺠﻮﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ،ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ exitﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ vi
ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ
vi
ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ
tmp/test
ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻮﻡ :ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ
۸۹
ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ: $ vi /tmp/test
ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺩﻳﺪ: ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ]"/tmp/test" [New File
ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﭼﺸﻤﮏ ﺯﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺧﻂ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺗﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺭﺧﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﺩﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﻋﻼﻡ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ .ﮐﺎﺭﺍﮐﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ~ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﻂ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻓﻌﻼ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﮏ ﭘﺮ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ .ﻫﻴﭻ ﻣﻨﻮ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻧﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻔﻬﻤﻴﺪ ﭼﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ! ﻓﻌﻼ ﺣﺘﻲ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺑﻮﻕ ﺯﺩﻩ ،ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ. ﻧﺨﺴﺘﻴﻦ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ ،ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺸﮕﺮ viﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ viﺑﺪﺍﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﻳﮏ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﻳﮏ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻭ ﺣﺮﻑ ﻭ ﻳﮏ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ: •
: aﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ Addﺍﺳﺖ .ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
•
: iﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ Insertﺍﺳﺖ .ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﻑ ﭼﭗ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﻢ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﺑﺠﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻴﻦ aﻳﺎ iﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ Insertﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ.
ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﺧﻮﺩ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ Enterﺭﺍ ﻫﻢ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺧﻄﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﺮﺩﻳﺪ ،ﮐﻠﻴﺪ Escﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ:
•
ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﺎ :ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺑﻪ ﭼﭗ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﺎ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ) hﭼﭗ( ) l ،ﺭﺍﺳﺖ() j ،ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ( ﻭ ) kﺑﺎﻻ( ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﮐﻠﻴﺪ : wﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﻱ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ. ﮐﻠﻴﺪ : bﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﻱ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪ. ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﺻﻔﺮ :ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﻱ ﺧﻂ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ. ﮐﻠﻴﺪ : $ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﻂ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ.
•
ﮐﻠﻴﺪ : Hﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻧﺨﺴﺘﻴﻦ ﺧﻂ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ.
•
ﮐﻠﻴﺪ : Mﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺧﻂ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ.
•
• • •
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
۹۰ •
ﮐﻠﻴﺪ : Lﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺧﻂ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ.
ﺧﻮﺏ ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻣﻲﻣﺎﻧﺪ ،ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﭘﺎﮎ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ: •
ﮐﻠﻴﺪ : xﮐﺎﺭﺍﮐﺘﺮ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺎﮎ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ.
•
ﮐﻠﻴﺪ : Xﮐﺎﺭﺍﮐﺘﺮ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺎﮎ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ.
•
ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ : dwﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺭﺍﮐﺘﺮ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﺗﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺎﮎ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ.
•
ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ : d$ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺭﺍﮐﺘﺮ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﺗﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺧﻂ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺎﮎ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ.
•
ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ : d0ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺭﺍﮐﺘﺮ ﻣﺎﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﻱ ﺧﻂ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺎﮎ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ.
ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ: • • • • •
ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ : ZZﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ. ﮐﻠﻴﺪ : wﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭﻟﻲ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ. ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ : wqﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ZZﺍﺳﺖ. ﮐﻠﻴﺪ : qﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ. ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ! : qﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻓﺮﺽ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ. ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺸﮕﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ،ﺩﺭ viﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ Home، End، PgUPﻭ PgDWNﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻭ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ Delﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺎﮎ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺷﺘﺒﺎﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﺪﻳﺪ ،ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ! qﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﻭ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻧﮑﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ undoﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ uﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ viﻳﺎﺩ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﺪ .ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ viﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﮐﺮﺩ .ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻧﮑﺘﻪ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﮐﻨﻢ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ viﺁﺳﺎﻧﺘﺮ ﮐﻨﺪ: •
• • •
•
•
•
ﮐﻠﻴﺪ : Escﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ZZﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ. ﮐﻠﻴﺪ : uﻓﺸﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ،ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ.(undo) . ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ : Ctrl+rﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﻋﮑﺲ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ uﺍﺳﺖ .ﻋﻤﻞ ﺗﮑﺮﺍﺭ ﻳﺎ redoﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. ﮐﻠﻴﺪ : Capslockﻓﺮﺍﻣﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻴﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻧﮑﻨﻨﺪ .ﺩﻗﺖ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ! :ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ viﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺗﻌﺠﺐ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ،ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ viﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ Enterﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ .ﺣﺘﻲ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ! bachﻳﮏ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ viﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﮐﺎﺭﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ exitﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ.ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺟﺎﻟﺒﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ! : INSERTﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ،ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ.ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﭘﻴﻐﺎﻡﻫﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ. ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ : Ctrl+gﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵ ﮐﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﮐﺪﺍﻡ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ،ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺧﻄﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ،ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻭ ...ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ.
ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ
ﺑﺠﺰ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﻄﻮﻃﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ،ﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺩﺭ
ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻮﻡ :ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ
۹۱
ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ var/log/messagesﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ tmpﮐﭙﻲ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ: •
: Ctrl+fﻳﮏ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻳﺪ.
•
: Ctrl+bﻳﮏ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ.
•
: Ctrl+dﻧﻴﻢ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻣﻴﺮﻭﻳﺪ.
•
: Ctrl+uﻧﻴﻢ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ.
•
: Gﺑﻪ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺧﻂ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
•
: 1Gﺑﻪ ﻧﺨﺴﺘﻴﻦ ﺧﻂ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ ﻋﺪﺩ ١ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﻋﺪﺩﻱ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺧﻂ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ.
ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮﻱ ﻣﺘﻦ
ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮﻱ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﻠﺶ ) (/ﻭ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺭﺍﮐﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﺍﺳﻠﺶ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮﻱ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﻭ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮﻱ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ .ﻣﺜﻼ /helloﻭ ?helloﻋﻤﻞ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﺭﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻭ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻟﻐﺖ helloﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ. ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﺎﺭ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﻳﮏ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻗﻴﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺁﻥ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺗﮑﺮﺍﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ : •
: 3dwﺳﻪ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺎﮎ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ.
•
: 5clﭘﻨﺞ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ.
• : 12jﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻩ ﺧﻂ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ. ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ viﺭﺍ ﻳﺎﺩ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ.
ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ﺧﻮﺏ ﺟﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ: $ halt
ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻟﺤﻈﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻧﺸﺪ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺻﺒﺮ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﭘﻴﻐﺎﻡ Power Downﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ. ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺩﮔﻤﻪ Powerﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﺍ ﺑﻮﺕ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ: $ reboot
ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ Shut Downﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺷﻮﺩ.
۹۲
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﻴﻂﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ، ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻤﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻧﻌﻄﺎﻓﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻭ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ .ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﺍﺧﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﺷﺪﻩ ،ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ. ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱﻫﺎ ،ﮐﭙﻲ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ،ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﻣﺠﻮﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ. ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﻣﺘﻨﯽ VIﻭ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ.
۴
ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﯽ
ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺸﮑﻞ ﻳﮏ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﻦ ،ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮ ﮐﺴﻲ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﺪ .ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﮔﻤﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺎﻭﺱ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﮐﺮﺩ .ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺒﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ ﻳﻮﻧﻴﮑﺲ ﺍﺯ ) X Window Systemﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ X11، XFree86ﻳﺎ Xﻫﻢ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ( ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺯﻳﺮﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ،ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮑﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻤﻨﺪ GNOMEﻭ KDEﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﻣﻲﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﺩ. ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ XF86Config ﺍﻧﺪﮐﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ Xfree86ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻳﻢ .ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ XF86Configﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ etc/X11ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﯽ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ .ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ،ﻣﺎﻭﺱ ،ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻧﻴﺘﻮﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻲ ﮐﻨﻢ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺳﺘﮑﺎﺭﻱ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﺪ ،ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺗﺎﻥ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ. ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ،ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺩﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺨﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺳﺨﺖﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﺎﻭﺱ ،ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ،ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﻭ ...ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ. ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻳﮏ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺳﺨﺖﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ
۹۴
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ .ﻣﺜﻼ ﺗﺎ ﮐﻤﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ ،ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺗﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ nVidiaﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻫﺎ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻴﮑﺮﺩﻳﺪ .ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﮐﺮﺩ.
ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻓﺮﺍﻳﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺕ ،ﻳﮏ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۱-۴ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ: $ startx
ﺑﺎ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ،ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﭘﻴﺶﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮﺑﺎﺭ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﺠﺒﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻴﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ bash_profileﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺧﺎﻧﮕﻲ ﺗﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ،ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ exec startxﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۱-۴
ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ
ﺣﺘﻤﺎ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺸﮕﺮ viﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ! ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ: $ vi $HOME/.bash_profile
ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﮐﻨﻢ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﻮﺕ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ،ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﭘﻴﺶﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ
ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ :ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﯽ
۹۵
ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ۳ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ) .ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﺼﺐ ،ﺑﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ( ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻴﺪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺷﻮﺩ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ۵ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ،ﻓﺎﻳﻞ etc/inittabﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺧﻂ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻳﺪ: id:3:initdefault:
ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ: id:5:initdefault:
ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺲ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ. ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﻬﻢ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻴﺪ ،ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ Alt+Ctrl+F2ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻳﮏ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ .ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ Xﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ : ax | less /sbin/mingetty tty6 ][gdm-binary ][gdm-binary /usr/X11R6/bin/X :0 -auth /var/gdm/:0 vt7 gnome-session
0:00 0:00 0:00 6:56 0:01
S SW SW SL S
tty6 ? ? ? ?
$ ps ... 2233 2234 2277 2278 2290 ...
ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻟﻴﺴﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺩ .ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻋﺪﺩ ۲۲۷۸ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺧﺎﺗﻤﻪ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ :
X
$ kill 2278
ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ Alt+Ctrl+F2ﺩﺭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﻣﺠﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ Alt+Ctrl+F2ﺗﺎ F7ﭼﻨﺪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﻣﺠﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ Alt+Ctrl+F7ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ. ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ GNOME
ﻣﺤﻴﻂﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ X Windowﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ) GNOME .ﺗﻠﻔﻆ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﮔﻨﻮﻡ( ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﻴﻂﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺧﻮﺏ ﻭ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﻭ ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻤﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ،ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﭘﻴﺶﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ GNOMEﻭ ﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻳﺪ .ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻣـﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ،ﻣﻴﺰ ﮐﺎﺭ GNOMEﮐﻪ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۲-۴ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ. ﻣﻴﺰ ﮐﺎﺭ GNOMEﺍﺯ ﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻴﺰ ﮐﺎﺭ ،ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻴﺰ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻭ ﭘﻨﻞ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﭘﻨﻞ ﻣﻬﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻴﺰ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻣﻨﺪ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ. ﭘﻨﻞ ﻧﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻣﻴﺰﮐﺎﺭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﭘﻨﻞ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ) ،(launchersﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺍﺧﻄﺎﺭ ) (Notification Areaﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﺎﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﻮﭼﮑﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﭘﻠﺖ ) (Appletﻧﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﭘﻠﺖﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﮐﺎﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ
۹۶
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻬﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﻱ ،ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﺍﭘﻠﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﯼ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﭘﻴﺶﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﻨﻞ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻴﺰ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﻪﻫﺎ ،ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻼﭘﻲ ﻭ CD-ROMﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ،ﮐﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻴﺰ ﮐﺎﺭ، ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻴﺰﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥ ﮐﻼﻩ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻮﻫﺎ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥ Start Hereﮐﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻴﺰ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ،ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ. ﻣﻴﺰ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﻴﺰﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻞﻫﺎ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺸﻴﺪﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻦ ) (Drag and Dropﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ،ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﻴﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ،ﭘﻮﺷﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۲-۴
ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ GNOME
ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻨﻞ
ﭘﻨﻞ ﻣﻴﺰﮐﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻣﻴﺰﮐﺎﺭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﮕﻪ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺁﺳﺎﻧﺘﺮ ﻣﻲﺳﺎﺯﺩ .ﭘﻨﻞ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﺑﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻮ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺍﭘﻠﺖﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﻞ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ،ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻭﻇﺎﻳﻔﻲ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﻴﺘﻮﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﺮﻭﻧﺪ .ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺍﺧﻄﺎﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﺎﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ،ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻋﻼﻡ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ،ﭼﺎﭘﮕﺮ ،ﺍﺣﺮﺍﺯ ﻫﻮﻳﺖ ﻭ ...ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۳-۴ﭘﻨﻞ ﻣﻴﺰﮐﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ.
ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ :ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﯽ
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ۳-۴
۹۷
ﭘﻨﻞ ﻣﻴﺰﮐﺎﺭ
ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ
ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥ ﮐﻼﻩ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮﻫﺎ ﺭﻭﺑﺮﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﻴﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ،ﺑﮑﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻧﺪ .ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ،ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷﺪﻩ ،ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ،ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻂ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﮐﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﻗﻔﻞ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺜﻼ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﺻﺖ ﮐﺴﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﻨﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻗﻔﻞ ،ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ logoutﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺍﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ،ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ Shut Downﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺴﻬﺎ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻧﺸﺪ ،ﭘﻴﻐﺎﻡ Power Down ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻤﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ Shut Downﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺷﻮﺩ.
ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﭘﻠﺖﻫﺎ
ﺍﭘﻠﺖﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﻮﭼﮑﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﻨﻞ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ .ﺍﭘﻠﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ .ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﭘﻠﺖﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﭘﻴﺶﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﻨﻞ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ .ﺍﭘﻠﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺶﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﭘﻠﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ: •
ﺍﭘﻠﺖ ﺳﻮﺋﻴﭻ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﺰﮐﺎﺭ ) : (Workspace Switcherﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ GNOMEﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻠﻮﻍ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ ﻳﮏ ﻣﻴﺰﮐﺎﺭ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻴﺎﻭﺭﺩ. ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﭘﻴﺶﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ۴ﻣﻴﺰﮐﺎﺭ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ .ﺍﭘﻠﺖ ﺳﻮﺋﻴﭻ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﺰﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﮐﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﮑﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﭘﻠﺖ ﺍﺯ ۴ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﮐﻮﭼﮏ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺑﻊﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ
Ctrl+Atl
ﺑﻌﻼﻭﻩ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﺎ )ﺑﺎﻻ ،ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ،ﭼﭗ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ( ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﮐﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ. ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۴-۴ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﭘﻠﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ.
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ۴-۴
ﺍﭘﻠﺖ ﺳﻮﺋﻴﭻ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﺰﮐﺎﺭ •
ﺍﭘﻠﺖ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﻪ ) : (Taskbarﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﺎﺭ ﺍﭘﻠﺖ ﺳﻮﺋﻴﭻ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﺰﮐﺎﺭ ،ﺍﭘﻠﺖ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﭘﻠﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻴﺰﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﭘﻠﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻮﺋﻴﭻ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﻳﺎ Minimizeﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ...ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﻭﻱ
۹۸
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
ﺩﮔﻤﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﺮ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ،ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۵-۴ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﭘﻠﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ.
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ۵-۴
ﺍﭘﻠﺖ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﻪ
ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺍﺧﻄﺎﺭ
ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺷﺪ ،ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻋﻼﻡ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺑﮑﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ. ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ،ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ،ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥ ﺍﺣﺮﺍﺯ ﻫﻮﻳﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥ ﭼﺎﭘﮕﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ. ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﻭﺯﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﺘﺎﻥ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺛﺒﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ. ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥ ﺍﺣﺮﺍﺯ ﻫﻮﻳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﮑﻞ ﺩﻭ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﮐﻮﭼﮏ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﺠﻮﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺴﺌﻠﻪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻣﻲﺍﻓﺘﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﮑﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻳﮏ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ timeoutﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺍﺧﻄﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ. ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥ ﺍﺧﻄﺎﺭ ﭼﺎﭘﮕﺮ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻓﺮﺍﻳﻨﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﭼﺎﭖ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ .ﺑﺎ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥ، ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭼﺎﭖ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺼﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﺯ ﭼﺎﭖ ﻳﮏ ﺳﻨﺪ ،ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ Cancelﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۶-۴ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ۶-۴
ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺍﺧﻄﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ،ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﻨﻞ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ Add to Panelﺳﭙﺲ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ Utilityﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ Notification Areaﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﭘﻠﺖﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻨﻞ
ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﭘﻨﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﭘﻠﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﮏ ﺍﭘﻠﺖ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻨﻞ ،ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻨﻞ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ Add to Panelﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﭘﻠﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﭘﻠﺖ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﮏ ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ) (launcherﺑﻪ ﭘﻨﻞ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻨﻞ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ Add to Panelﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ launcherﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﮐﻮﭼﮑﻲ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻧﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ :ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﯽ
۹۹
ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻗﺒﻼ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ launcher ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻨﻞ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ Add to Panelﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ Launcher from menuﺭﺍ ﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ،ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻦ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻨﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ.
ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﭘﻨﻞ
ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﭘﻨﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﺨﻔﻲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺰﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ،ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ،ﺭﻧﮓ ﻭ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﻴﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﭘﻨﻞ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻨﻞ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ Propertiesﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﮐﻮﭼﮑﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ،ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ. ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﺎﺗﻴﻠﻮﺱ
ﻓﮑﺮ ﻣﻴﮑﻨﻢ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻧﺎﺗﻴﻠﻮﺱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﮐﻤﻲ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ! ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺎﺗﻴﻠﻮﺱ ﺯﻳﺮﺩﺭﻳﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﺎﭘﻴﺘﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻮ ﺩﺭ ۲۰۰۰۰ ﻓﺮﺳﻨﮓ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ! ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺎﺗﻴﻠﻮﺱ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﭘﻴﺶﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ GNOMEﺍﺳﺖ. ﻧﺎﺗﻴﻠﻮﺱ ﺷﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﻧﺎﺗﻴﻠﻮﺱ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﻧﺎﺗﻴﻠﻮﺱ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻣﻴﺰﮐﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﻳﻨﺪﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ،ﮐﻠﮑﺴﻴﻮﻥ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻭ ...ﻭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ. ﻧﺎﺗﻴﻠﻮﺱ ﮐﺎﺭﺍﻳﻲ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ،ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻭ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻠﻲ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺰﮐﺎﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ،ﺑﺎﻻ ﻣﻲﺑﺮﺩ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺎﺗﻴﻠﻮﺱ ،ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ ) (Homeﮐﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻴﺰﮐﺎﺭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ،ﺩﻭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ Home Folderﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﺗﻴﻠﻮﺱ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺳﺮﺗﺎﺳﺮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺧﺎﻧﮕﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥ Homeﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ،ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ locationﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ Enterﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ Fileﺑﺨﺶ New Windowﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ Ctrl+Nﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻳﮏ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﺯﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺸﻴﺪﻥ ﻭﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻦ ) (Drag and Dropﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﮐﭙﻲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭﮒ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﻳﮏ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﭘﻴﺶﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﭙﻲ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺩﺭﮒ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ،ﮐﻠﻴﺪ Ctrlﺭﺍ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ. ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﭘﻴﺶﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﮐﻮﭼﮏ ﻭ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﻮﺷﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ .ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ Editﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺑﺨﺶ Preferencesﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻟﺒﻪ Previewﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎﻱ Neverﻏﻴﺮ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻧﺎﺗﻴﻠﻮﺱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﺗﻴﻠﻮﺱ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺁﻥ ،ﺭﻭﻱ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
۱۰۰
ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺎﺗﻴﻠﻮﺱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺰﻭﺩﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻋﺎﺩﺕ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﻧﺎﺗﻴﻠﻮﺱ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻣﻨﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ ﮐﻠﻴﮑﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺎﻭﺱ، ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺩ. ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺳﺮ ﻭ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺒﻮﺭﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ Ctrl+Dﻭ ﻳﺎ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ Bookmarksﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ Add bookmarkﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻨﻮ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻳﮏ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ.
ﺳﻔﺎﺭﺷﻲ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻴﺰﮐﺎﺭ
ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻔﺎﺭﺷﻲ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻴﺰﮐﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ. •
Preferences
ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﭘﺲ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﻣﻴﺰ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﭘﺲ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ Preferencesﺑﺨﺶ Backgroundﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻴﺰﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ Change Desktop Backgroundﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺗﺼﻮﺑﺮ .۷-۴ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﭘﺲ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﭘﻴﺶﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ usr/share/backgroundsﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ،ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺧﻮﺩﺗﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺍﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ،ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﮔﻤﻪ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎﻱ
Select Picture
Picture Options
ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﻴﻠﺘﺎﻥ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ۷-۴
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﭘﺲ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﮐﺎﺭ
ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻋﻼﻗﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﭘﺲ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺩﺭﮒ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ Wallpaperﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ Centeredﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﮐﻮﭼﮑﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻳﺰ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،ﺩﺭ ﻭﺳﻂ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﺩ .ﺑﺎ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎﻱ
Scaled
ﻭ Stretchedﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﮐﻮﭼﮑﺘﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺰﺭﮐﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ،ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ
ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ :ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﯽ
۱۰۱
ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻳﮑﺴﺎﻥ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﺮﮐﻴﺒﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻧﮕﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ،ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﻭﻱ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ No Pictureﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ •
•
•
ﺭﻧﮕﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎﻱ Background Styleﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻗﻠﻢﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻗﻠﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﻴﻞ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ Preferencesﺑﺨﺶ Fontsﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻥ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺗﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ،ﺑﻮﻕ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭼﺸﻤﮏ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ Preferencesﺑﺨﺶ Keyboardﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﻭﺱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺗﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻣﺎﻭﺱ ،ﭼﭗ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ،ﺳﺮﻋﺖ
•
ﮐﻠﻴﮏﻫﺎ ﻭ ...ﺍﺯ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ Preferencesﺑﺨﺶ Mouseﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ،ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ Preferencesﺑﺨﺶ Passwordﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ passwdﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
•
ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﻬﺎﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺟﺎﻟﺐ ﻭ ﺑﻲ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ،ﺍﺯ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ Preferencesﺑﺨﺶ Screensaverﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
•
ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺟﻠﻮﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ ﺩﺭ GNOMEﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﺟﻠﻮﻩ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺭﺧﺪﺍﺩﻫﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ،ﺑﺎﺯﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻭ ...ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻳﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺨﺶ Preferencesﻗﺴﻤﺖ Soundﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
•
ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺟﻠﻮﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺎﻟﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ،ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺩﻩﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻠﻮﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﻲ ) (Themeﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻠﻮﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﺟﻠﻮﻩ ﭘﻴﺶﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺨﺶ Preferencesﻗﺴﻤﺖ Themeﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺳﺎﻳﺖﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻠﻮﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ .ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﻳﺖﻫﺎ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ http://art.gnome.orgﻭ http://themedepot.orgﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﺩ.
ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ System Settingsﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﮐﻤﮏ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻌﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻡ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﮐﻨﻢ .ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎﺗﻲ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﻌﺪﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﮐﺮﺩ .ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ:
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
۱۰۲ •
•
ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻭ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎ )(Add/Remove Applications ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺴﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺣﺬﻑ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺩﻳﺴﮏﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎ ،ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﺩﺍﺩ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۸-۴ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ. ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺎﺑﺤﺎﻝ ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ،ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ.
•
ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ )(Display ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻭﺿﻮﺡ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ .ﻗﺒﻼ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﮐﻤﻲ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻡ .ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﮐﺴﻬﺎﻱ Resolutionﻭ Color Depthﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺳﺘﻲ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﮑﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻟﺒﻪ Advancedﻭ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﺭﻭﻱ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ Configureﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۹-۴ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ.
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۸-۴ •
ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻭ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎ
ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ )(Keyboard ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺶﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ :ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﯽ
۱۰۳
•
ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ )(Language ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺶﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻟﻴﺴﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻳﮏ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ،ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﻨﻮﻫﺎ ﻭ ....ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ.
•
ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺎﻭﺱ )(Mouse ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺎﻭﺱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۹-۴ •
•
ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ
ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ )(Network ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﻢ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﮐﺎﺭﺗﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ، ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ،pppﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ DNSﻭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻧﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺩﺭ ﻟﺒﻪ Devicesﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﺗﺮﻧﺖ ﻭ pppﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺩﺭ ﻟﺒﻪ Hardwareﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺳﺨﺖﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻭﻳﺎ ﺳﺨﺖﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ..ﺩﺭ ﻟﺒﻪ DNSﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺩﺭﺳﻬﺎﻱ DNSﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﻗﻴﺪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﻟﺒﻪ Hosts ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺧﻮﺩﺗﺎﻥ ﻭ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻨﺎﺳﺪ )ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ (DNSﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﭘﻴﺶﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ،ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ ۱۲۷,۰,۰,۱ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﭘﻴﺶﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ localhost.localdomain ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﮐﻮﺭﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺠﺎﻱ localhost.localdomainﻧﺎﻡ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻟﺒﻪ DNSﻭ ﺑﺎﮐﺲ Hostnameﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۱۰-۴ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﭼﺎﭘﮕﺮﻫﺎ )(Printing ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﭼﺎﭘﮕﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﮔﻤﻪ Newﻭﻳﺰﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﭼﺎﭘﮕﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﺎﻡ ،ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ )ﺷﺒﮑﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ،ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻭ ،(....ﻧﻮﻉ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺪﻝ ﭼﺎﭘﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﺎﭘﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻳﮏ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭼﺎﭘﮕﺮ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ.
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
۱۰۴
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ۱۰-۴
ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ
•
•
•
•
ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ )(Root Password ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺒﻼ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻩﺍﻡ ،ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻫﺮ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ passwdﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻣﻨﻴﺖ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ )(Security Level ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺶ ﻳﮏ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﻲ ﮐﻨﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ Highﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻨﺤﻮﻱ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ،ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ Mediumﻭ ﻳﺎ Customizeﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ Customizeﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺪﺍﻣﻴﮏ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺪﺍﻣﻴﮏ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲﻫﺎ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ .ﺑﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ No Firewallﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ،ﺍﻣﻨﻴﺖ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺮﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺖ .ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺒﮑﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ )(Soundcard Detection ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﻮﻓﻖ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ ،ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺒﻼ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻡ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ sndconfig ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻬﺎ )(Users & Groups ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻭ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺣﺬﻑ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﮏ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﮔﻤﻪ Add Userﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩﺍﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ،ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺗﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﺎﻡ ،ﻧﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ،ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ،ﺗﮑﺮﺍﺭ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ،ﻧﻮﻉ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺧﺎﻧﮕﻲ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۱۱-۴ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮏ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻋﻀﻮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ :ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﯽ
۱۰۵
ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﺍﮐﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﻳﮏ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻀﻮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ، ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﺍﮐﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ.
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ۱۱-۴
ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ
ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ GNOME ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﻪﺗﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷﺪﻩ ) (Log outﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﺯ GNOMEﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ: .۱ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ GNOMEﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. .٢
ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ Logoutﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﻳﮏ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﭘﺮﺳﺪ ﻣﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮐﺪﺍﻣﻴﮏ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ،ﺑﻮﺕ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ. ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ Save Sessionﻧﺸﺴﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ،ﺩﺭ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ،ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ .ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ ﺣﺘﻤﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
.٣
ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺁﻥ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﮔﻤﻪ Yesﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ.
ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ KDE ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ KDEﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺨﺶ Sessionﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ KDEﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺲ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ KDEﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﭘﻴﺶﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؟ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻓﺮﺍﻳﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ KDEﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ .ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺩﻳﺪ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۱۲-۴ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ. KDEﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻭ
۱۰۶
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
ﻳﻮﻧﻴﮑﺲ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﮐﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻠﻬﺎﻱ MacOSﻭ MS-Windowsﺭﻗﺎﺑﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ .ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ،ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩﻫﺎ ،ﻣﻴﺰﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ .ﺍﮔﺮ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﻭﺱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻠﺪ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ،ﺑﺎ KDEﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﻓﻘﺪﺍﻥ ﻳﮏ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﻣﺠﺘﻤﻊ ،ﺩﺭ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻭ ﻳﻮﻧﻴﮑﺲ ﮐﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻴﻂﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻧﮕﻲ ﺭﺍﻩ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ .ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﺤﻴﻂﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ GNOMEﻭ KDE ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺸﮑﻞ ﺑﺮﻃﺮﻑ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ KDEﻣﻲﺷﻮﻳﺪ ،ﺩﺭ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ GNOMEﺍﺳﺖ .ﺟﻠﻮﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ Bluecurveﻣﻮﺳﻮﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮐﺎﻣﻼ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺮﺳﻨﺪ. KDE
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۱۲-۴
ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ KDE
ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﺍﺯ GNOMEﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ KDEﺳﻮﺋﻴﭻ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ switchdeskﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻂ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ،ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺶﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ Xclients-defaultﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ. ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ startkdeﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻴﻂﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
gnome-session
ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﮐﺎﻣﻼ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ GNOMEﺍﺯ KDEﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. KDEﺳﺮﻳﻌﺘﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻲ ﮐﻤﺘﺮﻱ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ. ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﺟﺎﻟﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺍﻱ ﮐﺎﻣﻼ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ KDEﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ http://www.farsikde.orgﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ :ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﯽ
۱۰۷
ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ KDE •
ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻴﺰﮐﺎﺭ :ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻴﺰﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺭﺍﺣﺖ ﺗﺮ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ .ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﭘﻴﺶﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻴﺰﮐﺎﺭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺧﺎﻧﮕﻲ ،ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥ ﻓﻼﭘﻲ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﻭ ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥ ﺳﻄﻞ ﺯﺑﺎﻟﻪ.
•
ﭘﻨﻞ :ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻣﻴﺰﮐﺎﺭ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﺳﺎﺯﺩ .ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﭘﻨﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺩﺗﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ Configure Panelﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺍﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﭘﻨﻞ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ،ﺭﻧﮓ ،ﻣﺤﻞ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻱ ،ﺟﻠﻮﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﻲ ،ﻣﻨﻮﻫﺎ ﻭ ....ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ :ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ KDEﺍﺳﺖ .ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥ ﮐﻼﻩ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻮ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﻮﺩ .ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻮ ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ. ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ KDEﻳﺎ : KDE Control Centerﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ KDEﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﻌﺪﺍ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﺩﺍﺩ. ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺧﺎﻧﮕﻲ :ﺑﺎ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥ ،ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ KDEﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺧﺎﻧﮕﻲ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ .ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ،ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ GNOMEﻧﺎﺗﻴﻠﻮﺱ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ، ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ، KDEﮐﺎﻧﮑﺮﺭ ) (Konquerorﻧﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﺍ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﺩﺍﺩ. ﻣﻴﺰﮐﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺠﺎﺯﻱ ) :(Virtual Desktopsﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ،GNOMEﺩﺭ KDEﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺰﮐﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﻣﻴﺰﮐﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻫﺎﻱ ١ﺗﺎ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ .ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺳﻮﺋﭻ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﮐﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ GNOMEﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﻨﻞ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ. ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﻪ ) : (Taskbarﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻴﺰﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻫﺮ ﺩﮔﻤﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺒﻨﺪﻳﺪ. ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥ : Lock Screenﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻗﻔﻞ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﮐﻨﺎﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ. ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥ : Logoutﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ KDE ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻮﺕ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ : Klipperﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻳﮏ ﮐﻠﻴﭗ ﺑﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺣﺮﻑ Kﺣﮏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ.ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﮐﻠﻴﭗ ﺑﻮﺭﺩ ﺩﺭ KDEﺍﺳﺖ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮑﻲ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﺑﺎ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻟﻴﺴﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻗﻼﻡ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻠﻴﭗ ﺑﻮﺭﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ KDEﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ،ﮐﻠﻴﭗ ﺑﻮﺭﺩ ﻗﻮﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﻣﺘﺎﺳﻔﺎﻧﻪ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺿﻌﻒﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ GNOMEﻓﻘﺪﺍﻥ ﻳﮏ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﮐﻠﻴﭗ ﺑﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ Klipperﺍﺳﺖ.
•
ﺳﺎﻋﺖ :ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻳﮏ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﻢ ﮐﻮﭼﮏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۱۳-۴ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﻢ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ.
ﮔﺮﺩﺷﻲ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻣﻴﺰﮐﺎﺭ
ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﻭﺱ ﻭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻴﺰﮐﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ Altﻭ Ctrlﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ.
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
۱۰۸
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ۱۳-۴ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﻢ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﯽ KDE
ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﻭﺱ
ﭘﺎﺳﺦﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎﻭﺱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ،ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﻭ ﺩﮔﻤﻪ ﻣﺎﻭﺱ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ۱-۴ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻫﺮ ﺩﮔﻤﻪ ﻣﺎﻭﺱ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﮔﺮ ﻣﺎﻭﺱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ .ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﮐﻠﻴﮏﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﮏ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻴﺰﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺎﻳﻪ ) (Shadeﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ .ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ،ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ. ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ
ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ،ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ: •
•
•
• •
•
•
ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭ ) :(Ctrl+Tabﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻮﺋﻴﭻ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﮐﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ،ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ
ﮐﻠﻴﺪ Ctrl
ﺭﺍ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ Tabﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﺭﻫﺎ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ Ctrlﻣﻴﺰﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ. ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩﻫﺎ ) : (Alt+Tabﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻴﺰ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ، ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ Altﺭﺍ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ Tabﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻫﺎ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ Altﻭﺭﻱ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ،ﺁﻥ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ. ﺑﺎﺯﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ) : (Alt+F2ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎ ،ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ Enterﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻳﮏ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺘﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۱۴-۴ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ) : (Alt+F4ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ،ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ Alt+F4ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ. ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﻳﮏ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ) : (Ctrl+Alt+Escﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ،ﺷﮑﻞ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﮔﺮ ﻣﺎﻭﺱ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺳﮑﻠﺖ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻭ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ،ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻨﺪﻳﺪ. ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﺰ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ) : (Ctrl+F1,F2,F3 or F4ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ Ctrlﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺭ ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ F1ﺗﺎ F4ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ. ﺑﺎﺯﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ) : (Alt+F3ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ Alt+F3ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻠﺖ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻮ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ،ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ،ﮐﻮﭼﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺎﻳﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻭﺭﻳﺪ ،ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ...ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ Konqueror ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ
Konqueror
ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ
KDE
ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ
ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ :ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﯽ
ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﭘﻞ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﺳﺎﻓﺖ ﺭﻗﺎﺑﺖ ﮐﻨﺪ .ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻧﺎﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۱۵-۴ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ.
Konqueror
ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ ،ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ
ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﮔﺮ ﻣﺎﻭﺱ
ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﻣﺎﻭﺱ
ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ
ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ
ﭼﭗ
ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ
ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ
ﻭﺳﻂ
ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺭﻓﺖ
ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ
ﺭﺍﺳﺖ
ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺑﺎﺯﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ
ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ
ﭼﭗ
ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﺩ.
ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ
ﻭﺳﻂ
ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﺩ
ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ
ﺭﺍﺳﺖ
ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ
ﻭﺳﻂ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ
ﭼﭗ
ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﺩ
ﻭﺳﻂ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ
ﻭﺳﻂ
ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ
ﻭﺳﻂ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ
ﺭﺍﺳﺖ
ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ
ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ
ﭼﭗ +
Alt
ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ
ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ
ﻭﺳﻂ +
Alt
ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ
ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ
ﺭﺍﺳﺖ +
Alt
ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ
ﻣﻴﺰﮐﺎﺭ
ﭼﭗ )ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻳﺪ( ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥﻫﺎ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ
ﻣﻴﺰﮐﺎﺭ
ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ۱-۴
۱۰۹
ﺑﺎﺯﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ Popupﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ
ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻴﮑﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺎﻭﺱ
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ۱۴-۴ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﯽ KDE
ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖﻫﺎﻱ Konquerorﮐﻪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ ،ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﺴﺖ ﺍﺯ: •
ﻣﻴﺰﮐﺎﺭ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ) :(Network Desktopﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ Konquerorﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻟﻴﻨﮏﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﻳﺖﻫﺎﻱ ، FTP
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
۱۱۰
ﻭﺏ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﻟﻴﻨﮑﻬﺎ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻴﺰﮐﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ •
Konquerorﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ. ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﻭﺏ ) : (Web Browser Interfaceﺭﺍﺑﻂ Konquerorﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻧﺖ ﺍﺳﮑﻴﭗ، ﻣﻮﺯﻳﻼ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺍﮐﺴﭙﻠﻮﺭﺭ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۱۵-۴
ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ Konqueror
ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺟﺎﻭﺍ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻭﺍﺍﺳﮑﺮﻳﭙﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﭘﻴﺶﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ Konquerorﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺁﻥ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ Settingsﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ Configure Konquerorﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﺭ ﻟﺒﻪ ،Javaﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎﻱ Enable Java Globallyﻭ Enable Javascript Globallyﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. •
ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﻭ MIMEﻫﺎ :ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻳﮏ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮏ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﻮﺩ، ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺁﻥ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺨﺼﺎ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ KDE .ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﭘﻴﺸﮕﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ Konquerorﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ Settingsﺑﺨﺶ Configure Konquerorﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻩ ،ﺩﺭ ﻟﺒﻪ File Associationsﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ.
ﺻﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻴﺪ ،ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﮐﺎﺭﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ، ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ،ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ،ﺑﺮﻳﺪﻥ ،ﭼﺴﺒﺎﻧﺪﻥ ﻭ ﭘﺎﮎ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺍﻗﻼﻡ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ،ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ،ﻟﻴﻨﮏ ﻭ ....ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ،ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﭽﻪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺁﺳﺎﻧﺘﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ. ﮐﺎﺭﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ
ﺑﻌﻠﺖ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ Konquerorﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ، ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﻢ:
ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ :ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﯽ •
۱۱۱
ﺑﺎﺯﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ :ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺧﺎﺹ ،ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﭘﻴﺶﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﺑﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ .ﻣﺜﻼ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﻣﺘﻦ Kwriteﺑﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ،ﻳﮏ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﻭﻳﺎ ﻳﮏ ﻟﻴﻨﮏ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﻴﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
•
ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ :ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ Open Withﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﮐﻪ ﭼﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ.
•
ﭘﺎﮎ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ :ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻩ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ Deleteﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﭘﺎﮎ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ Shift+Deleteﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﻞ ﺁﺷﻐﺎﻝ ،ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ Deleteﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮ ،ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ Move To Trashﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
•
ﮐﭙﻲ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ :ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﭙﻲ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ،ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ Copyﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ Pasteﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺭﻭﺵ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ Copy Toﺍﺳﺖ.
•
ﭼﺴﺒﺎﻧﺪﻥ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ) :(Pasteﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ
Paste
ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﻳﮏ ﮐﭙﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﮐﻴﺸﻮﺩ. •
ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ :ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﭼﭗ ﻣﺎﻭﺱ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﻫﺪﻑ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﮔﻤﻪ ﭼﭗ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻫﺎ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﻳﮏ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ﺳﻪ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻩ ،ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﮐﭙﻲ ،ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻭ ﻟﻴﻨﮏ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ Move Toﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
•
ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻟﻴﻨﮏ :ﻟﻴﻨﮑﻬﺎ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺁﻥ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻋﻤﻞ ﮐﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ Link Hereﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﻭ ﭘﻮﺷﻪﻫﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ: •
•
•
•
ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ): (Quick informationﻣﺎﻭﺱ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻳﮏ tooltipﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻮﻟﺘﻴﭗ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺗﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺳﺎﻳﺰ ،ﻧﻮﻉ ،ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﻭ ﻣﺠﻮﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ. ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﻔﻲ :ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺒﻼ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﻡ ،ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﻔﻲ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮏ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ Viewﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ Show Hidden Filesﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻳﮏ ﻋﻤﻞ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺭﺧﺖ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ) :(Filesystem Treeﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺁﻥ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ Viewﺑﺨﺶ View Modeﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻱ Tree Viewﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻟﻴﺴﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﺎﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺭﺕ ﭘﻴﺶﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ. ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥﻫﺎ :ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥﻫﺎ ،ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ Viewﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ Icon Sizeﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ،ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﻱ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ Selectﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﻳﮏ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﮐﻮﭼﮏ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺭﺍﮐﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ،ﺩﺳﺘﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﻣﺜﻼ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ * txt.ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺴﻮﻧﺪ txtﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ Edit
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
۱۱۲
ﮐﺮﺩ.ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﻭﺱ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﭼﭗ ﻣﺎﻭﺱ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ .ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﮐﭙﻲ ،ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ،ﺣﺬﻑ ﻭ ...ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ. ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺒﺮﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻥ ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ Ctrl++ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ Unselectﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻥ ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ Ctrl+-ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﻧﺎﻡ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻥ ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ Ctrl+Aﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻥ ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ Ctrl+Uﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮ ﻋﮑﺲ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ) (Invertﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ * Ctrl+ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ. ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ
ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ Toolsﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ Find Fileﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ،ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ kfindﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﮐﺲ Namedﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﮔﻤﻪ Findﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺭﺍﮐﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻞ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ Case Sensitiveﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻮﭼﮑﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﻭ Include Subdirectoriesﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻮﺷﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻳﮏ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻟﺒﻪﻫﺎﻱ Contentsﻭ Propertiesﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻳﮏ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ،ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻭ ...ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۱۶-۴ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮﻱ KDEﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. Konqueror
ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﻭ ﭘﻮﺷﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ
ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ Konquerorﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ Editﺑﺨﺶ Create Newﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ
ﺑﻌﻠﺖ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ Konquerorﻫﻢ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻳﮏ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﻭﺏ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻳﮏ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ، ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻧﺎﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺏ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﺳﺖ .ﻣﺜﻼ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺳﺎﻳﺘﻬﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻳﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ: •
ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ) :(Add Bookmarkﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ،ﻣﻨﻮﻱ Bookmarksﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻱ Add Bookmarkﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﻣﺤﻞ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻮ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ.
•
ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﺤﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ) : (Edit Bookmarksﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻣﺤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ :ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﯽ •
۱۱۳
ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ) : (New Bookmark Folderﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻳﮏ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﺤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ.
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۱۶-۴ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮﻱ
KDE
ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎﻱ Konqueror
ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ Konquerorﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﺷﻤﺎ ،ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﻴﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ Settingsﺑﺨﺶ Configure Konquerorﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻭﺏ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ. ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ KDE ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ،ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎﻱ KDEﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ KDEﻳﺎ KDE Control Centerﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۱۷-۴ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ KDEﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺭﻧﮕﻬﺎ ،ﻗﻠﻤﻬﺎ ،ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﭘﺲ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ، ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﻬﺎﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ،ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﭘﺮﺍﮐﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﺳﺖ ،ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺁﻭﺭﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺗﺮ ﻭ ﮐﺎﺭﺁﻣﺪﺗﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ KDEﺭﻭﻱ Control Centerﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ،ﺑﺎ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﮔﻤﻪ ،Defaultsﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﭘﻴﺶﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ KDEﺑﺎﺭﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺭﻭﻱ Applyﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺼﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ Resetﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺑﺎ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﮐﻨﺎﺭ ﻫﺮ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ،ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ .ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻫﺘﺎﻥ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺨﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﻲ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻳﻢ.
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
۱۱۴
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۱۷-۴
ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ KDE
ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﺟﻠﻮﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﻲ )(Appearance & Themes
ﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻱ ﻣﻴﺰﮐﺎﺭﺗﺎﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﮐﻨﺎﺭ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ Appearance & Themesﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﭘﺲ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ،ﺭﻧﮕﻬﺎ ،ﻗﻠﻤﻬﺎ ،ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥﻫﺎ ،ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ،ﺟﻠﻮﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﻭ ...ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ. •
ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﭘﺲ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ) : (Backgroundﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﭘﺲ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻧﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ،ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺟﻠﻮﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﭘﺲ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ.
•
ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺭﻧﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩﻫﺎ ) : (Colorsﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺭﻧﮓ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ KDEﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺭﻧﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
•
ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻗﻠﻤﻬﺎ ) : (Fontsﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻗﻠﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ KDEﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩﻫﺎ ،ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻭ ...ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ Anti Aliasingﮐﻪ ﻗﻠﻤﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ.
•
ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥﻫﺎ ) : (Iconsﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﮑﺎﺭ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ KDE
ﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻠﻴﻘﻪ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﺩﺳﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺿﻤﻨﺎ ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴِﺪ ﺁِﻳﮑﻮﻥﻫﺎﯼ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﯼ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. •
ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ) : (Screen Saverﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆﻫﺎﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﺦ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺟﺎﻟﺐ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ .ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺩﻟﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻄﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺁﺑﻲ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﺗﻨﮓ ﺷﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ BSODﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﮐﻤﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺘﺎﻥ Errorﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﻫﺪ! ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆﻫﺎﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺘﺎﺑﺪﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ.
ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ :ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﯽ
•
•
•
۱۱۵
ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺩﮔﻤﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮐﺎﺭ ) : (Styleﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺩﮔﻤﻪﻫﺎ ،ﻧﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻭ ....ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺟﻠﻮﻩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ. ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺟﻠﻮﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﻲ ) : (Theme Managerﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺁﻥ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﺳﺖ ،ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺟﻠﻮﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﮐﻠﻲ KDEﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﺟﻠﻮﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ .ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺒﻼ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ GNOMEﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻡ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺟﻠﻮﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﮔﻤﻪ Addﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﮐﻮﺭﺍﺳﻴﻮﻥ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩﻫﺎ ) : (Window Decorationsﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩﻫﺎ ،ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺩﮔﻤﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ. ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻠﻴﻘﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﮐﺎﺭ )(Desktop ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﻴﺰﮐﺎﺭ ،ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﺁﻥ ،ﭘﻨﻞﻫﺎ ،ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﻪ ﻭ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩﻫﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ. •
•
•
•
•
•
ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﻴﺰﮐﺎﺭ ) :(Appearanceﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻗﻠﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻴﺰﮐﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺭﻧﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ. ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﺰﮐﺎﺭ ) :(Behaviorﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ،ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻳﺎ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻳﮏ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ﻣﻴﺰﮐﺎﺭ ) ،(Desktop Menuﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻳﺎ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻴﺰﮐﺎﺭ، ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺭﺧﺪﺍﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻴﺰﮐﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻴﺰﮐﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺭﺧﺪﺍﺩﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺯ ﺩﮔﻤﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺎﻭﺱ ،ﭼﻪ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻗﻲ ﺭﺥ ﺩﻫﺪ. ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻣﻨﻮ... ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﻴﺰﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭ ) :(Multiple Desktopsﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺒﻼ ﻫﻢ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻡ ،ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ GNOMEﻭ KDEﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﮐﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﻴﺰﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ KDEﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺗﺎ ۱۶ﻣﻴﺰﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ .ﺗﻌﺪﺩ ﻣﻴﺰﮐﺎﺭ ،ﺍﺯ ﺷﻠﻮﻏﯽ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﯼ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ. ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻨﻞ ) :(Panelsﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻨﻞ KDEﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﭘﻨﻞ ) ،(Positionﻃﻮﻝ ﭘﻨﻞ ،ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺁﻥ، ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺨﻔﻲ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﭘﻨﻞ ) (Hidingﻭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻮﻫﺎ .ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻣﺨﻔﻲ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﭘﻨﻞ ،ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺗﻲ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ Autohideﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﻪ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺩﻩ ﺗﺮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﻮﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﮔﻤﻪ Edit K Menuﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻣﻨﻮﻫﺎﻱ KDEﺭﺍ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺟﺎﻟﺒﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ GNOMEﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ. ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﻪ ) :(Taskbarﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩﻫﺎ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﻪ ،ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺧﺪﺍﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺎﻭﺱ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ. ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩﻫﺎ ) :(Window Behavoirﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻃﻴﻒ ﻭﺳﻴﻌﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺭﺧﺪﺍﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺎﻭﺱ ،ﻓﮑﻮﺱ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩﻫﺎ ،ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻭ ...ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ.
ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺳﺨﺖﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ )(Information
ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺨﺖﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻴﺪ
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
۱۱۶
ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺨﺖﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ GNOMEﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﻣﻠﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ. ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﺟﺰﺍ )(KDE Components
ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺗﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ ،ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺶﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ،ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ،ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻓﺎﻳﻞ ،ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﻧﺸﺴﺖ ﻭ ...ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ. •
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ) :(File Associationsﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﮐﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ KDEﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﮏ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ،ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﮔﻤﻪ Addﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻩ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ،ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ Known Typesﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﮔﻤﻪ Addﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﮐﻮﭼﮑﻲ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻮﻉ ﮐﻠﻲ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺳﭙﺲ ﺭﻭﻱ OKﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﭘﺴﻮﻧﺪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ،ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﮔﻤﻪ Applyﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺲ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ،ﺁﻥ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۱۸-۴ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ.
•
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ) :(File Managerﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻗﻠﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ،ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻳﺎ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ،ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ،ﭘﻴﺶﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﻭ ...ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ.
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۱۸-۴
ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺧﺎﺹ
ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ :ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﯽ •
۱۱۷
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﻧﺸﺴﺖ ) :(Session Managerﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺭﺧﺪﺍﺩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻣﻲ ﺍﻓﺘﺪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ،ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻭ ﺭﺧﺪﺍﺩ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﺯ KDEﮐﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﻩ، ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ) (Loginﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ.
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ )(Peripherals
ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﺳﺖ ،ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎﻝ ،ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ،ﻣﺎﻭﺱ ﻭ ﭼﺎﭘﮕﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ. •
•
•
•
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎﻝ ) :(Digital Cameraﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻭ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎﻝ ﺳﺮﻳﺎﻝ ﻭ USBﺑﭙﺮﺩﺍﺯﻳﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﮏ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎﻝ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﮔﻤﻪ Addﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﮑﻞ ﻳﮏ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ) :(Keyboardﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺗﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺗﮑﺮﺍﺭ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ،ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ Num Lockﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ KDEﻭ ...ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ. ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎﻭﺱ ) :(Mouseﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺎﻭﺱ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﺴﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﮐﻠﻴﮏﻫﺎ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﮏ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺑﻞ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ،ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻣﺎﻭﺱ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﺎﺧﻴﺮ ﺁﻥ ،ﭼﭗ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ،ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﮔﺮ ﻣﺎﻭﺱ ،ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ،ﮐﻠﻴﮑﻬﺎ ﻭ ﮐﺸﻴﺪﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻦ ) Drag ،(& Dropﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﭼﺮﺥ ﻣﺎﻭﺱ ) (Mouse Wheelﻭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﺎﻭﺱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ. ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﭼﺎﭘﮕﺮﻫﺎ ) :(Printersﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﭼﺎﭘﮕﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺎﺯﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ )ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﭼﺎﭘﮕﺮ ﻓﺎﮐﺲ( ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﮔﻤﻪ Administrator Modeﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.ﻟﺒﻪ ،Informationﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﮐﻠﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭼﺎﭘﮕﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ .ﻟﺒﻪ ،Jobsﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻌﻠﻲ ﭼﺎﭘﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﻟﺒﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﮐﻪ ﭼﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺗﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻓﺮﺍﻳﻨﺪ ﭼﺎﭖ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﮐﺪﺍﻣﻴﮏ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﭼﺎﭖ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ .ﻟﺒﻪ ،Propertiesﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﭼﺎﭘﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻲ ﮐﻪ ﭼﺎﭘﮕﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭼﺎﭖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﻟﺒﻪ Instansesﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﮏ ﭼﺎﭘﮕﺮ ،ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﻳﺰ ﮐﺎﻏﺬ ،ﺭﻧﮕﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﺎﻩ ﻭ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﭼﺎﭖ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ،ﺟﻬﺖ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ،ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﮐﺎﻏﺬ )ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻮﭼﮏ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺧﺎﺹ ﭼﺎﭖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ( ،ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻭ ...ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﭘﻴﺶﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺷﮑﻞ ۱۹-۴ﺻﻔﺤﻪ Settingsﺑﺨﺶ Instansesﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ.
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ )(Power Control
ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺻﺮﻓﻪ ﺟﻮﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ .ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻃﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﻴﻔﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ. •
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ) :(Display Power Controlﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺻﺮﻓﻪ ﺟﻮﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻃﻲ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ،ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﺩ.
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
۱۱۸ •
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻃﻲ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﻴﻔﻲ ) :(Laptop Batteryﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺗﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﻃﺮﻱ ،ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﻴﻔﻲ ،ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻃﺮﻱ ﻭ ...ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ.
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ۱۹-۴ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ Settingsﺑﺨﺶ Instanses
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ )(Regional & Accessibility
ﺩﺭ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻝ ،ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﺍﺭﺯﻱ ،ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻭ ، ...ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ. •
•
•
•
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ) :(Accessibilityﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺗﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺭﻓﺎﻩ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻟﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺟﺴﻤﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ،ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻧﮓ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺁﺳﺎﻧﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ. ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ،ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻭ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ) :(Country/Region & Languageﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ،ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻋﺪﺍﺩ ،ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺭﺯﻱ ،ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺳﺎﻳﺰ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﺎﻏﺬ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ،ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ،ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ) :(Keyboard Layoutﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﮏ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ،ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺗﻴﮏ ﺑﺰﻧﻴﺪ .ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ. ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ) :(Keyboard Shortcutsﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ .ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﻣﺮﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺿﻤﻦ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ Customﻭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ) ،(Alternateﺳﻔﺎﺭﺷﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺳﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮﻱ ،ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ. ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۲۰-۴ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺳﻔﺎﺭﺷﻲ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﮏ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ.
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻭ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻱ )(Sound & Multimedia
ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺯﻧﮓ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ،ﻣﻴﮑﺴﺮ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ ،ﺩﻳﺴﮏﻫﺎﻱ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ،
ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ :ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﯽ
۱۱۹
ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ ﻭ ﺟﻠﻮﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ KDEﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ. •
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻠﻮﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ ) : (System notificationsﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﺭﺧﺪﺍﺩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻲ ،ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﺯﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ،ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ،ﮐﻮﭼﮏ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻭ ...ﻳﮏ ﺭﺧﺪﺍﺩ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺭﺧﺪﺍﺩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻳﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ۱۹-۴
ﺳﻔﺎﺭﺷﻲ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﮏ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺒﺮ
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ )(System Administration
ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ،ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺗﻲ ﮐﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ،ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ، ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ) (Login Managerﻭ... •
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ) :(Login Managerﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ،ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺟﻠﻮﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ،ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻳﺎ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻟﻮﮔﻮ ،ﻗﻠﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﺠﻮﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ،ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﻭ ...ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻣﻨﻴﺘﻲ ،ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ) (Automatic Loginﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻟﺒﻪ Convenienceﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ،ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ،ﻫﺮ ﮐﺲ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﺴﺎﺭﺍﺗﻲ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ .ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﯽ ﺑﺎ KDEﻧﻴﺴﺖ ،ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮﯼ ﺑﺮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ.
ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ۹ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻬﻤﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﮏ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﺭﺯﺷﻤﻨﺪ ﻣﻲﺳﺎﺯﺩ ،ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻳﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺧﻮﺷﺒﺨﺘﺎﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺼﻴﺼﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﺳﺖ. ﺑﻪ ﭼﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﻢ؟
ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ .ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﻳﮏ ﻗﻠﻢ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ Unicodeﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﻗﺮﺽ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ .ﻗﻠﻤﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻡ ،ﻗﻠﻢ ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻱ Tahomaﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﻭ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ TTFﺍﺳﺖ. ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﮐﻨﻴﻢ ؟ •
•
ﻳﮏ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ،ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ suﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ. ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ vi /etc/X11/XF86Configﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺸﮕﺮ viﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ Xfree86ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﻱ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻳﻢ ،ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﻨﺪ. ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ viﺩﺭ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﺎﺯﺷﺪﻩ ،ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ Section InputDeviceﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﻭ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ ،ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ insertﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ:
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
۱۲۰
""XkbOptions" "grp:ctrl_shift_toggle ""XkbLayout" "us,ir
Option Option
ﺧﻂ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﺑﻪ Xfree86ﻣﻲ ﮔﻮﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻥ Ctrl+Shift ،ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﻋﻮﺽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺧﻂ ﺩﻭﻡ ،ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ )ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ( ﻭ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ،ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ Ctrl+Shiftﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺳﻮﺋﻴﭻ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺗﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻳﺪ ،ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ viﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ. •
ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻠﻢﻫﺎﻱ TrueTypeﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ Xfree86ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ، ﻣﺠﺪﺩﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻂ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ vi /etc/fonts/fonts.confﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻗﻠﻢﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﺧﻂ ﺯﻳﺮ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﮕﺮﺩﻳﺪ: >/usr/X11R6/lib/X11/fonts/Type1
ﻭ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ insertﺧﻂ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ: >/usr/X11R6/lib/X11/fonts/TTF
ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ viﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ. •
ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﮑﻞ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﺪﻳﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻗﻠﻢﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﮐﭙﻲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ،ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﺍﻱ ﮐﻪ ﻗﻠﻢﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻴﻦ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ: $ cp *.ttf /usr/X11R6/lib/X11/fonts/TTF/
ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭ ،ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ Alt+Ctrl+Backspaceﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ Xfree86ﻣﺠﺪﺩﺍ ﺭﺍﻩﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﮐﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﻮﺩ .ﻣﺠﺪﺩﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ Preferencesﺑﺨﺶ Fontﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﺴﻤﺖﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﮑﻞ ۲۱-۴ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻗﻠﻢ Tahomaﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۲۱-۴ •
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻗﻠﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ Gnome
ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ GTK 2.0ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ، ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻣﻮﺯﻳﻼ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ :ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﯽ
۱۲۱
ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﮐﻠﻲ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ GNOMEﻭ KDEﺍﻣﮑﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻤﻨﺪﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ .ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ KDEﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻣﺰﺍﻳﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ GNOMEﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺰﺍﺑﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ،ﻣﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎ ،ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺣﺘﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺿﻤﻨﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻳﮏ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ،ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ KDEﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ. ﺩﺭ ﮐﻞ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ GNOMEﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﺍﻫﻲ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﻃﻲ ﮐﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺘﮕﻲ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ KDEﺑﺮﺳﺪ. ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﭘﻴﺶﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ GNOMEﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻳﺪ ،ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻲ ،ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺷﮑﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ KDEﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﮑﺎﺭ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ.
ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ X Windowﺯﻳﺮﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻴﻂﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﺎ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻴﻂﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻭ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﺗﺎﻥ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻳﺪ .ﺿﻤﻨﺎ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺯﯼ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ.
۵
ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﯼ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﯼ
ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ،ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ،ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ،ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻤﻨﺪﺗﺮ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ .ﺩﺭ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻧﻪ ﭼﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﺩﻭﺭ ،ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﺑﺪﺭﺩ ﺑﺨﻮﺭ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ .ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺪﻫﺎ ﺑﻠﮑﻪ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻮﻳﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ. ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﺎ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻳﺪ. ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺵ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ.
ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﭘﻼﺗﻔﻮﺭﻡ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻫﺮ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺩﺷﻮﺍﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ ،ﻭﻟﻲ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻳﮏ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻻﻳﻞ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻣﻲﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻳﻢ: •
ﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻭﺭ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﺵ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺒﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ .ﺑﺮ ﺧﻼﻑ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﻭ ﺳﻠﻒ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ،MS-DOSﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ،ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺑﺮﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻫﺎﻱ ﻳﻮﻧﻴﮑﺲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺒﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ ﻳﻮﻧﻴﮑﺲ
ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ :ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﯼ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﯼ
۱۲۳
ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺳﺮ ﻭ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ .ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ،ﺯﻳﺮ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻤﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ. •
ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﻣﺘﻦ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ،ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ.
•
ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺡ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻭ GNUﮐﻪ ﻣﺨﻔﻒ GNU is Not UNIXﺍﺳﺖ ،ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﻣﺠﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺭﺯﺍﻥ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻳﮕﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ OpenOfficeﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻫﻢ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻳﮕﺎﻥ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ
ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ MS-Office
ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺻﺪﻫﺎ ﺩﻻﺭ ﭘﻮﻝ ﺑﭙﺮﺩﺍﺯﻳﺪ .ﺟﺪﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ MS-Officeﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ۲۵۰۰ﺗﻮﻣﺎﻥ ﺧﺮﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺩﺭ ﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺒﺎﻟﻎ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺑﭙﺮﺩﺍﺯﻳﺪ.
ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﮐﻼ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ، ﻣﺪﺗﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﻓﺮﻣﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﺣﺘﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ .ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺒﻼ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﻢ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺣﻔﻆ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺻﺖ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ. ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ.
ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﻭﻟﻲ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻧﺴﺨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺗﺮ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﮐﻼ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﺗﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ. ﻣﺘﺎﺳﻔﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺮﻭﺷﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺳﺎﻳﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﺗﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ CDﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﻣﺜﻼ ﭼﻨﺪﻱ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ OpenOfficeﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻡ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ۴ﺩﻻﺭ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺘﻴﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺳﻔﺎﺭﺵ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ. ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ
ﺳﺎﻳﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ .ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ: •
ﺳﺎﻳﺖ Freshmeatﺑﺎ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ :http://www.freshmeat.netﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ .ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺟﺎﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
۱۲۴ •
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
ﺳﺎﻳﺖ SourceForgeﺑﺎ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ :http://www.sourceforge.netﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﻴﺰﺑﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻌﻬﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﺗﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
•
ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ :http://www.linuxapps.comﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻤﻲﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﭼﻪ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﮕﺮﺩﻳﺪ ،ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ .ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ،ﺷﺮﺣﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻟﻴﻨﮏﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ﺧﺎﻧﮕﻲ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ.
•
ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ :http://www.redhat.com/apps/marketplaceﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﺷﺮﺡ، ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻗﻴﻤﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻱ )ﻏﻴﺮ ﺭﺍﻳﮕﺎﻥ( ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ.
•
ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ :http://www.linuxmall.comﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ.
•
ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﻭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ :http://www.xnet.com/~blatura/linapps.shtmlﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ﻟﻴﻨﮏﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻳﮕﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ.
ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺮﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ CDﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﻧﺼﺐ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ ﮐﺎﻣﻠﻲ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﻧﻠﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺎ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﻣﻲ ﺁﻭﺭﻳﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺮﻳﺪﻧﻲ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ. ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺒﻼ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﭼﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺪﻫﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ FTP ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﻳﺪ .ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﻳﺖﻫﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ: •
• •
ﺳﺎﻳﺖﻫﺎﻱ FTPﺭﺩﻫﺖ :ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ http://www.redhat.com/mirrors.htmlﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﻳﺖﻫﺎ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﻧﻠﻮﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺑﺠﺰ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻥ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ. ﺳﺎﻳﺖ FTPﺳﺎﻥﺳﺎﻳﺖ :ﺁﺩﺭﺱ ﺁﻥ ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/linux/appsﺍﺳﺖ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﮕﺎﻩ ﮐﺎﻟﻴﻔﺮﻧﻴﺎﻱ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ. ﺳﺎﻳﺖ FTPﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺭﺍﻳﮕﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ :ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnuﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺭﺍﻳﮕﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ GNUﺭﺍ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻭ ﻧﺴﺨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮑﻲ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﭼﺎﭖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ.
ﺳﺎﻳﺖﻫﺎﻱ FTPﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﭼﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺘﺮ ،ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ READMEﻭ INDEXﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﮔﺸﺘﻦ ،ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﮏ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﻧﻠﻮﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ. ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ
ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﻭﺏ ﺧﻮﺩ )ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﻮﺯﻳﻼ ﻳﺎ (Konquerorﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ FTPﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ FTPﻭ ﻳﺎ gFTPﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. •
ﺩﺍﻧﻠﻮﺩ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﻭﺏ :ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﻭ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ Enterﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﮏﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ .ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻳﺪ، ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻳﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻠﻮﺩ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻳﺎ
ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ :ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﯼ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﯼ
۱۲۵
ﺧﻴﺮ؟ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ Saveﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۱-۵ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﻣﻮﺯﻳﻼ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﻧﻠﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ . .ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻭ ﺟﺪﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻭﺭﻱ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺳﺎﺩﻩﺗﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ .ﺿﻤﻨﺎ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﻠﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺳﻮﺩﻣﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻌﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﺩ.
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ۱-۵
ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺯﻳﻼ
•
ﺩﺍﻧﻠﻮﺩ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ :FTPﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻴﺪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻠﻮﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ،ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ،ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ FTPﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ: $ ftp ftp.redhat.com
•
• •
•
•
ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ anonymousﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮏ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ FTPﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ: ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ls -CFﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ. ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ cd dirﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ .ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ cdﺑﻌﻼﻭﻩ ﻳﮏ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺠﺎﻱ dirﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺧﻮﺩﺗﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ binaryﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﻨﺮﻱ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ asciiﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ. ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ get fileﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ .ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ fileﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺧﻮﺩﺗﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ: ftp> get whichman-3.2.tar.gz
ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ ،ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ FTPﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ Exitﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ،ftpﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﻧﻠﻮﺩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ftpﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ،lcdﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ: ftp> lcd /home/alan/download
ﺩﺭﮎ ﻧﺎﻣﮕﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺩﺍﻧﻠﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﻧﺎﻡ ،ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ،ﻧﻘﻄﻪ gz ،ﻭ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺧﻮﺏ ﺍﻳﻦﻫﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ؟ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺣﺮﻑﻫﺎ ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ tar
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
۱۲۶
ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ،ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ .ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺪﺗﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻴﻮﻩ ﻧﺎﻣﮕﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﻋﺎﺩﺕ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ. ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﻩ ﻧﺎﻣﮕﺬﺍﺭﻱ GNUﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ .ﻣﺜﺎﻝﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻓﺮﻣﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻥ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ: mycoolapp-4.2.3.i386.rpm mycoolapp-4.2.3.tar.gz mycoolapp-4.2.3.src.tar.gz mycoolapp-4.2.3.bin.SPARC.tar.gz mycoolapp-4.2.3.bin.ELF.static.tar.gz
ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺜﺎﻝﻫﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻳﮏ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ .ﻧﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ mycoolappﺍﺳﺖ .ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﻡ، ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ 4.2.3ﺍﺳﺖ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻳﺎ ،majorﺩﻭﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ﻳﺎ minorﻭ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﻭﺻﻠﻪ ﻳﺎ patchﺍﺳﺖ .ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ،ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺨﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﺍﻱ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ. ﺧﻂ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ rpmﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ rpm .ﻣﺨﻔﻒ Redhat Package Managerﺍﺳﺖ. i386ﮐﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ rpmﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ،ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﻫﺎﻱ PCﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﻓﺮﻣﺖ rpmﮐﻪ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ Redhatﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪ ،ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ.
rpmﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﮐﺪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ rpmﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ rpmﻫﻢ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻧﻴﺎﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ،ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺳﻌﻲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. •
•
:RPMﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ rpmﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ rpm ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻦ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺗﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ makefileﻫﺎ ﻭ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﺎﻳﻠﺮﻫﺎ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻳﺪ .ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻡ ،ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ rpmﺭﺍ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ rpmﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﻋﻼﻡ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ. ﮐﺪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ) :(Source Codeﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ rpmﻳﮏ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ،ﻣﺪﺗﻲ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻴﮑﺸﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺗﻲ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ،ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺘﺮ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﺣﺮﻓﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﮐﺪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ.
ﺧﻮﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺮﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻳﻢ .ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺧﻂ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﮐﺪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ .ﻫـﻤـﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﻣـﻲﺑـﻴﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ rtaﺁﺭﺷﻴﻮ ﺷﺪﻩ ) (tarﻭ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ gzip ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ) .(gzﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﮔﻲ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ. ﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﻭ ﭘﺴﻮﻧﺪﻫﺎﻱ gz.tarﺑﺨﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶﻫﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻱ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ
ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ :ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﯼ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﯼ
۱۲۷
ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ،ﻧﻮﻉ ﮐﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻭ ...ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ SPARC.binﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﮐﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺒﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻧﺪﻩﻫﺎﻱ SPARCﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ.
ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻥ ﺁﺭﺷﻴﻮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺧﺎﺹ )ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ Debian ،SuSE ،ﻭ (...ﻭﺍﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺵ tar/gzipﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻭ ﺁﺭﺷﻴﻮ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ .ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻳﺘﻬﺎﻱ FTPﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺮ ﺑﺨﻮﺭﻳﺪ .ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﮐﺪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ. ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ۱-۵ﻓﺮﻣﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﭼﺮﺧﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻳﺘﻬﺎﻱ FTPﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ۲-۵ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻓﺮﻣﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻳﺞ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. ﺑﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﻢ ،ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﻢ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ rpmﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ .ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﻻﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺷﺨﺼﺎ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﺎﻳﻞ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻓﺮﻣﺖ rpm ﻓﺮﻣﺘﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ.
ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﭼﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺘﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ:
file
ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ
$ file telnet.htm telnet.htm: HTML document text
ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ،ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ rpmﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ rpmﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻧﮑﺮﺩﻳﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩﺗﺎﻥ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺭﺍ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﺎﻳﻞ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻭ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ rpmﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ .ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺑﺎ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻭ ﺑﮑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺷﺪ. ﻧﺼﺐ ﻭ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ rpm ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ rpmﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺪ ،ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ rpmﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ، ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ rpmﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ، rpmﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ rpmﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ،ﺍﺭﺗﻘﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ،ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ....ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﮐﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﮑﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ .ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ rpmﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ:
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
۱۲۸ • • • • • • • • • •
ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ) (installﺑﺎ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻘﺎ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ) (Upgradeﺑﺎ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ U ﮐﺴﺐ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ) (Queryﺑﺎ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ q ﭼﮏ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ) (Verifyﺑﺎ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ V ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﻣﻀﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ) (Signature checkﺑﺎ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ checksig ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ) (Uninstallﺑﺎ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ e ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ) (Buildﺑﺎ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ b ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﺑﺎﻧﮏ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺗﻲ ) (eRebuild Databasﺑﺎ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ rebuilddb ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺠﻮﺯﻫﺎ ) (Fix Permissionsﺑﺎ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ setperms ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ/ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ) (Set Owners/Groupﺑﺎ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ setugids i
ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ rpmﺭﺍ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ،ﺻﺤﺖ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺷﮑﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﻃﺮﻑ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﻓﺮﻣﺖ
ﺷﺮﺡ
ﭘﺴﻮﻧﺪ Gzip file
gz or zﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ gzipﻓﺸﺮﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ gzipﻳﺎ gunzipﺑﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ.
Tar File
tarﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ tarﺁﺭﺷﻴﻮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﮑﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺭﺷﻴﻮ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ tarﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ.
Bzip2
bz2ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ bzip2ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﺯ gzipﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ.
compressed/Tar
tz or tazﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ compressﻳﻮﻧﻴﮑﺲ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ.
Map Linux Software
lsmﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻳﮏ ﺁﺭﺷﻴﻮ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ.
Debian binary package
debﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ debianﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ.
Redhat Package
rpmﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ،ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻫﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ.
Manager
ﺟﺪﻭﻝ۱-۵
pmr
ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ
ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ rpmﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ .ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ،ﮐﺴﺐ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻣﺠﻮﺯ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ. ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ rpm
ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ rpmﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ،rpmﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ:
ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ :ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﯼ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﯼ
۱۲۹
$ rpm -i [option] package
packageﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ rpmﺍﺳﺖ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ ROM-CDﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ .FTP ﭘﺴﻮﻧﺪ
ﻓﺮﻣﺖ Hypertext Markup
ﺷﺮﺡ
htm or htmlﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﻭﺑﻲ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ.
Language PostScript
psﻳﮏ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺍﺳﮑﺮﻳﭙﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﭼﺎﭘﮕﺮ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺍﺳﮑﺮﻳﭙﺖ.
SGML
sgmlﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ SGMLﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺗﻲ ﺑﮑﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻥ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﮐﺮﺩ.
DVI
Plain Text
ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ۲-۵
dviﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ LaTeXﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ PostScriptﻳﺎ HP PCLﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﭘﺴﻮﻧﺪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﻣﺘﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ.
dvilj
ASCII
ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ
ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ FTPﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ،ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ﺩﺍﻧﻠﻮﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ.
ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ iﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ: • • •
-vvﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ Debuggingﺭﺍ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﺼﺐ ﭼﺎﭖ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺭﺥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺩﻳﺪ. -hﻓﺮﺍﻳﻨﺪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺍﮐﺘﺮ #ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭﺍﮐﺘﺮﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﺎﺭ ﻫﻢ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﻳﮏ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺴﺐ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ. -percentﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﺍﻳﻨﺪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﭼﺎﭖ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ.
ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺷﻮﺩ ،ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ rpmﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺒﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺗﺮ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ) (Dependenciesﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺗﺮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ: •
• •
--forceﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺣﺘﻲ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲ ﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،ﻧﺼﺐ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺗﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲ ﺗﺮ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎﻱ rplacefiles ،oldpackageﻭ replacepkgsﺍﺳﺖ. --nodepsﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﺮﺍ ﻧﺎﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﺍﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮﺩ ،ﮐﺎﺭ ﻧﮑﻨﺪ. --ignorearchﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻌﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ.
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
۱۳۰ •
--ignoreosﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،ﻧﺼﺐ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ .ﻭﻟﯽ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﻨﺪ!
ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ: $ rpm -i audiofile-devel-0.6-1.i386.rpm
ﻣﻦ ﺷﺨﺼﺎ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻢ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﺑﺎﺷﻢ ﮐﻪ ﭼﻪ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﺭﺥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ vvﺭﺍ ﻫﻢ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻢ: $ rpm -ivv audiofile-devel-0.6-1.i386.rpm D: counting packages to install D: found 1 packages D: looking for packages to download D: retrieved 0 packages D: New Header signature D: Signature size: 160 ...
ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺍﻳﻨﭽﻨﻴﻨﻲ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ،ﭘﻲﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ .ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻳﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺳﺘﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ hﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ: $ rpm -ivh audiofile-devel-0.6-1.i386.rpm audiofile-devel [###################################]100%
ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ،ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺍﮐﺘﺮ #ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﭼﺎﭖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺻﺤﺖ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻳﺪﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺷﮑﺎﻟﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ rpmﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎ ﺍﺷﮑﺎﻻﺗﻲ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ. •
•
ﺧﻄﺎﻱ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ) :(ependencies errorsPackage dﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﮐﺮﺩ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ،ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﻄﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﻞ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺸﮑﻞ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ rpmﺭﺍ ﻣﺠﺒﻮﺭ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻧﮑﻨﺪ ،ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ. ﺧﻄﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ :ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ rpmﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ i ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﻄﺎﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺸﮑﻞ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ su ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ.
ﺍﺭﺗﻘﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ rpm
ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻘﺎ ﻳﺎ Uﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ: $ rpm -U [options] package
ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ،ﺑﻪ ﺩﻻﻳﻠﻲ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻧﮑﻨﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲ ﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ oldpackageﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻣﻄﻠﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ: audiofile-devel-0.5-3.i386.rpm
$ rpm -U --oldpackage
ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ :ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﯼ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﯼ
۱۳۱
ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺗﺮ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲﺗﺮ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ. ﺍﺯ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ Uﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﭼﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺠﺎﻱ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ iﻭ ﭼﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺭﺗﻘﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ .ﻭﻟﻲ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ iﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻗﺒﻼ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،ﮐﺎﺭ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ.
U
ﺣﺬﻑ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ rpm
ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻱ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ eﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ: $ rpm -e package
ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻱ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ .ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ q ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺭﺯﺷﻲ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﻳﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ،ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﯼ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻴﺮ ،ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ: $ rpm -q --whatrequires package
ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ،ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻢ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ vvﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ eﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻳﺎ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﺎ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻴﺮ.. ﺑﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﻓﺮﺍﺗﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺭﻓﺖ، ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ: xpilot | more
$ rpm -evv
ﺩﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ rpmﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ moreﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ Spaceﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ eﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺎﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ،ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ: •
--nodepsﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ.
•
--nodcriptsﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﮑﺮﻳﭙﺘﻲ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ.
ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﭼﻪ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻗﺎﺗﻲ ﺭﺥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﺸﮑﻼﺕ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻓﻊ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ testﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ vvﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ: test
$ rpm -evv –test xpilot | more
ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺭﻓﺖ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ testﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ. ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ rpm
ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ qﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺭﺯﺷﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ rpmﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺟﺰﺋﻲ ﻫﺮ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺭﻭﺵ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
۱۳۲
ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ: ]$ rpm -q [options
ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻔﻴﺪﻱ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ: •
-qaﻟﻴﺴﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ.
•
-qf fileﺑﺴﺘﻪﺍﻱ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻌﻠﻖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺭﺍ ﭼﺎﭖ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺑﺠﺎﻱ fileﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ،ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
•
-qiﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺟﺰﺋﻲ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﭼﺎﭖ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ.
•
-qRﺍﺟﺰﺍﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﭼﺎﭖ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ.
•
-qlﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺭﺍ ﭼﺎﭖ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ.
•
-qdﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺭﺍ ﭼﺎﭖ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ.
•
-qcﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺭﺍ ﭼﺎﭖ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ.
ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ qaﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ grepﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﻴﺎﺯﺗﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻣﻄﻠﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ: $ rpm -qa > myPackages $ rpm -qa | grep -i php phpdoc-4.0.6-133 mod_php4-4.1.0-104 mod_php4-core-4.1.0-104
ﺩﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ myPackagesﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ geditﻳﺎ viﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺩﻭﻡ ،ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ grepﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻧﺎﻡﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ phpﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ .ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺳﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ. ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺟﺰﺋﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻴﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ qiﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ: $ rpm -qi phpdoc Name : phpdoc )Relocations: (not relocateable Version : 4.3.2 Vendor: Red Hat, Inc. Release : 133 Build Date: Sat 23 Mar 2002 11:30:27 AM PST Install date: Thu 12 Jun 2003 11:55:13 AM PDT Build Host: devel.redhat.com Size : 8592660 License: the PHP Group Description : Documentation to PHP as HTML, PDF and RTF.
ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺴﺐ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﺍﻱ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ phpdocﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ:
ql
ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ
$ rpm -ql phpdoc /usr/share/doc/packages/phpdoc/manual/x61684.html /usr/share/doc/packages/phpdoc/manual/x61688.html /usr/share/doc/packages/phpdoc/manual/x61694.html /usr/share/doc/packages/phpdoc/manual/x61720.html ...
ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ :ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﯼ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﯼ
۱۳۳
ﺁﻳﺎ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺧﺎﺹ ﭼﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺗﻲ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ؟ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ qdﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﺣﺘﻲ ﭘﻲﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ: $ rpm -qd ppp /usr/share/doc/packages/ppp/FAQ /usr/share/doc/packages/ppp/README /usr/share/doc/packages/ppp/README.cbcp /usr/share/doc/packages/ppp/README.linux ...
ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ qcﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ: $ rpm -qc ppp /etc/pam.d/ppp /etc/ppp/chap-secrets /etc/ppp/options /etc/ppp/pap-secrets ...
ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺗﻌﻠﻖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ qfﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ: $ rpm -qf /usr/bin/wvdial wvdial-1.52-136
ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺻﺤﺖ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ rpm
ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﻣﺪﺗﻲ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻴﺮ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ V ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻫﺮ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻧﮏ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ rpmﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ. ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ Vﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ. ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺳﺎﻳﺰ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺠﻮﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﺩ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﺸﮑﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ،ﺷﻤﺎ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ .ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ،ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﭼﺎﭖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ .ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ: $ rpm -V ppp S.5......T c /etc/ppp/chap-secrets S.5......T c /etc/ppp/pap-secrets
ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ) pppﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ dialupﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ( ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﺐ ،ﺩﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺣﺮﻑ Sﻧﺸﺎﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ،ﻋﺪﺩ ۵ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﮐﻴﺐ MD5ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ،ﺣﺮﻑ Tﻧﺸﺎﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻭ ﺣﺮﻑ cﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻳﻢ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻋﻼﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ،ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺗﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ pppﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﻡ .ﭘﺲ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ppp ﻣﺸﮑﻠﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ .ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪﻩﺍﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ: •
:5ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ MD5 checksumﺍﺳﺖ .ﻧﺸﺎﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺗﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﺍﻱ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ.
•
:Sﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ.
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
۱۳۴ •
:Lﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻟﻴﻨﮏ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻱ ) (Symbolicﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ.
•
:Tﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ.
•
:Dﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ) (Device Special Fileﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ.
•
:Uﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ.
•
:Gﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ.
•
:Mﻣﺎﻟﮑﻴﺖ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺠﻮﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ.
ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ rpm ﺧﻮﺏ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ rpmﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ .ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ،ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ rpmﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ rpmﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ Gnomeﻳﺎ KDEﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﺎﺗﻴﻠﻮﺱ ﻳﺎ Konquerorﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ rpmﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺗﺮ ﻳﺎ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻳﮏ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﻳﮏ ﺩﮔﻤﻪ Continueﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۲-۵ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ۲-۵ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ rpm
ﻣﺘﺎﺳﻔﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﺝ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺘﻲ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ rpmﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻂ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﮐﺪ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﮐﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ rpmﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ tar/gzﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ .ﮐﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺒﻌﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ rpmﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ. ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ tar/gz
ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ،ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ
ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ :ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﯼ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﯼ
۱۳۵
ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ: • •
ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻭ ﻳﺎ CDﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﮐﭙﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ gzipﻳﺎ gunzipﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﮔﻲ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ tarﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ: $ gzip -d mycoolapp.tar.gz
•
ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ tarﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ. $ tar xvf mycoolapp.tar
•
ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ cdﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ.
•
ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ INSTALLﻭ ﻳﺎ READMEﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺣﺘﻤﺎ
•
ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﺎﻳﻞ ﺷﺪﻥ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ configureﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ: $ ./configure
ﺣﺘﻤﺎ ﻭ ﺣﺘﻤﺎ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ INSTALLﻭ READMEﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺁﺭﮔﻮﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ configureﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. •
ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺭﻓﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻴﭻ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﺧﻄﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﮑﺮﺩﻳﺪ ،ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ makeﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ:
$ make
ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺑﻪ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﺎﻳﻠﺮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻟﻴﻨﮑﺮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﮐﺘﺎﺑﺨﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ .ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ent ToolsDevelopmﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺒﻼ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﮑﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ،ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ System Settingsﺑﺨﺶ Add/Remove Applicationsﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎﻱ GNOME Software ،pmentX Software Develo ،Development Tools Developmentﻭ KDE Software Developmentﺭﺍ ﺗﻴﮏ ﺯﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﮔﻤﻪ Updateﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ. •
•
ﺧﻮﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﺎﻳﻞ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﺎﻳﻞ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﮐﻤﻲ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺑﮑﺸﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻫﻴﭽﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﭘﻴﻐﺎﻡ ﺧﻄﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﮑﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻣﺸﮑﻠﻲ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﺎﻳﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺠﻮﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ suﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﺎﻳﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ make intallﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺲ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻂ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ: $ make install
ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﮐﺪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻫﻴﭻ ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﺣﺘﻲ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺧﻮﺩﺗﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺼﻞ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ،ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
۱۳۶
ﺑﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ gzipﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ tarﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ ،ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻳﮏ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ،ﻳﮏ ﮐﭙﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺒﻼ ﮔﻔﺘﻢ ،ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ. •
ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﻓﻘﻴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ rmﻭ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ Rﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺎﮎ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺷﻐﺎﻝ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﺎﻳﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﮐﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﭘﺎﮎ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﮐﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺭﺍ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ، ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ make cleanﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ: $ make clean
ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ rpmﻭ ﮐﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ،ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ) (Installerﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ.ﻣﺜﻼ ﻣﺮﻭﮔﺮ ﻣﻮﺯﻳﻼ ﻭ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ OpenOfficeﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ gz/tarﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ .ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ READMEﻭ ﻳﺎ INSTALLﺁﻧﻬﺎ ،ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﻧﺼﺐ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ Wizardﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ.
ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻬﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ GNOMEﻳﺎ KDEﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮﻫﺎ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ runﻳﺎ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂﻫﺎﻱ GNOMEﻭ KDEﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ Alt+F2ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ .ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻱ RUNﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ Enterﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۳-۵ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ KDEﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ۳-۵ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑِﯽ KDE
ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ،ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮏ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﺍﺟﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ،ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﭘﺲ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﻳﮏ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ & ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﺠﺰﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﻮﺩ .ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ: & $ xmms
ﻓﺼﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ :ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﯼ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﯼ
۱۳۷
ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺼﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻡ ،ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭﺍﮐﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ undbackgroﻳﺎ ﭘﺲ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺷﻐﺎﻝ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻳﺪ.
ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺱ ﻭ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺎﺯﮔﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺩﺍﺱ ﻳﺎ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ،ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺮﮎ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻋﺎﺩﺕ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﺪ ،ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺸﮑﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻧﻮﻳﺴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺷﺮﮐﺖﻫﺎ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺣﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ. ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﻭﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺡ ﻓﻨﻲﺗﺮ APIﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺷﺒﻴﻪﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺑﻪ ﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺳﺎﺯ ﻳﺎ Emulatorﺍﻃﻼﻕ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ. ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ﺭﺍﻳﮕﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﺮﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ wineﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﺍﻱ ﺭﺍﻳﮕﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ CrossOver Office 2.0ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﺩ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ CrossOver Office 2.0ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ Officeﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﺳﺎﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ Quicken 2002 ،Internet Explorer ،Lotus Notesﻭ Photoshop 7.0ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻭ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺩﺍﺩ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺴﺐ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﻳﺘﻬﺎﻱ http://www.winehq.orgﻭ http://www.codeweavers.comﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹ﺻﺪﻫﺎ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺍﺣﺖ ﺗﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ،ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ rpmﺍﺑﺪﺍﻉ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺑﺪﻝ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﺎ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﯽ ﺑﮑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﯼ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﯼ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﯼ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﯼ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺷﺪ. ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺒﻴﻪﺳﺎﺯ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺱ ﻭ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
۶
ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﺧﯽ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﯼ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﯼ
ﺩﺭ ﻓﺼﻞ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﭘﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻳﺪ. ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺵ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻡ ،ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺵ ﻫﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﮐﻪ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﮐﺮﺩ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ،ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ،ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ.
ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻭﺍﮊﻩﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻫﺎ ) ،(Word Processorsﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺩﻩﻫﺎ )،(Spreadsheets ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ) ، (Presentationsﺭﺳﻢ ﺩﻳﺎﮔﺮﺍﻡ ،ﻓﺮﻣﻮﻝ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻲ ،ﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﺷﮑﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ )،(Drawing ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺸﮕﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ) ،(Text Editorsﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻣﺎﻟﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ. ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ OpenOffice
ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻤﻨﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﺭﺍﻳﮕﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﺴﺨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ http://www.openoffice.orgﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺍﻱ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ۹ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ،ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ۱,۰,۲ﺍﺳﺖ.
۱۴۰
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﺳﺎﻥ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﺰ ) (Sun Microsystemsﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻲ ﺟﺎﻭﺍ ﻭ C++ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ :ﻭﺍﮊﻩ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ،Writerﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ،Impressﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺩﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ،Calcﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﺷﮑﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ Drawﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﻝ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ Mathﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ. ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ OpenOfficeﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻲ ﺍﻧﺪﮎ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﻲ ﻭ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ،ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ StarOfficeﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ۷ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ.
ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻳﮏ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﻧﮑﺘﻪﺍﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻤﻨﺪﺗﺮ ﻣﻲﺳﺎﺯﺩ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻓﺮﻣﺖﻫﺎﻱ Office ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﺳﺎﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﺖﻫﺎ ،ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺖﻫﺎﻱ ،Text، XHTML، Flash، PDF، HTML،XML ﻓﺮﻣﺖﻫﺎﻱ StarOfficeﻭ ...ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﭘﻴﺶﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ،ﻓﺮﻣﺖ XMLﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ. ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ Officeﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﺳﺎﻓﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻧﺴﺨﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ Officeﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﺳﺎﻓﺖ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﺣﺘﻲ ﻧﺴﺨﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﻧﮑﺘﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ۱,۱ﻭ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ،ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻢ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ http://www.openoffice.orgﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﺟﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﻧﻴﺰ ،ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺣﺮﻭﻓﭽﻴﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺷﺮﺡ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﭘﺲ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﺍﺟﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺑﭙﺮﺩﺍﺯﻳﻢ. ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ OpenOffice Writer
ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺒﻼ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ MS-Wordﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ،ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ .ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺟﺎﻟﺒﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﮊﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺒﻼ ﻭﺍﮊﻩﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻨﺪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ،ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻡ ،ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ Enterﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۱-۶ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. ﺑﺎ ﮐﻤﮏ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺗﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻭﺍﮊﻩ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯ Wordﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﺳﺎﻓﺖ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﮐﺮﺩﻩﺍﻳﺪ ،ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻭﺍﮊﻩ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﻳﮏ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺸﮕﺮ HTMLﮐﺎﺭﺁﻣﺪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ HTMLﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﺖﻫﺎﻱ ) sxwﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ،(Writer ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﺳﺎﻓﺖ Wordﻧﺴﺨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ۲۰۰۰ ،۹۷ ،۹۵ ،۶ﻭ ،XPﻓﺮﻣﺖﻫﺎﻱ StarWriter، RTF، PDF، HTML، XTML، XMLﻭ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
ﻓﺼﻞ ﺷﺸﻢ :ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﺧﯽ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﯼ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﯼ
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۱-۶
۱۴۱
ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﮊﻩ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯ OpenOffice Writer
ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ OpenOffice.orgﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﮏ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺟﺎﻭﺍ ﻳﺎ Java Runtime Environmentﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍ JREﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ،ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ،ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﺐ OpenOfficeﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﺳﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ http://www.sun.com ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻳﮕﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ OpenOffice Calc
ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻳﮏ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ MS-Excelﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺒﻼ ﺑﺎ Excelﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ،ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۲-۶ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ .ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ Excelﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ، ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﺖﻫﺎﻱ ) sxcﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ،(Calcﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﺳﺎﻓﺖ ﺍﮐﺴﻞ ﻧﺴﺨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ۲۰۰۰ ،۹۵،۹۷ ،۵ﻭ XP، HTML، PDF، XHTML، CVS، StarCalc، dBase، SLKﻭ difﻧﻴﺰ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۲-۶
ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺩﻩ OpenOffice Calc
۱۴۲
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ OpenOffice Impress
ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻳﮏ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﻳﺎ Presentationﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ PowerPointﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺒﻼ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ،ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ Impressﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ .ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ PowerPoint ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﺳﺎﻓﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺖﻫﺎﻱ ) sxiﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ،(Impressﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﺳﺎﻓﺖ PowerPoint ﻧﺴﺨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ۲۰۰۰ ،۹۷ﻭ ،XPﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ StarImpress، StarDraw، PDF، HTML،sxdﻭ Flashﻧﻴﺰ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻉ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ. ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۳-۶ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. MS-
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۳-۶
ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ OpenOffice Impress
ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ OpenOffice Draw
ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﺷﮑﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ Corel Drawﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ،ﻣﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺭﮎ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎ ،ﺍﺷﮑﺎﻝ ﻭ PDF، ﺩﻳﺎﮔﺮﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺭﺳﻢ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﺖﻫﺎﻱ ) sxdﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ،(Drawﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ HTML،StarDraw، Flashﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻉ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﻱ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۴-۶ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ PDF، XHTMLﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻥ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﻱ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ Fileﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ،OpenOfficeﺑﺨﺶ Exportﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ JREﮐﻪ ﻗﺒﻼ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺷﺪ ،ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ. ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ OpenOffice Math
ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﻟﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺝ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ
ﻓﺼﻞ ﺷﺸﻢ :ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﺧﯽ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﯼ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﯼ
۱۴۳
ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﺖﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ) sxm ، StarMath، MathMLﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ( ﻭ PDFﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۵-۶ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﻝ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ.
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۴-۶
ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﺷﮑﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ Draw
ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺷﺪ ،ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ OpenOfficeﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻣﻨﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻳﮏ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﻳﮏ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ F1ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ. ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺿﻌﻔﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ OpenOfficeﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ،ﮐﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺧﺼﻠﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺟﺎﻭﺍ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﻭﻟﯽ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﺪﻥ ،ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺁﻥ ﮐﺎﻣﻼ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ.
ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ
ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻤﻨﺪ ،OpenOfficeﻭﺍﮊﻩ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ۹ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﮊﻩ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯ ،AbiWordﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ،Kofficeﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺩﻳﺎﮔﺮﺍﻡ ﻭ ﻓﻠﻮﭼﺎﺭﺕ ، Diaﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺩﻩ ،Gnumericﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻣﺎﻟﻲ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ GnuCashﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ MrProjectﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﮐﺮﺩ .ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﺍﺟﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻳﻢ. ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ،۹ﻧﺴﺨﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﯼ ﻭ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﯼ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﺮﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ .ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ StarOffice 6.0ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﮐﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺮﻱ OpenOfficeﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ .ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺒﻼ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺷﺪ ،ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﻭ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﯽ ،ﺑﻪ ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ﻧﺎﺯﻟﯽ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﻭﺵ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺪ. ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ KOffice
ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﺳﺖ ،ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ
KDE
ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺍﻳﻦ
۱۴۴
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺩﻩ ،ﻭﺍﮊﻩ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯ ،ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ،ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﺍﺷﮑﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ،ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﻭ ﮔﺮﺍﻑ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﻝ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ OpenOfficeﻧﻴﺴﺖ ،ﻭﻟﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻄﻒ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ .ﻣﺰﻳﺘﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ OpenOfficeﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﺩ، ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻳﮑﭙﺎﺭﭼﮕﻲ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﯽ KDEﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭﯼ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ KDEﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۶-۶ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ،Kwordﻭﺍﮊﻩ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ Kofficeﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۵-۶
ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﻝ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻲ OpenOffice Math
ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺩﻩ Gnumeric
ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ GNOMEﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﻳﮏ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺩﻩ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﺪ .ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﺖﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﮐﺴﻞ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﺳﺎﻓﺖ ،ﻟﻮﺗﻮﺱ ،۱۲۳ﻣﺘﻦ HTML، dBase ،ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﮐﺮﺩ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻴﻒ ﻭﺳﻴﻌﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﻣﺖﻫﺎ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ،XML، HTML، LaTeX، MS-Excel 95ﻣﺘﻦ ﻭ... ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺩﻳﺎﮔﺮﺍﻡ ﻭ ﻓﻠﻮﭼﺎﺭﺕ Dia
ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻗﻮﻱ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻴﻦ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﺳﻢ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺩﻳﺎﮔﺮﺍﻡﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺩﻳﺎﮔﺮﺍﻡﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮑﻲ ،ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻲ ،ﺩﻳﺎﮔﺮﺍﻡﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻲ ،ﻓﻠﻮﭼﺎﺭﺕﻫﺎ،SDL، EML، UML ، ﻣﺪﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻳﮑﻲ ،ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺷﺒﮑﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎﺳﺖ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ PNG، CGM، EPS، FIGﻭ ...ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ GNOMEﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ. ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻣﺎﻟﻲ GnuCash
ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻣﺎﻟﻲ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ Quickenﻭ MS-Moneyﺍﺳﺖ .ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻧﺎﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﺩﺭ GnuCashﻧﻴﺰ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ.
ﻓﺼﻞ ﺷﺸﻢ :ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﺧﯽ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﯼ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﯼ
۱۴۵
ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ Quickenﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ Quickenﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ .ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺩﻩ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺵ ﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﺎﻟﻲ ،ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﮐﺎﺭﺁﻣﺪ ﻣﻴﺴﺎﺯﺩ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺷﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ )ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ( ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ HTMLﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ Gnomeﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ.
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۶-۶
ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ Kwordﺍﺯ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ Koffice
ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﻢ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﮏ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺜﻼ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ GNOMEﺍﺳﺖ ،ﺩﺭ KDEﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﻫﻢ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ KDEﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ GNOMEﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻠﻌﮑﺲ .ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻃﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﮐﺘﺎﺑﺨﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ. ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ MrProject
ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﺳﺮ ﻭ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ،ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﮐﻤﮏ ﮐﻨﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ،ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻔﻴﺪﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﻢ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ GNOMEﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۷-۶ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﻣﺘﻦ Gedit
ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻴﻦ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ،ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ، ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ Geditﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ GNOMEﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﻣﺘﻦ ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ۹ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ .ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ MDIﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
۱۴۶
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۷-۶
ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ MrProject
ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﻣﺘﻦ Kedit
ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ Geditﻳﮏ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ Geditﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ SDIﺍﺳﺖ .ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ،ﭼﻨﺪ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ KDEﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۸-۶ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ.
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۸-۶
ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﻣﺘﻦ Kedit
ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﺷﮕﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ،ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ،ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺍﺳﮑﻦ ،ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎﻝ ﻭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ PDFﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ.
ﻓﺼﻞ ﺷﺸﻢ :ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﺧﯽ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﯼ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﯼ
۱۴۷
ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ GIMP
ﺧﻮﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺎﺑﺤﺎﻝ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻳﺪ ،ﺣﺘﻤﺎ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ Adobe Photoshopﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﺷﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ GIMPﮐﺎﺭ Adobe Photoshopﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﺵﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﺟﻠﻮﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻃﻴﻒ ﻭﺳﻴﻌﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﻣﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﮐﺎﺭﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻗﻮﻳﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ Adobe Photoshopﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ Adobe Photoshopﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ XCFﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻓﺘﻮﺷﺎﭖ ،ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ Filterﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺟﻠﻮﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻥ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭ ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪﮔﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﺎﺩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ. ﺩﺭ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﻱ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﮐﺎﺭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻋﺎﺩﺕ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ. ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﻨﻮﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ،ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﻣﺪﺗﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻋﺎﺩﺕ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۹-۶ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ .ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺣﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ، ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ Fileﺑﺨﺶ Openﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ،ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﺟﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺘﺎﺑﺨﺎﻧﻪ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ GTKﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﻟﺪ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ GNOMEﺷﺪ.ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺧﻂ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ GIMPﻳﮏ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ GNOMEﺍﺳﺖ.ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺑﮑﺎﺭ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﺵ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ. ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ۹-۶ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ GIMP
ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ GQView
ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ. ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ GQViewﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﮐﻠﮑﺴﻴﻮﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻭ ...ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ
۱۴۸
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺵ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺧﻂ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ، ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ Tabﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ GIMPﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ، ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﻢ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ GNOMEﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۱۰-۶ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ.
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۱۰-۶ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ
ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ GQView
KView
ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ GQViewﻳﮏ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ KDEﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺵ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ GQView ﻧﻴﺴﺖ .ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻧﺎﺗﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺍﺳﮑﻦ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺭﺯﺷﻤﻨﺪ ﻣﻲﺳﺎﺯﺩ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ image list ،ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ
KSnapshot
ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺰ ﮐﺎﺭ KDEﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻴﺰ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻋﮑﺲ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎﺗﻲ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭼﺎﭘﮕﺮ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﻧﮑﺘﻪ ﺟﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻋﮑﺲ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ .ﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﺒﻮﺭ ﺷﺪﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ،ﺩﻭ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﮐﻨﻢ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۱۱-۶ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ .ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ،ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ KDEﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ. ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥ KiconEdit
ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺁﻥ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﺳﺖ ،ﻳﮏ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻭ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ
ﻓﺼﻞ ﺷﺸﻢ :ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﺧﯽ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﯼ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﯼ
۱۴۹
ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ KDEﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ PNG، XPM، ICOﻭ JPEGﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۱۲-۶ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻮﺑﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﺗﻴﻠﻮﺱ ﻭ Konquerorﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﻲ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ .ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ Konquerorﺑﺎ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺍﺭﺯﺷﻤﻨﺪ QuickShowﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻳﮑﻲ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ۱۱-۶ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ Ksnapshot
ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ،Xpdfﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ PDF
ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ PDFﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﭘﻴﺶﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ PDFﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ۹ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻳﮏ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﮔﻤﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﺎ ﺷﺪﻩ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ PDFﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ، ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ .ﺍﺯ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﻭ ﺳﺒﮏ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ. ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ۱۲-۶ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥ KiconEdit
۱۵۰
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ GNOMEﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻋﮑﺲ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻞ ﻣﻴﺰ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ Print Screenﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻋﮑﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺧﺎﺹ ،ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﮐﻴﺐ ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ Alt+Print Screenﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎ ،ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﮐﻮﭼﮑﻲ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺤﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻴﻮﻩ ﻧﺎﻣﮕﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ GNOMEﻭ KDEﭘﻲ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ .ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﺪ ،ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ GNOMEﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮﻑ Gﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ KDEﺑﺎ ﺣﺮﻑ Kﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ.ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﮑﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﮐﻤﮏ ﮐﻨﺪ. ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ،KGhostViewﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ PDF
ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺵ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ PDFﺍﺳﺖ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﺎﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﺣﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ KDEﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻧﺎﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ ،ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ Xpdfﺍﺳﺖ.ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۱۳-۶ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ،GNOME GhostViewﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ PDF
ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻳﮏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ PDFﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻧﺎﺗﻲ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ KGhostViewﺍﺳﺖ. ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ GNOMEﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ. ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎﻝ GTKam
ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ GNOMEﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻃﻴﻒ ﻭﺳﻴﻌﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻨﺪ. ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ۱۳-۶
ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﻤﺎِﻳﺶ KGhostView
ﻓﺼﻞ ﺷﺸﻢ :ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﺧﯽ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﯼ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﯼ
۱۵۱
ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯﻩ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻓﻦﺁﻭﺭﻱ ﭼﻨﺪﺭﺳﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻱ ﮐﺎﻣﻼ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻢ ﺁﻣﻴﺨﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ .ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﮐﺎﺭﺕﻫﺎﻱ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻤﻨﺪ، ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮﻫﺎﻱ CDﻭ ،DVDﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﻮﻱ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻧﻴﺘﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ،ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺳﺮﮔﺮﻣﻲ ﺧﺎﻧﮕﻲ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎ ﻫﺮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻠﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻮﻓﻘﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺮﻑﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮔﻔﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ۹ﻣﻲﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻳﻢ .ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ،ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺩﻳﺴﮏﻫﺎﻱ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ GNOME CD
ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ CDﻫﺎﻱ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹ﻋﻬﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ CDﺻﻮﺗﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻴﺪ ،ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑـﺮﻧـﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۱۴-۶ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ۱۴-۶ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ Gnome CD
ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺻﻮﺕ Gmixer
ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﻣﻴﮑﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﻼ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ Volume Controlﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۱۵-۶ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ۱۵-۶ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺻﺪﺍﻱ Gmixer
ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ Kmix
ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺻﻮﺕ Gmixerﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ KDEﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ. ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ، XMMSﻳﮏ ﭘﺨﺶ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ MP3
ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯﻩ ﭘﺮ ﻃﺮﻓﺪﺍﺭﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﺩﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎﻝ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ
mp3
ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﮔﺰﺍﻑ
۱۵۲
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
ﻧﮕﻔﺘﻪﺍﻳﻢ .ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯﻩ ﻫﺮ ﮐﺲ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺻﺪ ﻣﮕﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ mp3ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺣﺘﻤﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ winampﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪﺍﻳﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﻭ ﮐﻮﭼﮏ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯﻩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﭘﺨﺶ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ،ﻃﺮﺍﻓﺪﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ. ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ XMMSﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻴﻨﺎ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ winampﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺟﺎﻱ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ winampﻳﮑﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻘﺪﺭﻱ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻓﮑﺮ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﺎ ﺑﺎ winampﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ،winampﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ XMMSﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ Pluginﻫﺎ ﻭ Skinﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ XMMSﻳﮏ ﭘﺨﺶ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ mp3ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﻭﻟﻲ ﻣﺘﺎﺳﻔﺎﻧﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻧﺴﺨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ۸ﻭ ۹ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ mp3ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺁﻥ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻳﮏ Decderﻓﺎﻳﻞ mp3ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺑﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺣﻖ ﮐﭙﻲ ﺭﺍﻳﺖ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﻞ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺸﮑﻞ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﻮﺍﻻﺕ ﭘﺮﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ http://xmms.orgﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ rpmﺍﻳﻦ Decderﻭ ﻳﺎ ﮐﻞ ﮐﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ XMMSﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ mp3ﺧﻮﺩ ﻟﺬﺕ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۱۶-۴ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ۱۶-۶
ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ
XMMS
ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ Grip
ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯﻩ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﻨﺪ ،ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ CDﻫﺎﻱ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ mp3ﻭ ...ﺍﺳﺖ. ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﻳﺴﮏﻫﺎﻱ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺖﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ mp3ﻭ waveﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ Encoderﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ Encoderﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ Lameﻧﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ.ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ Lameﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻂ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ mp3ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ،ﮐﺎﻣﭙﺎﻳﻞ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺩﻳﺴﮏﻫﺎﻱ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ KsCD
ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ KDEﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﻭﻇﻴﻔﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺩﻳﺴﮏﻫﺎﻱ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﻋﻬﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺎﻟﺒﻲ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺁﻟﺒﻮﻣﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﻧﮑﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺗﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﺳﺖ. ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻭﻳﺪﺋﻮﻱ Xine
ﻣﺘﺎﺳﻔﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ،۹ﻫﻴﭻ ﭘﺨﺶ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺪﺭﺩ ﺑﺨﻮﺭ ﻭﻳﺪﺋﻮ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ.
ﻓﺼﻞ ﺷﺸﻢ :ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﺧﯽ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﯼ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﯼ
۱۵۳
ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺿﻌﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﭘﺨﺶ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﻳﺪﺋﻮﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﭘﺨﺶ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺣﺮﻓﻪ ﺍﻱ Xineﺍﺳﺖ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺨﺶ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻋﻼﻗﻪﻣﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺯ ﻟﺬﺕ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﺩ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺩﻳﺴﮏﻫﺎﻱ ﺻﻮﺗﻲmp3، VCD، ، DVDﻭ ﺣﺘﻲ Digital TVﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ. ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﻊ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﮐﺎﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ،ﺁﻫﺴﺘﻪ ،ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻨﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ،ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻋﮑﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ،ﺗﻨﻄﻴﻢ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ...ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ. ﮐﻠﻴﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻴﺪ ،ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻳﮏ OSDﺑﻪ ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ XMMSﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ Skinﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﻲ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺘﺎﺑﺨﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺟﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﮔﺮﻭﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺑﺨﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ Xineﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﺭﺍﺑﻂﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻂﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ .ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺨﺶ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ rpmﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﮐﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ libﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ) (guiﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎ ﮐﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻨﺞ ﻣﮕﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ http://xinehq.deﻭ ﻳﺎ http://xine.sf.netﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۱۷-۶ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﭘﻴﺶﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ.
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۱۷-۶
ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻭﻳﺪﺋﻮﻱ Xine
ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺩﻳﺴﮏﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﻱ ﻭ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯﻩ ﺑﺎ ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﻗﻴﻤﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﺎﻱ CDﻧﻮﻳﺲ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ،ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ CDﻧﻮﻳﺲ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻫﺮ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺪ .ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﻦ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻫﻢ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞﻫﺎ ،ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺩﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﺑﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ،ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺩﻳﺴﮏﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﻴﺰﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎِﻳﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﯼ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺷﺪ. ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻂ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ CD
ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ CDﺍﺯ ﺧﻂ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻠﻲ ﭘﺮ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺯ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺩﺳﺮ ﺳﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ .ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ isoﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ. ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ CDﺭﺍ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﺩﻳﺴﮏﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﺰﻭ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
۱۵۴
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ mkisofsﻭ cdrecordﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ CDﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﮐﺮﺩ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ CDﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻋﻬﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ .ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ mkisofsﻳﮏ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﺯ CDﮐﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﭙﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ISO9660/JOLIET/HFSﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ. ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻧﻴﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ CDﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺡ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﻫﻴﻢ: •
: CD-Rﺩﻳﺴﮏﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ .ﻳﮑﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ.
•
: CD-RWﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﻭ ﭘﺎﮎ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﺴﮏﻫﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺩﻳﺴﮏﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ.
•
CDﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻱ )ﻧﻘﺮﻩ ﺍﻱ( ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﭘﺮﺱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻧﻪ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻟﻴﺰﺭ.
•
: Yellow Bookﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﮑﻲ CDﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ.
•
: Orange Bookﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﮑﻲ ﺩﻳﺴﮏﻫﺎﻱ .CD-R
•
: ISO9660ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ . 8.3
•
: Rock Ridgeﺍﺿﺎﻓﺎﺗﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ISO9660ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﻳﻮﻧﻴﮑﺲ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻟﻴﻨﮏﻫﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﻟﮑﻴﺖ ﻭ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ .ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻳﻮﻧﻴﮑﺲ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﺴﮏﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ،ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ.
•
: Jolietﺍﺿﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﺳﺎﻓﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ . ISO9660ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺑﮑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺍﮐﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻳﻮﻧﻴﮑﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﺴﮏﻫﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ.
•
: El Toritoﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﺩﻳﺴﮏﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﻮﺕ.
•
: HFSﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻣﮑﻴﻨﺘﺎﺵ.
•
: Multisessionﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﺴﮑﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﭘﺮ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﺗﺎ ﭘﺮ ﺷﺪﻥ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﺑﺖ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﮐﺮﺩ .ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻃﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻓﻌﺎﺕ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ.
ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺳﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﮑﺎﺯﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ
ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮﻫﺎﻱ SCSIﻭ ﻳﺎ IDE/ATAPIﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺒﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ ﭘﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﯼ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﺟﺰ ﺩﺭﺩﺳﺮ ﻭﺍﺫﻳﺖ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ .ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺒﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ USBﻫﻢ ﮐﻨﺪ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻫﻴﭽﮑﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ .ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺷﺎﻧﺲ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ USB 2.0 ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﮑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮﻫﺎﻱ IDE/ATAPIﮐﻪ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮﻫﺎﯼ CDﻧﻮﻳﺲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ،ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲﺗﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻗﺒﻼ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻪ ،ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ:
$ cdrecord -scanbus
ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ ﺭﺍﻳﺘﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ ،ﻫﻤﻪ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻳﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮐﻮﭼﮑﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ:
'$ dmesg | grep '^hd.:
ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ:
hda: WDC WD400EB-00CPF0, ATA DISK drive hdb: CD-W58E, ATAPI CD/DVD-ROM drive hdc: GCR-8521B, ATAPI CD/DVD-ROM drive
ﻓﺼﻞ ﺷﺸﻢ :ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﺧﯽ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﯼ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﯼ
۱۵۵
ﺧﻮﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ CDﻧﻮﻳﺲ ﻣﺎ hdbﻭ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ CDﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ hdcﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﮑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ CDﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﺳﮑﺎﺯﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ : ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﻮﺕ ﻟﻴﻠﻮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺩﻭ ﺧﻂ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺧﺮﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ etc/lilo.confﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ: "append="hdb=ide-scsi "append="hdc=ide-scsi
ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ viﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﻮﺕ ﮔﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ )ﮐﻪ ﻣﺪِﻳﺮ ﺑﻮﺕ ﭘﻴﺶﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹ﺍﺳﺖ( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ etc/grub.confﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺧﻂ kernelﺧﻂ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ: hdb=ide-scsi hdc=ide-scsi
ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﺳﮑﺎﺯﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﻲﮐﻨﺪ ﺑﻠﮑﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ .ﺣﺎﻝ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻮﺕ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﺍ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ:
$ cdrecord -scanbus
ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ:
Cdrecord 2.0 (i686-pc-linux-gnu) Copyright (C) 1995-2002 Jurg Schilling Linux sg driver version: 3.1.24 'Using libscg version 'schily-0.7 – cdrecord: Warning: using inofficial libscg transport code version (schily Red Hat-scsi-linux-sg.c-1.75-RH '@(#)scsi-linux-sg.c 1.75 02/10/21 Copyright 1997 J. Schilling'). scsibus0: 0,0,0 0) 'TEAC ' 'CD-W58E ' '1.0A' Removable CD-ROM 0,1,0 1) 'HL-DT-ST' 'CD-ROM GCR-8521B' '1.00' Removable CD-ROM
ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮﻫﺎﻱ CD-ROMﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺳﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﮑﺎﺯﻱ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ .ﻣﺜﻼ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﻳﺴﮏﻫﺎﻱ CDﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﻣﺸﮑﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﺸﮑﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﮐﺮﺩﻳﺪ ،ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ CD-ROMﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ISO
ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﺮﺩﻳﺪ ،ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ CDﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﻳﺰﻭ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ mkisofsﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺭﺍﻳﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ . cdrecordﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﻳﺰﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ: $ mkisofs -o test.iso -Jrv -V test_disk /home/alan/
ﺩﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻻ: •
ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ oﻧﺎﻡ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﻳﺰﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ.
•
ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ Jﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﺎﻣﮕﺬﺍﺭﻱ Jolietﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ.
•
ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ rﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﺎﻣﮕﺬﺍﺭﻱ Rock Ridgeﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻭ ﻳﻮﻧﻴﮑﺲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ.
•
ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ vﺣﺎﻟﺖ verboseﺍﺳﺖ.
•
ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ Vﻳﮏ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ Windows Explorerﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ.
•
ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﻳﺰﻭ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ.
۱۵۶
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ isoﺑﻪ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ) (mountﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺻﺤﺖ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ :
$ mkdir /test_iso $ mount -t iso9660 -o ro,loop=/dev/loop0 test.iso /test_iso
ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ CD
ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻥ ﻳﮏ ﺷﻴﺮﻳﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ CDﻧﻮﻳﺲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﻨﻴﻢ. ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ cdrecord -scanbusﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻳﺪ ،ﺁﺩﺭﺱ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ ﻣﺎ 0,0,0ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ: $ cdrecord -v -eject speed=8 dev=0,0,0 test.iso
ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ: •
ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ vﺣﺎﻟﺖ Verboseﺍﺳﺖ.
•
ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ejectﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺭﺍﻳﺖ ،ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ.
•
ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ speedﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺭﺍﻳﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ.
•
ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ devﺁﺩﺭﺱ ﺭﺍﻳﺘﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ.
•
ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﻢ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﻳﺰﻭ ﺍﺳﺖ.
ﺧﻮﺏ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺩﻳﺴﮑﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﭘﻼﺗﻔﻮﺭﻡﻫﺎ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ .ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ،ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭ ﭼﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ CD ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﭙﺮﺩﺍﺯﻳﺪ .ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﻋﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﺭﻳﺰ ﺑﺎﻓﺮ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺧﺘﻦ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺗﮑﻨﻮﻟﻮﮊﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ Burn-Proofﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲﺁﻭﺭﺩ Burn-Proof .ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﯼ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﻳﺰ ﺑﺎﻓﺮ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ. ﮐﭙﻲ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ
ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﭙﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻳﮏ CDﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ CD-ROMﺑﻪ CDﻧﻮﻳﺲ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ:
$ cdrecord -v dev=0,0,0 speed=4 -isosize /dev/scd0
ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲ ﻭ ﮐﻨﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ! ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭﻟﻲ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﺷﮑﺎﻝ ﮐﻨﺪ .ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻦ ﺗﺮ ﮐﭙﻲ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺭﺍﻳﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ:
$ mount /cdrom $ dd if=/dev/scd0 of=/tmp/diskfile.iso $ cdrecord dev=0,0,0 speed=8 fs=8m -v -eject -dummy /tmp/diskfile.iso
ﺩﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻻ: •
ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ fs=8mﺳﺎﻳﺰ ﺑﺎﻓﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ.
•
ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ dummyﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ ﺍﺷﮑﺎﻝ ،ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ.
ﺩﻳﺴﮏﻫﺎﻱ Multisession
ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﻳﺴﮏﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎ ﭘﺮ ﺷﺪﻥ ،ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﺑﺖ ﺭﺍﻳﺖ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺩﻳﺴﮏﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ CDﺁﺳﺎﻧﺘﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻂ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﻢ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ: $ cdrecord -v -eject speed=8 dev=0,0,0 -multi test.iso
ﺑﺎ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ multiﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ
ﻓﺼﻞ ﺷﺸﻢ :ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﺧﯽ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﯼ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﯼ
۱۵۷
ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ISOﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ: $ cdrecord dev=0,0,0 -msinfo 0,27139
ﺣﺘﻤﺎ ﺩﻳﺴﮑﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺳﭙﺲ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﻳﺰﻭ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ:
$ mkisofs -o test2.iso -Jr -V Session2 -C 0,27139 -M 0,0,0 /files/path/
ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺗﺮﮐﻴﺐ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﺳﺎﻧﺘﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ:
$ mkisofs -o test2.iso -Jr -V Session2 -C `cdrecord dev=0,0,0 -msinfo` -M 0,0,0 /files/path/
ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻂ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻗﻮﻱ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻌﻄﺎﻑ ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﻭ cdrecordﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﺍﻳﺖ ﺩﻳﺴﮏﻫﺎﻱ DVDﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ CDﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻭ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ .ﻭﻟﻲ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻂ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻤﻨﺪﺗﺮ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻌﻄﺎﻑ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺗﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺭﺍﺣﺘﻲ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ CDﻣﻲ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻳﻢ. mkisofs
ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ CD Creator
ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﺎﺗﻴﻠﻮﺱ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﻳﺴﮏﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﮏ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺧﺎﻡ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ Goﺑﺨﺶ CD Creatorﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ ﻧﺎﺗﻴﻠﻮﺱ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ burn ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭﻫﺎ ،ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ CD Creatorﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺸﻴﺪﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻦ ،ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﭘﺲ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ،ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﮔﻤﻪ Write To CDﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ CDﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﻮﺩ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ CDﻧﻮﻳﺲ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﮔﻤﻪ Write Files To CDﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ CDﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺷﻮﺩ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۱۸-۶ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ۱۸-۶ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ CD Creator
۱۵۸
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ X-CD Roast
ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﻗﻮﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻭ ﮐﭙﻲ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺩﻳﺴﮏﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ،ﻗﺴﻤﺖ System Toolsﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ CD Writerﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ۹ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭﻟﻲ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﺴﺨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ http://www.xcdroast.orgﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﮔﻤﻪ Setupﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻬﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ isoﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﻓﻀﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ۷۰۰ﻣﮕﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺶ HD Settingsﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﭙﻲ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﮏ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﮔﻤﻪ Duplicate CDﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﮐﭙﻲ CDﺑﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ،ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﮔﻤﻪ Read CDﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺩﻳﺴﮏﻫﺎﻱ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﺭﻭﻱ ،Play Audio Tracksﭘﻴﺶ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﺍﮎﻫﺎ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ Delete Tracksﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺮﺍﮎﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻳﺪ ،ﺣﺬﻑ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺭﻭﻱ Write CDﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ CDﺑﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ،ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﻭ ...ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺭﻭﻱ Write CDﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎﻱ CDﻧﻮﻳﺲ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ،ﺑﺮ ﻋﻬﺪﻩ ﮔﺮﻓﻦ ﻓﺮﺍﻳﻨﺪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﮐﭙﻲ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﮐﻼ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻳﮏ CDﺟﺪﻳﺪ، ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ Create CDﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﮔﻤﻪ Msster CDﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﻮﺩ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﺧﺘﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻱ Addﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻳﺪ ،ﺭﻭﻱ Create Session/imageﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ Calculate Sizeﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺭﻭﻱ Master to Image Fileﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ isoﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ،ﺭﻭﻱ Write Tracksﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﻱ Layout Tracksﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﻓﺎﻳﻞ isoﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﺪ ،ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ Image Informationﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻱ Addﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ .ﺳﭙﺲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﮔﻤﻪ Accept Track Layoutﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﻱ Write Tracksﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۱۹-۶ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ X-CD Roastﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ isoﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻭ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ، ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ isoﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ftpﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﻠﻮﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ isoﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ،ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﻱ ،CDﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺴﻴﺮﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ X-CD Roastﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮐﺮﺩﻳﺪ ،ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ Create CDﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺭﻭﻱ Write Tracksﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﻱ Layout Tracksﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ، isoﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ Image Informationﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻱ Addﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺳﭙﺲ ﺭﻭﻱ
ﻓﺼﻞ ﺷﺸﻢ :ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﺧﯽ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﯼ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﯼ
۱۵۹
ﺩﮔﻤﻪ Accept Track Layoutﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﻱ Write Tracksﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ.
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۱۹-۶
ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ X-CD Roast
ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ CDﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ CDﻧﻮﻳﺲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺳﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﮑﺎﺯﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ،ﺩﺭ ﻫﻴﭽﮑﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺳﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﮑﺎﺯﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ CDﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ،ﺷﺮﺡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ.
ﺑﺎﺯﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺑﺎﺯﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﻱ ﺁﻳﻴﻨﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺳﺨﺖﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﻫﺎﺳﺖ .ﺩﺭ ﺩﻫﻪ ،۱۹۷۰ﺑﺎﺯﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﻳﻮﻧﻴﮑﺲ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﮐﻨﺪ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺒﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ ﮐﺎﺭﺍﮐﺘﺮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ .ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯﻩ ﺑﺎﺯﻱﻫﺎ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺍﻱ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﻴﻤﻴﺸﻦ ،ﺻﻮﺕ ﻭ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮏ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻠﻲ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺻﻨﻌﺖ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ. ﺑﻪ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ،ﺑﺎﺯﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﻱ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺭﻭﺍﺯﻩ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯﻩ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﻧﺪﮎ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﻫﺮ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ. ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺎﺯﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ
ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺍﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻴﻨﮏﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﻧﻠﻮﺩ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ،ﺳﺎﻳﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ .ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ: •
ﺳﺎﻳﺖ The Linux Game Tomeﺑﺎ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ : http://happypenguin.orgﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺎﺯﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﮏﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺳﺎﻳﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﻟﻴﻨﮏﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺳﺎﻳﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﻟﻴﺴﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﻱﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺍ ﺍﺭﺗﻘﺎ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ.
۱۶۰ •
• •
•
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ﺑﺎﺯﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ : http://linuxgames.orgﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﮐﻤﮏ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺎﺯﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﻳﺪ .ﻟﻴﻨﮏﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺍﻻﺕ ﭘﺮﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻳﮏ ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻭ ﺗﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺎﺯﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ. ﻟﻴﻨﮏﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺳﺎﻳﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ. ﺳﺎﻳﺖ id Softwareﺑﺎ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ : http://idsoftware.com/archivesﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻟﻴﻨﮏﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﻧﻠﻮﺩ ﻧﺴﺨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﺑﺎﺯﻱﻫﺎﻱ Quakeﻭ Doomﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ. ﺳﺎﻳﺖ Tux Gamesﺑﺎ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ : http://www.tuxgames.comﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺧﺮﻳﺪ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ،ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ﻳﮏ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻓﺮﻭﺵ ﺑﺎﺯﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻥ ،ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﭘﺮﻓﺮﻭﺵ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﻱﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ. ﺳﺎﻳﺖ LGDCﺑﺎ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ : http://lgdc.sunsite.dkﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﺗﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ.
ﺭﺍﺑﻂﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺑﺎﺯﻱﻫﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺯﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ .ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺍﻱ X Windowﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ .ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺭﺍﺑﻂﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻫﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ،ﺭﺍﺑﻂ SVGALIBﻭ OpenGLﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ. ﺭﺍﺑﻂ X Window
ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ،ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺯﻳﺮﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ Xﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻳﮏ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺩﻫﺪ، ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﮐﺎﺭﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ. ﺭﺍﺑﻂ Linux Super VGA Library
ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﺎﺯﻱﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺒﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺘﺎﺑﺨﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ) (Full Screenﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ .ﺑﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ SVGALIBﺑﺮ ﺧﻼﻑ Xﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﺠﺒﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺰﮐﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ،ﺑﺎﺯﻱﻫﺎ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺘﺮ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ. ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ SVGALIBﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ،ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻭﺱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﻋﻬﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ. ﺭﺍﺑﻂ OpenGL
ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﭘﺮﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮏ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﺁﻭﺭﺩ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﻟﻴﺴﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﻱﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ OpenGLﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ OpenGL ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ،ﺩﺭ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ http://www.opengl.org/users/apps_hardware/applications/linux_apps.html ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. Render
ﺑﺎﺯﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺒﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ X Window
ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺍﻱ Xﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺒﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻫﺎﻱ ﻳﻮﻧﻴﮑﺲ ﻧﻘﺶ ﻣﻬﻤﻲ ﺭﺍ
ﻓﺼﻞ ﺷﺸﻢ :ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﺧﯽ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﯼ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﯼ
۱۶۱
ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﺯﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺒﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ ﮐﺎﺭﺍﮐﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ،ﺍﻳﻔﺎ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻣﺤﻴﻂﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ Gnomeﻭ KDEﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻫﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤﮕﻲ ﻫﻢ ﺭﺍﻳﮕﺎﻥ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ،ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ. ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ Gnome ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ Gnomeﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺑﺎﺯﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺗﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﻱﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻴﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ .ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺑﺎﺯﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻋﻼﻗﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻴﺪ. ﺑﺎﺯﻱ AisleRiot
ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺑﺎﺯﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻭ ﻣﺪﺕﻫﺎ ﺳﺮﮔﺮﻡ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ.
Solitaire
ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ۲۸ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺗﻲ ﺭﺍ
ﺑﺎﺯﻱ Chromium
ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﮐﺸﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﻤﻼﺕ ﺳﻔﻴﻨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﺎﺟﻢ ﺩﺷﻤﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻓﻊ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺘﺎﺑﺪﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﯼ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺷﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﯼ ﺭﺍ ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩﺍﯼ ﺑﺎﺯﯼ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۲۰-۶ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ.
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۲۰-۶
ﺑﺎﺯﻱ Chromium
ﺑﺎﺯﻱ FreeCell
ﻳﮏ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺗﻲ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺣﺘﻤﺎ ﻗﺒﻼ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺩﻳﺪﻩﺍﻳﺪ. ﺑﺎﺯﻱ Gataxx
ﻳﮏ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺗﺨﺘﻪ ﺍﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻬﺮﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻬﺮﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺷﻤﻦ ﮐﻤﺘﺮ ﻭ
۱۶۲
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
ﮐﻤﺘﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ .ﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﮐﺴﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ،ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﭘﺮ ﺷﺪ ،ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﻬﺮﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ. ﺑﺎﺯﻱ Malestorm
ﻗﻄﻌﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﺘﻴﺎﺩ ﺁﻭﺭ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﻔﻴﻨﻪ ﮐﻮﭼﮏ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺳﻨﮓﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻀﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﮐﻤﮏﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﻋﮑﺲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﯼ ﻧﮑﺘﻪ ﻣﻮﻓﻘﻴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺣﺘﻲ ﻳﮑﺒﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻋﺎﺷﻖ ﺁﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺷﺪ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۲۱-۶ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ.
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۲۱-۶
ﺑﺎﺯﻱ Malestorm
ﺑﺎﺯﻱ Gnibbles
ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﮑﻨﺪ .ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻥ ﻣﻴﻮﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻤﻲ ﭘﺮﻫﻴﺰ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻥ ﻣﻴﻮﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺏ ،ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺎﺭﺗﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺷﻮﺍﺭﺗﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ. ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﮔﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺎﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎ ،ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩﺗﺎﻥ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ، ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺑﺎﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻧﺘﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ. ﺑﺎﺯﻱ Mahjongg
ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲ ﺷﺮﻗﻲ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻓﮑﺮﻱ ﺳﺮﮔﺮﻡ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻔﮑﻴﮏ ﺍﺷﮑﺎﻝ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ،ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﺣﺘﻲ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﺎﺷﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻫﻴﭻ ﮐﺎﺷﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻧﺪ.
ﻓﺼﻞ ﺷﺸﻢ :ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﺧﯽ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﯼ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﯼ
۱۶۳
ﺑﺎﺯﻱ Same Gnome
ﺍﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ KDEﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﺎﺭﻱ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﮐﺮﻩ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﮐﺴﺐ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﮐﺮﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ،ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﻱ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺴﺐ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ. ﺑﺎﺯﻱ Tux Racer
ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﯼ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﯼﻫﺎﯼ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺧﻮﺏ ،ﺍﮔﺮ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺤﺎﻝ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪﺍﻱ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺩﻳﺪ ،ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻨﮕﻮﺋﻨﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﮐﺎﻣﻼ ﻳﺦ ﺯﺩﻩ ﻭ ﭘﺮ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻭ ﺧﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻃﻲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﮐﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﻫﻲﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺮﻭﺩ! ﺿﻤﻨﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺷﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ 3Dﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ http://www.tuxracer.comﺍﺳﺖ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﮔﺮﻡ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۲۲-۶ﺻﺤﻨﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ .ﻧﺴﺨﻪﺍﯼ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹ﺍﺭﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﯼ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﺎ ﺧﺮﻳﺪﺍﺭﯼ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﯼ ﺁﻥ ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎﯼ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻉﺗﺮ ﻭ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﯼ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ،ﺩﺳﺖ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۲۲-۶
ﺑﺎﺯﻱ Tux Racer
ﺑﺎﺯﻱ Gnome Mines
ﻧﺴﺨﻪ Gnomeﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻱ ﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﺏ .ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺣﺘﻤﺎ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﯼ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻴﻦﻫﺎﯼ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻣﮑﺎﻥﻳﺎﺑﯽ ﻭ ﺧﻨﺜﯽ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﺑﺎﺯﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ KDE ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ KDEﺭﺍ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ،ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺩﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ
۱۶۴
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺟﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻫﺎ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ Gnomeﻧﻴﺰ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯﯼ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﺑﺎﺯﻱ KAsteroids
ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻫﻢ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻔﻴﻨﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﺎ Malestormﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ KDEﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﻓﮑﺮ ﻧﻤﯽﮐﻨﻢ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺿِﻴﺢ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﯼ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ! ﺑﺎﺯﻱ KAtomic
ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻢ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻼﻗﻪ ﻣﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻴﻤﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﻢ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺁﻟﻲ! ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﮐﻨﺎﺭ ﻫﻢ ﺑﭽﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﯼ ،ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﯽ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺤﻪﺍﯼ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺗﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻴﺪﻥ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﭼﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﻫﻢ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺪ، ﺁﺳﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ .ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺁﺳﺎﻧﺘﺮ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪﻩ ﺗﺮ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺪ .ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۲۳-۶ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ .ﺑﺪ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻳﮑﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻌﻠﻢ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺩ ﺷﻴﻤﯽﺗﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﯼ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ!
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۲۳-۶
ﺑﺎﺯﻱ KAtomic
ﺑﺎﺯﻱ KfoulEggs
ﺣﺘﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺧﺎﻃﺮﻩ ﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰ Tetrisﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ Tetrisﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺠﺎﻱ ﺍﺷﮑﺎﻝ ﻣﮑﻌﺒﻲ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺨﻢ ﻣﺮﻏﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﻴﻨﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﺣﺘﻲ ﺳﺮﮔﺮﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ.
ﻓﺼﻞ ﺷﺸﻢ :ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﺧﯽ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﯼ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﯼ
۱۶۵
ﺑﺎﺯﻱ KBackgammon
ﺧﻮﺏ ،ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻓﺪﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺗﺨﺘﻪ ﻧﺮﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ .ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﻓﻬﻤﻴﺪﻳﺪ ،ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺗﺨﺘﻪ ﻧﺮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﻣﻦ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺮﻩ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺴﺘﻢ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻡ! ﺑﺎﺯﻱ KBattleship
ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﭽﮕﻲ ،ﺑﺎ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﮑﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ،ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﺸﺘﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﻨﮕﻲ ،ﻫﻮﺍﭘﻴﻤﺎﺑﺮ ﻭ ﺯﻳﺮﺩﺭﻳﺎﻳﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺷﻤﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﭘﺨﺎﻧﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻫﺪﻑ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻔﺮﻩ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻫﻢ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ. ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ،ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮﻳﻒ ﺧﻮﺩ ﭼﺖ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺩﻗﺖ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﺸﺘﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺷﻤﻦ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﺣﺘﻲ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻫﺪﻑ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﺪ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۲۴-۶ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ.
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ۲۴-۶
ﺑﺎﺯﻱ KBattleship
ﺑﺎﺯﻱ KWin4
ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﮑﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻫﻢ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺣﺘﻤﺎ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﮑﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﺑﭽﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﺳﮑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ .ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺣﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻴﮑﺎﺭ ﻧﻨﺸﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﺑﺎﺯﻱ Klines
ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺗﻮﭖﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ،ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺧﻂ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺗﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﭖﻫﺎ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ .ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻫﺮ ﺗﻮﭖ ،ﺗﻮﭖﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺳﺒﺰ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺳﺪﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺪﻑ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ.
۱۶۶
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺳﺘﻮﺍﻥ Skat
ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻢ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺎ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺪﺗﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻠﻨﺠﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﻭﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﻳﺪ .ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺶ ﮐﻤﮏ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺩﺭﺝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ. ﺑﺎﺯﻱ KMahjongg
ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲ ﺷﺮﻗﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻡ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ KDEﺍﺳﺖ. ﺑﺎﺯﻱ KMines
ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﺏ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ KDEﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ. ﺑﺎﺯﻱ KPoker
ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻢ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺗﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻫﺮ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻫﺎ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﺯﻧﺪﻩ. ﺑﺎﺯﻱ Patience
ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺗﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺑﺎﺯﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﻫﻢ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﻲ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ. ﺑﺎﺯﻱ Shisen-Sho
ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻫﻢ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺁﻥ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﺳﺖ ،ﻳﮏ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲ ﺷﺮﻗﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ،Mahjonggﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﺎﺷﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎ Mahjonggﺩﺭ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﭼﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﮐﺎﺷﻲ ﻫﺎﺳﺖ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻭ ﮐﺎﺷﻲ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ،ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﮐﺎﺷﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺷﻲ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۲۵-۶ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺳﺮﮔﺮﻡ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. ﺑﺎﺯﻱ Ktetris
ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ Tetrisﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﺟﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﮑﻌﺒﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﺑﭽﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺧﻂ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺷﻮﺩ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺟﺮﻫﺎ ﭘﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ،ﺑﺎﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ. ﺑﺎﺯﻱ KsmileTris
ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺁﻥ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﺳﺖ ،ﻳﮏ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﺒﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺗﺘﺮﻳﺲ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﻳﺰ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ ،ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﭼﻬﺮﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﺑﺠﺎﻱ ﺍﺷﮑﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺟﻠﻮﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻗﻀﺎﻭﺕ ﮐﻨﻴﻢ ،ﺟﺎﻟﺒﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺗﺘﺮﻳﺲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ KDEﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ. ﺑﺎﺯﻱ KSnakeRace
ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻥ ﺳﻴﺐﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
ﻓﺼﻞ ﺷﺸﻢ :ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﺧﯽ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﯼ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﯼ
۱۶۷
ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺎ ﻫﺮ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﺎﺭ ﺣﺮﻳﻒ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺭﻗﺎﺑﺘﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻤﺎﺳﺖ ،ﺍﺟﺘﻨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۲۵-۶
ﺑﺎﺯﻱ Shisen-Sho
ﺑﺎﺯﻱ KSokoban
ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﮊﺍﭘﻨﻲ ﺍﻻﺻﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺑﺎﺯﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﮑﺮﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺱﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ .ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺳﺎﻧﻲﻫﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺣﺮﮐﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻔﮑﺮ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﻓﻀﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺣﺮﮐﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۲۶-۶ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. ﺑﺎﺯﻱ KSpaceDuel
ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ،ﺷﻤﺎ ﻭ ﺳﻔﻴﻨﻪ ﻓﻀﺎﻳﻲ ﺣﺮﻳﻒ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻳﮏ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﮔﺮﺩﺵ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ .ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻠﻴﮏ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﮐﺎﺭﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻣﻴﻦ ،ﺳﻔﻴﻨﻪ ﺩﺷﻤﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻗﻮﻩ ﺟﺎﺫﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﻩ، ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﺸﮑﻼﺕ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺷﻮﺍﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ. ﺑﺎﺯﻱ KTron
ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﺎﺭﻱ ﭘﺮ ﻫﻴﺠﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﺎﺭﻱ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺣﺮﻳﻒ ﺗﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻠﻘﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ ﮔﻴﺮ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺑﻮﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ .ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ،ﻣﺤﺎﺻﺮﻩ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﺣﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ. ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻋﮑﺲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ .ﻫﺮ ﮐﺲ ﮐﻪ ۹ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﮐﺴﺐ ﮐﻨﺪ ،ﺑﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ.
۱۶۸
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۲۶-۶
ﺑﺎﺯﻱ KSokoban
ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻳﺪﻳﺪ ،ﺑﺎﺯﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﺤﻴﻂﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ KDEﻭ Gnomeﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺑﺎﺯﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺗﻲ ،ﻓﮑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺟﻨﮕﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺮﮔﺮﻣﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺧﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﺍﻧﻠﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﺮﮔﺮﻡ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ. ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﻱﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺨﺼﺎ ﻋﻼﻗﻪ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﻡ. ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺳﺎﺯ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ Simutrans
ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲ Transport Tycoonﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ۴۸۶ﻫﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﮐﺎﻣﻼ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﮐﻤﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺗﺎﺟﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩﺗﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺮﮐﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻗﻴﺐ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻴﮑﺎﺭ ﻧﻨﺸﺴﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻱ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺧﻮﺩ ،ﺑﺎ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﻗﺎﺑﺖ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﻭﺍﻡﻫﺎﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻧﮏ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﻪ ﻭﺭﺷﮑﺴﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺑﺎﺧﺖ. ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﻌﻲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻣﺎﻳﻪ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ،ﺩﺭﺁﻣﺪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﮑﺘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻤﻞ ﮐﺎﻻﻫﺎﻱ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﻔﺖ ﻭ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﮏ ﺳﻮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ. ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۲۷-۶ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺯﻳﺒﺎ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺳﺮﮔﺮﻡ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﺸﻮﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﺷﺐ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮐﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻭ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ http://www.simutrans.deﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ،ﮐﺎﻣﭙﺎﻳﻞ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺣﺠﻢ
ﻓﺼﻞ ﺷﺸﻢ :ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﺧﯽ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﯼ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﯼ
۱۶۹
ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎ ۱/۱ﻣﮕﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﺸﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ،ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻫﻢ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ.
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۲۷-۶
ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺳﺎﺯ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ
Simutrans
ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﻴﻠﻴﺎﺭﺩ BillardGL
ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺷﺒﻴﻪﺳﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﻴﻠﻴﺎﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﻳﺖ ﺑﺎﻝ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﻴﻠﻴﺎﺭﺩ ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻳﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﮐﻤﮏ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ rpmﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ http://www.billardgl.deﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺳﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺷﺘﺎﺑﺪﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ .ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻭﺭﺗﺎﻥ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ۶۰۰ﮐﻴﻠﻮﺑﺎﻳﺘﻲ ﺍﻳﻨﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮏ ﺯﻳﺒﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﮏ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻔﺮﻩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﭙﺮﺩﺍﺯﻳﺪ .ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﮐﺎﻣﻼ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﻣﺜﻼ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺩﺭ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﺳﻨﻮﮐﺮ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻃﻮﺭ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻋﻼﻗﻪﻣﻨﺪ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ،ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺴﺨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺁﻥ ،ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺮ ﺑﺰﻧﻴﺪ. ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۲۸-۶ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ.
ﺑﺎﺯﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﻩ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﭘﻼﺗﻔﻮﺭﻡ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺭﺯﺵ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ .ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﺯﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ Quake، Myth IIﻭ Civilization: Call to Powerﺭﺍ
۱۷۰
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﻫﺮ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱﻫﺎ ،ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺗﺮﺍﺷﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ nVidia، ATIﻭ Matroxﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ.
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۲۸-۶
ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﻴﻠﻴﺎﺭﺩ BillardGL
ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﺯﻱﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ،ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺴﺨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﺑﺎﺯﻱﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺮﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻧﺴﺨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺁﻧﻬﺎﺳﺖ .ﻧﺴﺨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﺑﺎﺯﻱﻫﺎﻱ Myth IIﻭ Civilization: Call to powerﻧﺴﺨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ. ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻓﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻣﻲﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻳﻢ. ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻡ ،ﺑﺎﺯﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ . ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺒﻼ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺷﺪ ،ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺎﺯﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻳﺖﻫﺎﻱ http://happypenguin.orgﻭ http://linuxgames.comﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﺑﺎﺯﻱ Civilization: Call to Power
ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺗﻤﺪﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻻﻳﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﻧﻴﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﮐﺸﻒ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺷﻬﺮﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻨﺎ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻣﭙﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﻧﺴﺨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﻬﺮﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻀﺎ ﻭ ﺣﺘﻲ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﺷﺮﮐﺖ Activisionﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺷﺮﮐﺖ Lokiﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ. ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺻﺪﺭ ﭘﺮ ﻓﺮﻭﺷﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱﻫﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻭﺵ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﮑﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻫﻢ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ.
ﻓﺼﻞ ﺷﺸﻢ :ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﺧﯽ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﯼ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﯼ
۱۷۱
ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮏ ،ﺍﻧﻴﻤﻴﺸﻦ ﻭ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺯﺑﺎﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ،ﻓﺮﺍﻧﺴﻪ ،ﺁﻟﻤﺎﻧﻲ، ﺍﻳﺘﺎﻟﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺍﺳﭙﺎﻧﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ۴۹ﺩﻻﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺮﻳﺪ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻴﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺨﺖﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﭼﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻤﻨﺪﻱ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ .ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ،ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻣﻮﺩﻡ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ .ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ،ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻳﮏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺎﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻱﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻧﮑﺮﺩﻩﺍﻳﺪ ،ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۲۹-۶ﺻﺤﻨﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ.
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۲۹-۶
ﺑﺎﺯﻱ Civilization: Call to Power
ﺑﺎﺯﻱ Myth II: Soulblighter
ﺍﮔﺮ ﺷﻮﺍﻟﻴﻪﻫﺎ ،ﮐﻮﺗﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻗﻠﻌﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻓﺴﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﻭ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ،ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺩ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺭﺩ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻳﮏ ﻣﺎﻣﻮﺭﻳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ. ﺳﭙﺲ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﮑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﮋﻱ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭ ﻧﺒﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﻧﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺳﺖ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﺑﺎﺯﺍﻥ ﺯﺭﻩ ﭘﻮﺵ ،ﺗﻴﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻫﺎ ،ﮐﻮﺗﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ...ﺑﻪ ﻧﺒﺮﺩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ. ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺷﺮﮐﺖ Bungieﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺷﺮﮐﺖ Lokiﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ. ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ Myth IIﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮏ ﺑﻬﻴﻨﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺳﻨﺎﺭﻳﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻫﻢ ﻳﮏ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﺵ ﭼﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ .ﺩﺭ
۱۷۲
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ،ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻣﻮﺩﻡ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۳۰-۶ﺻﺤﻨﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ .
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۳۰-۶
ﺑﺎﺯﻱ Myth II: Soulblighter
ﺑﺎﺯﻱ Quake III Arena
ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺣﺘﻢ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺳﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﮐﺎﺭﺕﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺷﻨﺎﺳﻴﺪ .ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺳﺮﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﻱﻫﺎﻱ Quakeﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻫﻢ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﺎﺯﻱﻫﺎﻱ Quakeﺩﺭ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﻮﻓﻖ Doomﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺷﺮﮐﺖ id Software ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﻼ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍﻫﺮﻭﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻠﻮ ﺑﺮﻭﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﻳﮏ ﺣﺎﺩﺛﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ .ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ Doomﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺎ ﮐﺸﺘﻦ ﻫﻴﻮﻻﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮ ﮐﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺿﻌﻒ ﻭ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺍ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ،ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ. ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ http://www.quake3arena.comﺩﺍﻧﻠﻮﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﻓﮑﺮ ﻧﻤﻲﮐﻨﻢ ﮐﻪ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺬﮐﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺘﺎﺑﺪﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۳۱-۶ﺻﺤﻨﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻳﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﻱﻫﺎ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺭﺕﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺳﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ.ﺣﺘﻲ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﮐﺎﺭﺕﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ،ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺳﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺭﺍﻩﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﺍﻧﻠﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﻣﺜﻼ ﻳﮑﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﻮﺑﯽ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ ،ﺷﺮﮐﺖ nVidiaﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺗﺮﺍﺷﻪﻫﺎﯼ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﯽ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ http://www.nvidia.comﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ،ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﺴﺨﻪﻫﺎﯼ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻫﺎﯼ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﯽ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﮐﺎﺭﺕﻫﺎﯼ nVidiaﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﯼ rpmﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﺣﺘﯽ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
ﻓﺼﻞ ﺷﺸﻢ :ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﺧﯽ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﯼ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﯼ
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۳۱-۶
۱۷۳
ﺑﺎﺯﻱ Quake III Arena
ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻤﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻮﻓﻘﻴﺖ ﻳﮏ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ،ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻉ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ. ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻳﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ،ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺑﺎﺯﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻳﮕﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ.
۷
ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ
ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮐﻠﻲ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯﻩ ﻣﻬﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺑﮑﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ،ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺏ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ. ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﻋﻤﺪﻩﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﻭﺏ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ،ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﻣﻮﺯﻳﻼ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻭﺏ ،ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮏ ﻭ ﺧﺒﺮﺧﻮﺍﻥ ،ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﭼﺖ ،ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻭﺏ ﻭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ،ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ Konquerorﻭ ﻣﺮﺭﮔﺮ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ Lynxﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﮐﺮﺩ. ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﻭﺏ ،ﭘﺮ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ،ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮏ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮏ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ .ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ Mozilla Mailﻭ Kmailﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﮐﺮﺩ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮑﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﮐﺮﺩ. ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ،ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ gftpﻭ wgetﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ. ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯﻩ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻣﺪﺗﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺻﺮﻑ ﭼﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ .ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﭼﺖ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ،Mozilla Chatﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ICQ ،AIMﻭ ﻣﺴﻨﺠﺮ ﻳﺎﻫﻮ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ .ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ.
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
۱۷۶
ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯﻩ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ .ﻗﺪﻡ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯﺳﺮﻭﻳﺴﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ،ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ: •
ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ
•
ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﻮﺩﻡ
•
ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺑﻲ ﺳﻴﻢ
•
ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ xDSL
•
ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ
ISDN
Ethernet
ﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﮐﺜﺮﻳﺖ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﻮﺩﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ. ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ Internet Configuration Wizardﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺑﻬﺮﻩ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﻳﺎ Network Administration Toolﮐﻪ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍ neatﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ،ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ Internet Configuration Wizardﺭﺍ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ،ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ Gnomeﻳﺎ KDEﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ،ﺭﻭﻱ System Toolsﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ Internet Configuration Wizardﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﮐﻨﺴﻮﻝ ﺧﻂ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ Internet-druidﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺒﻼ ﮐﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﻭ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ. ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ: •
ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ : ISDNﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ،ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻳﮏ ﻣﻮﺩﻡ ﺁﻧﺎﻟﻮﮒ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻃﻲ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ .ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ۶۴ﻭ ۱۲۸ﮐﻴﻠﻮﺑﻴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ.ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ،ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ISDN Connectionﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
•
ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﻮﺩﻡ :ﺑﻪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻗﻮﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﻮﺩﻡ ،ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎﻝ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﺎﻟﻮﮒ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺴﻮﻱ ﺧﻂ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﺍ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎﻝ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ،ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ
Connection Modem
ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻮﺩﻣﺘﺎﻥ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻮﺩﻡﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ،ﻣﻮﺩﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. •
ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ : xDSLﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻧﻮﻋﻲ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﺯ ۳۸۴ﮐﻴﻠﻮﺑﻴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ IDSL ،ADSLﻭ .SDSLﺩﺭ Internet Configuration Wizardﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ xDSLﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺑﮑﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ .ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ DSLﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ IPﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ DHCPﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻳﮏ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ،ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ Ethernet Connectionﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ Configure Network Settingsﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ DHCPﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ DSLﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺷﻤﺎ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ PPPoEﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻳﮏ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ،ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ
xDSL Connection
ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﻔﺘﻢ :ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ
۱۷۷
ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻃﻲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ •
•
ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻴﺪ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﻮﺩﻡ ﮐﺎﺑﻠﻲ :ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﻮﺩﻡ ﮐﺎﺑﻠﻲ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﮐﻮﺍﮐﺴﻴﺎﻝ )ﻣﻮﺍﺯﯼ( ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﮐﺎﺑﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﻳﮏ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺩﻡ ﮐﺎﺑﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ،ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ Ethernet Connectionﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ،Configure Network Settings ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ DHCPﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺑﻲ ﺳﻴﻢ :ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﻲ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻳﺎ WAPﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ) (Peer-to-Peerﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻳﮏ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﻲ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ Wireless Connectionﺍﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ IPﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻳﺎ DHCPﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
•
ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ Internet Configuration Wizardﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۱-۷ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ.
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۱-۷
ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ Internet Configuration Wizard
ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻡ ،ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﻮﺩﻡ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ. ﺧﻮﺏ ،ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ Gnomeﻭ ﻳﺎ ،KDEﺑﺨﺶ System Toolsﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻱ Network Device Control ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﮐﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺩﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ .ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﻮﺩﻡ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻱ pppﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ،ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﮔﻤﻪ
۱۷۸
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
Activateﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،ﻣﻮﺩﻡ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ،ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﻓﻘﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺷﻮﺩ ،ﺩﮔﻤﻪ Activateﻏﻴﺮ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺩﮔﻤﻪ DeActivateﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ،ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺘﻮﻥ ،Statusﮐﻠﻤﻪ InActiveﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻮﻓﻘﻴﺖ ﺁﻣﻴﺰ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ،ﺑﻪ Activeﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۲-۷ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ Network Device Controlﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻬﻤﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺩﺭﮔﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ ،ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻮﺩﻣﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﺮﺩ .ﻫﺮ ﻣﻮﺩﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﻨﺪ ،ﺣﺘﻤﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻫﻢ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ .ﺩﺳﺘﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺩﻡﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ WinModemﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ .ﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﻣﻮﺩﻡﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻣﺸﮑﻞ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ،ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﻣﻮﺩﻡﻫﺎ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺩﻡﻫﺎ ﺑﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ ،ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﻱ ﺳﺨﺖﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺟﺰﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺩﻡﻫﺎ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ CPUﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ ،ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻫﻢ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻦ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻮﺩﻣﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ﺳﺨﺖﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ http://redhat.com/hardwareﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻣﻮﺩﻡﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ WinModemﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ،ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﺗﺎﺳﺮ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ،ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻮﺩﻡﻫﺎ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ .ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻮﺩﻡ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ،ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﺪ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ http://linmodems.orgﺳﺮﻱ ﺑﺰﻧﻴﺪ. ﺑﻲ ﺩﺭﺩﺳﺮﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺩﻡﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ،ﻣﻮﺩﻡﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﺳﺮﻳﺎﻝ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ .ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻮﺩﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ ،ﺑﺎ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ .ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺩﻡﻫﺎﻱ BUSﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺳﺮﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ .ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻮﺩﻡﻫﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﯽﮐﻨﻨﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻭ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﻮﺩﻡﻫﺎﻱ USBﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ http://linux-USB.orgﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ۲-۷ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ Network Device Control
ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻫﺮ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ،ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﻭ ...ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﮔﻤﻪ Configureﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ
ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﻔﺘﻢ :ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ
۱۷۹
ﮐﺎﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ Network Configurationﺑﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﺭﻭﻱ ،Editﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ Network Device Controlﮐﻪ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﻟﭽﺴﺐ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ،ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﻭ ﻗﻮﻳﺘﺮ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺵ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺗﺮ ﻭ ﻗﻮﻳﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ Network Device Controlﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ. ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ Kppp
ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ Dialupﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ Dialup Networkingﺩﺭ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ KDEﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻗﻮﻳﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺗﻠﻔﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻧﻌﻄﺎﻑ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ Network Device Controlﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ Dialupﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ KDEﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺶ Internet ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺁﻥ ،ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﻭﻱ Setupﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۳-۷ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ۳-۷ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺗﻠﻔﻨﯽ Kppp
ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ: •
•
•
•
•
ﻟﺒﻪ : Accountsﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺣﺴﺎﺏﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ Dialupﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺣﺴﺎﺏﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺴﺎﺏﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺒﻼ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ، ﮐﭙﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻳﮏ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﻱ Newﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻻﺯﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﻟﺒﻪ : Deviceﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻟﺒﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺳﺨﺖﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺩﻡ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﻧﺎﻡ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ،ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ،ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ. ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻟﺒﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻮﺩﻡ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻮﻕ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ، ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﻣﻮﺩﻡ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﮐﺎﺭﮐﺮﺩ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ. ﻟﺒﻪ : Graphﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻟﺒﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺭﻧﮕﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ Kpppﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﻟﺒﻪ : Miscﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻔﺮﻗﻪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻋﮑﺲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﻨﻞ ﻳﺎ zeMinimiﺷﺪﻥ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﻨﻞ ،ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ،ﻗﻄﻊ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﺯ ،KDEﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻭ ...ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ Kpppﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
۱۸۰
•
ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﭼﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ. ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ Kpppﺍﻣﮑﺎﻧﺎﺗﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺣﺠﻤﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﺿﻤﻨﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺛﺒﺖ ) (logﺭﺧﺪﺍﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﮐﻠﻲ، ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ Kpppﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ Network Device Controlﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺭﺍﺣﺖ ﺗﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻲ ﺩﺭﺩﺳﺮ ﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ Network Device Controlﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺗﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺒﻼ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ Kpppﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ Dialupﺍﺳﺖ. ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۴-۷ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ Kpppﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ.
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ۴-۷ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ Kppp
ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ • •
ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ : Wvdialﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﺳﺖ ،ﻳﮏ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺗﻤﺎﺳﻬﺎﻱ Dialupﺍﺳﺖ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻳﮏ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﮐﻨﺴﻮﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ifupﻭ : ifdownﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺴﺎﺏﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ Network Device Controlﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﮐﺮﺩﻩﺍﻳﺪ ،ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻳﮏ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ. ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺎﺧﻪ sbinﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ،ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺭﺍ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﻣﺜﻼ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ppp2ﻭ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ: $ ifup ppp2 $ ifdown ppp2
ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﺣﺘﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﻴﺎﺑﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ،ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ،lnﻳﮏ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ: $ ln /sbin/ifup /bin/ifup $ ln /sbin/ifdown /bin/ifdown
ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﻔﺘﻢ :ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ
۱۸۱
ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻭﺏ )(The Web Browsing ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯﻩ ﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺷﺮﮐﺘﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺍﮐﺰ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﻃﺮﻑ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺗﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻣﻨﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺏ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ. ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻫﻪ ۱۹۶۰ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ،ﻭﺏ ﻳﮏ ﺗﮑﻨﻮﻟﻮﮊﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ. ﻭﺏ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺨﺴﺘﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ۱۹۸۵ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﺪ .ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻭﺏ ،ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺩﺷﻮﺍﺭ ﺑﻮﺩ .ﻭﺏ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖﻫﺎﻳﻲ ،ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ: •
ﺁﺩﺭﺳﻬﺎﻱ URLﻭ ﻳﺎ :Uniform Resource Locatorsﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻳﮏ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ.ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺰﺑﺎﻥ ،ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺩﺭﺳﻬﺎ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ.
•
ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻭﺏ HTMLﻳﺎ : Hyper Text Markup Languageﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻭﺏ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ ،ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺗﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ HTMLﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ
ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩHTML .
ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻣﺒﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﺳﺮﺷﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮏ ﻭ ﻗﻠﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ.ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ HTMLﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﮑﻬﺎ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ .ﻟﻴﻨﮑﻬﺎ ﺭﺷﺘﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻭﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻳﮏ ﻟﻴﻨﮏ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ.
ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ HTMLﺭﻭﻱ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ،ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺏ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ .ﻣﻮﺯﻳﻼ ﻭ ،Konquerorﺩﻭ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﻋﻤﺪﻩ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﺮﻭﻧﺪ .ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻭﺏ ،ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ. ﺁﺩﺭﺳﻬﺎﻱ URL
ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻭﺏ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﮐﺲ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﻭﺏ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻳﮏ ﻟﻴﻨﮏ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻭﺏ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻨﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﻳﮏ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ URLﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ : Protocol://host-domain/path
ﭘﺮﻭﺗﮑﻞ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻳﮏ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﭘﺮﻭﺗﮑﻠﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ،ﭘﺮﻭﺗﮑﻞ httpﺍﺳﺖ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺮﻭﺗﮑﻞ ،ﭘﺮﻭﺗﮑﻞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻭﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ،httpﭘﺮﻭﺗﮑﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﻱ ﺁﺩﺭﺳﻬﺎﻱ URLﻗﻴﺪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ.ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺮﻭﺗﮑﻞﻫﺎ ﺑﺠﺎﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻭﺏ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ،ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﻨﺪ .ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ،۱-۷ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﭘﺮﻭﺗﮑﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺩﺭﺳﻬﺎﻱ URLﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. ﻧﺨﺴﺘﻴﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻳﮏ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ ،URLﻧﺎﻡ ﭘﺮﻭﺗﮑﻞ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﻧﻤﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﭘﺮﻭﺗﮑﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ .ﺑﺨﺶ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﻱ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺰﺑﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ ،ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻭﺏ ،ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ wwwﻭ ﻳﺎ homeﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ،ﺑﺨﺶ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻣﻴﺰﺑﺎﻥ.ﻧﺎﻡ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ) (host.domainﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ .redhat.comﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﻲ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺭﮔﺎﻩ )(port ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﮐﺎﻟﻦ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ URLﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ: http://www.redhat.com:80
۱۸۲
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺭﮔﺎﻫﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ etc/servicesﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ .ﻳﮏ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﭘﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﻳﮏ ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ.ﺑﺨﺶ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ URLﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ،ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻭ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﻫﺮ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﭘﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ.
ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ ،URLﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻴﺰﺑﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ http://www.redhat.com/support.htmﻧﺸﺎﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ. ﻧﻮﻉ ﭘﺮﻭﺗﮑﻞ
ﺷﺮﺡ
http
ﭘﺮﻭﺗﮑﻞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ .HTML
file
ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻴﺰﺑﺎﻥ .ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ.
ftp
ﭘﺮﻭﺗﮑﻞ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ .ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺁﺭﺷﻴﻮ ﮐﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ.
gopher
ﭘﺮﻭﺗﮑﻞ .gopherﻳﮏ ﺑﺎﻧﮏ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺗﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺗﺎﺳﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ.
mailto
ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮏ .ﺑﺎ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ،ﻳﮏ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮑﻲ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ.
news
ﻳﮏ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺧﺒﺮﻱ .USENET
nntp
ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺧﺒﺮﻱ ،USENETﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﻭﺗﮑﻞ .nntp
telnet
ﭘﺮﻭﺗﮑﻞ ﺗﻠﻨﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ.
wais
ﭘﺮﻭﺗﮑﻞ .Wide Area Information Serverﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺮﻭﺗﮑﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻧﮏ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺗﻲ waisﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﺳﺎﺯﺩ.
ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ۱-۷
ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﭘﺮﻭﺗﮑﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺩﺭﺳﻬﺎﻱ URL
ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻭﺏ )(Web Pages
ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ HTMLﮐﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻭﺏ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺳﺎﺯﺩ ،ﻧﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ،ﺗﺮﮐﻴﺒﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺗﮕﻬﺎﻱ HTMLﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺩﻳﺪ .ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺪﻫﺎ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻭﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻧﻌﻄﺎﻑ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﭘﻼﺗﻔﻮﺭﻡﻫﺎ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻭﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻠﻲ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻭﺏ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺣﺎ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ WYSIWYGﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ.
ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﻔﺘﻢ :ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ
۱۸۳
ﺗﮓﻫﺎﻱ HTMLﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺮﺍﮐﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﭼﭗ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ .ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻲ ﻳﮏ ﺗﮓ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻳﮏ ﮐﺎﺭﺍﮐﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﻠﺶ ) (/ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻭﺏ ﮐﻮﭼﮏ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ:
><TITLE>Sample Page
ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﮏ HTMLﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻭ ﺧﺘﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺳﺮﺍﻳﻨﺪ ) (Headerﻳﮏ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ HTMLﺑﺎ ﺗﮕﻬﺎﻱ HEADﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻭ ﺧﺘﻢ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﮕﻬﺎﻱ BODYﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ .ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻭﺏ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﮕﻬﺎﻱ TITLEﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ. ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﻗﺼﺪ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻳﻢ ﺗﺎ HTMLﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺵ ﺩﻫﻴﻢ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺧﻂ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ HTMLﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ. ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﻭﺏ Mozilla
ﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﭘﻴﺶ ،ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﻭﺏ Netscapeﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺑﻮﺩ .ﻭﻟﻲ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﺳﺎﻓﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﻭﺏ Internet Explorerﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ،ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ Netscapeﺭﺍ ﮐﻢ ﮐﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺳﻬﻢ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ،ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ. ﺧﻮﺏ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ Mozillaﭼﻪ ﺭﺑﻄﻲ ﺑﻪ Netscapeﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻣﺮﻭﮔﺮ ،Mozilla ﭘﺴﺮ ﻋﻤﻮﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﻣﺘﻦ Netscapeﺍﺳﺖ .ﺍﮔﺮ ﮐﺴﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﻣﻮﺯﻳﻼ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﺪ ،ﺗﺼﻮﺭ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ Netscapeﺍﺳﺖ .ﻓﮑﺮ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻢ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﮎ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺷﺒﺎﻫﺖ ﺁﻧﺪﻭ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ۵-۷ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﻭﺏ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﻣﻮﺯﻳﻼ ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﻭﺏ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ .ﺩﺭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻭ ﮐﺎﻣﻠﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺒﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻭ ﻳﻮﻧﻴﮑﺲ ،ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ،ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ،ﻳﻮﻧﻴﮑﺲ ﻭ Mac OS Xﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﻧﺴﺨﻪﺍﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ۹ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ،ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ۱.۲ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ۱.۵ﺍﺳﺖ .ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺒﻼ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻡ ،ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﻭﺏ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،ﻳﮏ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮏ ،ﺧﺒﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻥ ،ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ ،ﭼﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ HTMLﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﺩﺍﺩ. ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ ﻧﺴﺨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺗﺮ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﺴﺨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ http://www.Mozilla.orgﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ،ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ tar.gzﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ .ﺣﺠﻢ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ۱۴ ﻣﮕﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ،ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻴﺰﮐﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥ Web Browserﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ Runﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻂ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ،ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ Mozillaﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
۱۸۴
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﻣﻮﺯﻳﻼ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ HTMLﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﮐﻠﻲ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺏ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻫﻤﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺒﻼ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ IEﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﺳﺎﻓﺖ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ،ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺷﺪ.
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۵-۷
ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﻭﺏ Mozilla
ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺏ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﻭﺏ ﻣﻮﺯﻳﻼ ،ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ،ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻭﺏ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﺸﮑﻞ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ،ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ. ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻮﺯﻳﻼ
ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﻭﺏ ﻣﻮﺯﻳﻼ ﺭﺍ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ Editﻗﺴﻤﺖ Preferencesﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﮐﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺶ Appearanceﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺶ Navigatorﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﻴﺎﺑﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ،Navigatorﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﮕﻲ ) (Home Pageﻭ ﺩﮔﻤﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻣﺮﻭﮔﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ .ﺑﺨﺶ Historyﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺳﻮﺍﺑﻖ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻳﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺶ Languagesﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ) (faﺭﺍ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﮐﺎﺭﺍﮐﺘﺮ ﭘﻴﺶﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻭﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۶-۷ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﻣﻮﺯﻳﻼ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ.
ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﻔﺘﻢ :ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ
۱۸۵
ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺶ Helper Applicationsﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﻤﮑﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ. ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺶ Smart Browsingﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ wwwﻭ comﺑﻪ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻳﮏ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﻭ ...ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ .ﺑﺨﺶ Search rnetInteﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺁﻥ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﺳﺖ ،ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ. ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺎﻟﺒﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺯﻳﻼ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ،ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩﻫﺎ ﻫﺮ ﮐﺪﺍﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﻟﺒﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ .ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ Tabbed Browsing ﻣﻲﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ. ﺑﺨﺶ Downloadsﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻠﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻠﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻳﮏ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻳﮏ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺭﻭﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﮐﻠﻲ ،ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﻣﻮﺯﻳﻼ ﻳﮏ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﻭﺏ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﻭﺏ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺍﮐﺴﭙﻠﻮﺭﺭ ﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﺮﺩﻳﺪ .ﺳﺎﻳﺖ PC Worldﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﻣﻮﺯﻳﻼ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﺳﺎﻝ ۲۰۰۳ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ. ﻳﮑﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ،ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻠﻮﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﻲ ) (Themeﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺟﻠﻮﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩﺍﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﻭﮔﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﮐﻨﺪﻱ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺷﮑﺎﻝ ،ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻣﻮﺯﻳﻼ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ Firebirdﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺷﮑﻞ ﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺴﺐ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﻠﻮﺩ ﻧﺴﺨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﻮﺯﻳﻼ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۶-۷
ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﻣﻮﺯﻳﻼ
۱۸۶
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﻗﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ،ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ۱۴ﻣﮕﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ Pluginﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﻣﺜﻼ ﻣﻮﺯﻳﻼ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ،ﻓﺎﻗﺪ Pluginﺟﺎﻭﺍ ﻭ ﻓﻠﺶ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺟﺎﻭﺍ ﻭ ﻓﻠﺶ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺩ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺗﺎ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻮﺯﻳﻼPlugin ،ﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ Pluginﻫﺎ ﻧﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻮﺯﻳﻼ ،ﺑﻠﮑﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺷﺮﮐﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺟﺎﻭﺍ ﻭ ﻓﻠﺶ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺎﮐﺮﻭﻣﺪﻳﺎ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ. Pluginﺟﺎﻭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻣﺠﺎﺯﻱ ﺟﺎﻭﺍﺳﺖ ،ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ۱۳ﻣﮕﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﻭ Pluginﻓﻠﺶ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ۷۰۰ ﮐﻴﻠﻮﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﭼﻪ Pluginﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ،ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ Helpﺑﺨﺶ About Pluginsﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﻭﺏ Konqueror
ﻗﺒﻼ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ Konquerorﻭ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺒﻼ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻩﺍﻡ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ،ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ KDEﺍﺳﺖ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۷-۷ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﻭﺏ ﺧﻮﺏ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ .ﺿﻤﻨﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺳﺎﻳﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ،ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮑﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ. ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﻣﻮﺯﻳﻼ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺏ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻭﺏ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﺑﺎ Internet Explorerﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﯼ ﻣﯽﮐﻨﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﻭﺏ ،Konquerorﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ Settingsﺭﻭﻱ Configure Konquerorﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۷-۷
ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﻭﺏ Konqueror
ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﻭﺏ Opera
ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﺧﻴﺮ ﺳﺮ ﻭ ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪﻭﺩﻱ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ
ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﻔﺘﻢ :ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ
۱۸۷
ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺩﻫﺪ .ﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ. ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﭘﻴﺶﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ http://www.opera.comﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ rpmﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۸-۷ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. The Fastest Browser On The Earth
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۸-۷
ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ Opera 7.11
ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺘﺎﺑﺨﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ۵ﻣﮕﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﻭ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺘﺎﺑﺨﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ۳,۵ﻣﮕﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ۷,۱۱ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ. ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﮔﻔﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻭﺏ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺿﻤﻨﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺩﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮑﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻫﺴﺖ .ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻻﻳﻠﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﻨﺪ ،ﻏﻴﺮ ﺭﺍﻳﮕﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﻭﻟﻲ ﺗﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺧﺮﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ،ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﺑﻨﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻐﺎﺗﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ۳۹ﺩﻻﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺿﻌﻒﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻧﯽ ﻭ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ،ﻋﺪﻡ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﺯ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺑﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﮐﻠﻲ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﺳﺎﻳﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺑﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﺪ .ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺍ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﻴﺼﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﻃﺮﻑ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ.
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
۱۸۸
ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﻭﺏ Lynx
ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ۷-۶ﺳﺎﻝ ﭘﻴﺶ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺷﺪ ،ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ Lynx .ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺨﺴﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻂﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺒﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ ﻳﻮﻧﻴﮑﺲ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﺧﺒﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮏ ﻭ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ Lynx .ﮐﺎﻣﻼ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ! ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺁﻥ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ Lynxﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺣﺲ ﻭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﻟﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ Lynxﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ : •
ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ? :ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﮏ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻴﺪ ،ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ Help ،ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺑﺠﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ،ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ Hﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
•
ﮐﻠﻴﺪ : Spaceﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻳﮏ ﺳﻨﺪ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
•
ﮐﻠﻴﺪ : Left Arrowﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﻳﺪ.
•
ﮐﻠﻴﺪ : Right Arrowﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ،ﻳﮏ ﻟﻴﻨﮏ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺑﺠﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ Enterﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
•
ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ : Up-Down Arrowﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻟﻴﻨﮏﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
•
ﮐﻠﻴﺪ : Gﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ Lynx ،ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ.
•
ﮐﻠﻴﺪ : Qﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ.
•
ﮐﻠﻴﺪ : Oﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ Lynxﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
ﺣﺘﻤﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ Lynxﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﻭ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻭﺏ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﻫﺪ! ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﻳﮏ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻻﻳﻠﻲ X Windowﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﺍﺷﮑﺎﻝ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺴﺘﻴﺪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻄﻠﺒﻲ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﻧﻠﻮﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮏ )(E-Mail ﭘﺴﺖ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮏ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺒﮑﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﻱ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ۲۰ﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺏ ﻗﺪﻣﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﺩﺭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮏ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺑﮑﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﺪ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ. ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯﻩ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥﻫﺎ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺗﺎﺳﺮ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮏ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ .ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺁﺩﺭﺳﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮏ ،ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﺒﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺣﻮﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺘﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ. ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ،ﻧﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻳﮏ ﮐﺎﺭﺍﮐﺘﺮ @ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ :
[email protected]
ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮏ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ:
ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﻔﺘﻢ :ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ •
۱۸۹
ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ Web Basedﻳﺎ ﻣﺒﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ ﻭﺏ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ،ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ،ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻳﮏ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺘﻲ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ،ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ،ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮏ ﺭﺍﻳﮕﺎﻥ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ Lycos ،Yahoo ،Hotmailﻭ ...ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ .ﺍﺷﮑﺎﻝ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ،ﺑﺎﻻ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻭ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮑﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ.
•
ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺒﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ POPﻭ :IMAPﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻫﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ ﺭﺍﻳﮕﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ ،ﺷﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮑﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ، ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺭﺍﺣﺘﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺭﺍﻳﮕﺎﻥ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮏ ،ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺭﺍﻳﮕﺎﻥ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ.
ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﻳﻲ ،ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﻳﺎ Plain textﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ .ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺣﺘﻲ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯﻩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮑﻲ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ. ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯﻩ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮑﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ،ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺯﻳﺒﺎﺗﺮ ﻭ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻣﺪ ﺗﺮﻱ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ: •
•
ﺿﻤﺎﺋﻢ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮑﻲ ) : (Attachementsﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮑﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺿﻤﻴﻤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﮕﻨﺠﺎﻧﻴﺪ ،ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﮐﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ،ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﮊﻩ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ .ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮑﻲ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺿﻤﺎﺋﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ. : HTMLﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻗﻼﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻭﺏ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻟﻴﻨﮏﻫﺎ ،ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ،ﻗﻠﻢﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻥ ﻭ ﺭﻧﮕﻲ ﻭ ...ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮑﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮑﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ HTMLﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻔﺮﺳﺘﻴﺪ ،ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮐﺪﻫﺎﻱ HTMLﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ .ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺳﻌﻲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻟﻴﺴﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺴﺘﻲ ،ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ HTMLﺍﺟﺘﻨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺩﺭ ﻗﺪﻡ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ،ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮏ ﺧﻮﺩ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮏ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮏ ،ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮏ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻳﺪ ،ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮑﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﻳﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺑﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮏ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺷﺪ. ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮏ Mozilla Mail
ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻡ ،ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﻭﺏ ﻣﻮﺯﻳﻼ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮏ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﻭ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ،ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥMail and Newsgroups ﮐﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻣﻮﺯﻳﻼ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ Windowﺑﺨﺶ Mail
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
۱۹۰
and Newsgroupsﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺎﺑﺤﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮑﻲ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﮑﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ،ﻭﻳﺰﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ) (New Accountﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ.ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﻳﺰﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻧﮑﺮﺩ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ Fileﺑﺨﺶ Newﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ Accountﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﻮﺩ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ: • • • • • •
ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ،ﻧﻮﻉ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ،ﻳﻌﻨﻲ Email Accountﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺩﻭﻡ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮏ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۷-۹ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. ﺩﺭﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺳﻮﻡ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮏ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ POPﻳﺎ IMAP ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮏ ﺗﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ) .ﺑﺨﺶ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ @( ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻳﮏ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﻣﺜﻼ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻧﺎﻡ my accountﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺷﺸﻢ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻲ ،ﮐﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻭﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ،ﺭﻭﻱ Finishﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻱ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ،ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﻭﻱ Backﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺮﻭﻳﺪ.
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ۹-۷
ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻭﻳﺰﺍﺭﺩ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ Mozilla Mail
ﺧﻮﺏ ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮏ ﻣﻮﺯﻳﻼ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۱۰-۷ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ Mailﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ.
Mozilla
ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺘﻲ )(Incoming Mail
ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ ،ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ،ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ .ﺭﺍﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ،ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﻴﺪ:
ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﻔﺘﻢ :ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۱۰-۷ •
۱۹۱
ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮏ Mozilla Mail
ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮑﻲ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﭘﺴﺘﻲ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮑﺘﺎﻥ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ Fileﺑﺨﺶ Get New Messagesﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ
•
•
•
ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﮔﻤﻪ Get Msgsﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻮﺷﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭼﭗ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ. ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ Mozilla Mailﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮏ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﻫﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺴﺎﺏﻫﺎ، ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﭘﻮﺷﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩﺷﺎﻥ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ،ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ،ﺩﺭ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ inboxﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮑﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﭘﻮﺷﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﺗﺎﻥ ،ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ New Folderﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﻪﻫﺎ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ )ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ،(Unsent Messagesﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﻩ )ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ،(Drafts ﺍﻟﮕﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﭘﻴﺎﻡﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ )ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ،(Templatesﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ )ﭘﻮﺷﻪ (Sentﻭ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺎﮎ ﺷﺪﻩ )ﭘﻮﺷﻪ (Trashﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ. ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﭘﻴﺶﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ،ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻣﺮﺗﺐ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺮﺗﺐ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﻨﺪﻩ ،ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻭ ...ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﮔﻤﻪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻣﺘﻦ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﮐﻮﭼﮑﻲ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻥ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ ،ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ )(Composing and Sending Email
ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻳﮏ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮑﻲ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ،ﻳﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ،ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮑﻲ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻳﮏ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮑﻲ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﻴﺪ:
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
۱۹۲ •
ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻳﮏ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮑﻲ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ،ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ Fileﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ Newﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ Messageﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﮔﻤﻪ Composeﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ،ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
•
•
ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ Ctrl+Mﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﮔﻮﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ،ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ،ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ،Messageﺑﺨﺶ Replyﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﺍﺯ Reply To Allﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﮔﻤﻪﻫﺎﻱ Replyﻭ Reply Allﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺒﺮ Ctrl+Rﻭ Ctrl+Shift+Rﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻳﮏ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺿﻤﺎﺋﻢ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺗﺶ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺛﺎﻟﺚ ،ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ،Messageﺑﺨﺶ Forwardﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ،ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺿﻤﻴﻤﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ،ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ Messageﺑﺨﺶ Forward Asﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ Inlineﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ Forwardﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﮔﻤﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺿﻤﻨﺎ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺒﺮ Ctrl+Lﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ.
ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ،ﭼﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﻱ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺛﺎﻟﺜﻲ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ Composeﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۱۱-۷ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ: •
•
•
ﺁﺩﺭﺳﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮏ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ،Options ﻗﺴﻤﺖ Addresses Selectﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺍﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺁﺩﺭﺱﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻱ ،To , CCﻭﻳﺎ BCCﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ،ﺭﻭﻱ Newﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺁﺩﺭﺳﻬﺎﻱ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺁﻭﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺘﻲ ،ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ، Look inﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ Collected Addressesﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﺿﻤﺎﺋﻤﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺿﻤﺎﺋﻢ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ،ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ،ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ،Fileﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ File Attachﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺳﭙﺲ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ،ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺿﻤﻴﻤﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ Attach Web Page ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ،Fileﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻳﮏ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ URLﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺿﻤﻴﻤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺿﻤﻴﻤﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﮐﺲ Attachementsﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ Composeﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ،ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ،Optionsﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ Formatﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﻣﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ: o o
o o
: Auto-Detectﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ،ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ. : Plain Text Onlyﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ،ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻴﭻ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﮓ HTMLﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﮑﺎﺭ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺭﻓﺖ. ) :HTML (Only Rich Textﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ،ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ HTMLﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ. ) : HTML (Plain and Rich textﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ،ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﮐﻴﺐ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﮐﺪﻫﺎﻱ HTMLﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ.
ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ HTMLﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ Viewﺑﺨﺶ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ،Formatting Toolbarﻣﻨﻮﻱ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻥ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻟﻴﻨﮏﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ،ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻭ ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻟﻲ ﺩﺭﺝ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺣﺘﻲ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﺝ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﮏﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻉ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ. Hide/Show
ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﻔﺘﻢ :ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ
۱۹۳
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ۱۱-۷
ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ
Composeﺩﺭ Mozilla Mail
ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ،ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﮔﻤﻪ Sendﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺷﻮﺩ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ Fileﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ Send Laterﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺒﺮ Ctrl+Enter+Shiftﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ Dialupﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻳﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ،ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ،ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ. ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﻳﮏ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﺠﺒﻮﺭ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻌﺪﺍ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﮔﻤﻪ Saveﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ Fileﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ Saveﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺒﺮ Ctrl+Sﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ.
ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ،ﺑﺎ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﮔﻤﻪ Get Msgsﺩﺭ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ، ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮏ Kmail
ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮏ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ KDEﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ. ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ،ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ،ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺵ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﻟﺬﺕ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﺩ. •
•
ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ،Kmailﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮏ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ،ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ Settingsﺭﻭﻱ Configure Kmailﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺍﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ، ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ Kmailﺭﺍ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۱۲-۷ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. ﺑﺨﺶ : Identityﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ Kmailﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ،ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ،ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﮔﻤﻪ Newﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ، ﺳﻪ ﻟﺒﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﺩﺭ ﻟﺒﻪ Generalﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩﮔﻲ ،ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮏ ﺧﻮﺩﺗﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﻟﺒﻪ Advancedﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ Reply-Toﻭ ﺿﻤﻨﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻟﻲ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﻟﺒﻪ Signatureﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻣﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﺍﻣﻀﺎ ،ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﯼ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻟﻲ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻕ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
۱۹۴
•
ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ Enable Signatureﺭﺍ ﺗﻴﮏ ﺑﺰﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻣﻀﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﺑﺨﺶ : Networkﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮏ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﺩﻭ ﻟﺒﻪ Sendingﻭ Receivingﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ،ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ،Sendingﺭﻭﻱ Addﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﻧﻮﻉ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ SMTPﺍﺳﺖ ،ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺍﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ،ﺩﺭ ﻟﺒﻪ ،Generalﻧﺎﻡ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ،ﻗﺴﻤﺖ erver requires authenticationSﺭﺍ ﺗﻴﮏ ﺑﺰﻧﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﻟﺒﻪ Securityﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺭﻣﺰﻧﮕﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺗﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻩ ،ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﺭﻭﻱ Check What Server Supportsﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ .ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﻱ
OK
ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ .ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺩﻭﻡ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻳﺎ Receivingﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻟﺒﻪ ،Receivingﺭﻭﻱ Addﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺍﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ،ﻧﺎﻡ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻟﺒﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﭘﺎﮎ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻴﺮ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ Kmailﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺰﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺧﺎﺹ ،ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﮐﻨﺪ .ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻳﮏ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﺩﺭ ﻟﺒﻪ Extrasﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻧﮕﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺗﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﮔﻤﻪ
Check What Server
Supportsﺍﺳﺖ .ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ،ﺭﻭﻱ OKﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ. •
ﺑﺨﺶ : Appearanceﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﻣﺜﻼ ﻓﻠﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺭﻧﮕﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﻠﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ .ﺩﺭ ﻟﺒﻪ Profileﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ HTMLﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻴﺮ.
•
ﺑﺨﺶ : Composerﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﻟﺒﻪ Generalﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺗﻲ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺩﺭﺝ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﻀﺎ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻭ ﻋﻼﻣﺘﮕﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ Replyﻭ Forwardﻭ ...ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﻟﺒﻪ Phrasesﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺍﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﮔﻮﻳﻲ ﻳﺎ Forwardﺷﺪﻥ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺩﺭﺝ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ،ﺫﮐﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﺩﺭ ﻟﺒﻪ Subjectﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺍﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﮔﻮﻳﻲ ﻭ
Forward
ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﮏ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺩﺭﺝ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ،ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﻟﺒﻪ ،Charsetﮐﺎﺭﺍﮐﺘﺮﺳﺖﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ،ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ .ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﮐﺎﺭﺍﮐﺘﺮﺳﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﻟﺒﻪ ،Headersﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻓﻴﻠﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻔﺎﺭﺷﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﺍﻳﻨﺪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮑﻲ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. •
ﺑﺨﺶ : Securityﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻣﻨﻴﺘﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮑﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﻟﺒﻪ Generalﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ HTMLﻭ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﮔﻮﻳﻲ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ،ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻪ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﺍﻣﻨﻴﺖ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ .ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺩﻭﻡ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ HTMLﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺍﻗﻼﻡ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻧﻔﻮﺫﮔﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﻟﺒﻪ ،OpenPGPﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﺭﻣﺰﻧﮕﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮑﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﮑﻨﻮﻟﻮﮊﻱ
PGP
ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ PGPﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ. •
ﺑﺨﺶ : Miscellaneousﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺳﺘﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻔﺮﻗﻪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ
ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﻔﺘﻢ :ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ
۱۹۵
ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﭘﻮﺷﻪﻫﺎ ،ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﭘﻮﺷﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮑﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ،ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﭘﻮﺷﻪﻫﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ،ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ Trashﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﻭ ...ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ.
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۱۲-۷
ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ Kmail
ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺘﻲ )(Incoming Mail
ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮏ ﺗﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ inboxﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ. ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ Mozilla Mailﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻳﮏ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺳﻂ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮏﺗﺎﻥ ،ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﺨﺶ Check Mailﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺒﺮ Ctrl+Lﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ Kmailﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻳﮏ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺧﺎﺹ ،ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ،Fileﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ Check Mail Inﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺿﻤﻨﺎ ﺩﮔﻤﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻣﺎﻭﺱ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ،ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ،۱۳-۷ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ Kmailﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ،Mozilla Mailﭘﻴﺶ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﮐﻮﭼﮑﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺧﻼﻑ Mozilla Mailﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ،ﭘﻮﺷﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ،ﺩﺭ ،Kmail ﺣﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﻌﺪﺩ ﺣﺴﺎﺏﻫﺎ ،ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺳﺮﻱ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ .ﺩﺭ Kmailﻫﻢ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﭘﻴﺶﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ، ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﺮﺗﺐ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ، ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ،ﺑﻪ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ،ﻓﺮﺳﺘﻨﺪﻩ ،ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻭ ...ﻣﺮﺗﺐ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﻧﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻴﺪ ،ﺩﺭ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ Outboxﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ،ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ .ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ Kmailﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ
۱۹۶
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻳﺎ ،Sent mailﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺎﮎ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻳﺎ Trashﻭ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﻳﺎ .Draftsﺿﻤﻨﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻴﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﭘﻮﺷﻪﻫﺎ ،ﭘﻮﺷﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺩﺗﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ،Kmail ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ mboxﻭ maildirﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ.
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۱۳-۷
ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ Kmail
ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻳﮏ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﭘﺎﮎ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ Empty Folderﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ )(Composing and Sending Email
ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻳﮏ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮑﻲ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ،Messageﺑﺨﺶ New Messageﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺒﺮ Ctrl+Nﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﮔﻮﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ،ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ، ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥ Replyﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ Messageﺑﺨﺶ Replyﻭ ﺩﮔﻤﻪ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺒﺮ Rﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﮔﻤﻪ Reply Allﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ Messageﺑﺨﺶ Reply Allﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺒﺮ Aﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ. ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﮔﻮﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ،ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺩﺭﺝ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ ،ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ،Messageﺑﺨﺶ Reply Without Quoteﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ Alt+Rﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻳﮏ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺿﻤﺎﺋﻢ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺛﺎﻟﺚ ،ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﮔﻤﻪ Forwardﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺿﻤﻨﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ Messageﺑﺨﺶ Forwardﺭﺍ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺩﮔﻤﻪ Fﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ Forwardﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻳﮏ ﺿﻤﻴﻤﻪ ،ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ Shift+Fﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ
ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﻔﺘﻢ :ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ
۱۹۷
،Messageﺑﺨﺶ Forward As Attachementﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۱۴-۷ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﮔﻮﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ: •
•
•
ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﮐﺴﻬﺎﻱ Toﻭ CCﺁﺩﺭﺱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ ،ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﮔﻤﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺮ ﺑﺎﮐﺲ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺁﺩﺭﺳﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺁﺩﺭﺳﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺁﻭﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ،ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ،ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ Show Recent Addressesﺭﺍ ﺗﻴﮏ ﺑﺰﻧﻴﺪ.ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻱ OKﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﮐﺲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺩﺭﺝ ﺷﻮﺩ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﺩﺭﺳﻬﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ،Kmailﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ Fileﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ Address Book ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥ Address Bookﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥ ،New Contactﺁﺩﺭﺳﻬﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺿﻤﻴﻤﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ،ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ Attachﺑﺨﺶ Attach Fileﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﮔﻤﻪ Attach Fileﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻩ ،ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺿﻤﻴﻤﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ،ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ.
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ۱۴-۷ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ Kmail
ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ،ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﮔﻤﻪ Send Nowﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺷﻮﺩ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ Messageﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ Queueﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺒﺮ Ctrl+Enterﻭ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ Messageﺑﺨﺶ Queueﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ Mozilla Mailﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻡ ،ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ Dial Upﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻳﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ،ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ،ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ. ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﮔﻔﺘﻢ ،ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﭘﺴﺘﻲ ﺗﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ،ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ Fileﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ Check Mailﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﻭﺱ ﺭﺍ
۱۹۸
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﮔﻤﻪ Check Mail Inﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﮔﻤﻪﻫﺎﻱ Ctrl+Lﻫﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ Check Mail Inﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮏ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺴﺎﺏﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ. ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﻳﮏ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﺠﺒﻮﺭ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻌﺪﺍ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ،Messageﺑﺨﺶ Save in Drafts Folderﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ Ximian Evolution
ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻓﺮﺍﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮑﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻭ ﮐﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﻢ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ Microsoft Outlookﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ،ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ .ﻣﺴﺌﻠﻪ ﺍﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ،ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ Evolutionﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺑﺨﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ GTKﻧﺴﺨﻪ ۱ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ ،ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﻪ GTKﻧﺴﺨﻪ ۲ﻭ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ ،ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ .ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺨﺴﺘﻴﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻭﻳﺰﺍﺭﺩ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ: •
ﺩﺭ ﻗﺪﻡ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ،ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺧﻮﺵ ﺁﻣﺪﮔﻮﻳﻲ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﻭﻱ Nextﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ.
•
ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺩﻭﻡ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮑﻲﺗﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﻲ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻣﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺭﻭﻱ Nextﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ.
•
ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺳﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮏ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺁﻥ ،ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﺣﺮﺍﺯ ﻫﻮﻳﺖ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺷﮏ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ،ﺭﻭﻱ Check for Supported Typesﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۱۵-۷ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ.
•
ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﭘﺴﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ،ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﭘﺎﮎ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻴﺮ .ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺭﻭﻱ Nextﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ.
•
ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻟﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ..ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻴﺮ ،ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﻱ Nextﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
•
ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺷﺸﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ،ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻴﺮ .ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺭﻭﻱ Nextﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
•
ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻫﻔﺘﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ،ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ،ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺭﻭﻱ Nextﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﻔﺘﻢ :ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ •
۱۹۹
ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻫﺸﺘﻢ Evolutionﺳﻌﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺗﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ .ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺧﻮﺩ ،ﺭﻭﻱ Nextﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
•
ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻧﻬﻢ ،ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ Evolutionﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ ﻭ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﻭﻱ Finishﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ، ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ Evolutionﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺎ ﭼﻪ ﺣﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ Microsoft Outlookﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۱۶-۷ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ.
ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ Evolution
ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ،ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ،ﺭﻭﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﮏ Inboxﻳﺎ ﻟﻴﻨﮏ Summaryﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ،ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺭﻭﻱ Send and Receiveﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ Actionﺑﺨﺶ Send and Receiveﻳﺎ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺒﺮ F9ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ Inboxﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﻫﺮ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ،ﺑﺎ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩﺍﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ.
Mail
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۷-۱۵
ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺳﻮﻡ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ Evolution
ﭘﻮﺷﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ Evolutionﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﭘﻴﺶﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ Viewﻗﺴﻤﺖ Folder Barﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﭘﻮﺷﻪﻫﺎ ،ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮑﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﮐﺮﺩﻳﻢ ،ﭘﻮﺷﻪﻫﺎﻱ ،Outbox ،Inbox Trash ،Draftsﻭ Sentﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ Evolutionﻳﮏ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻫﺴﺖ ،ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ،ﭘﻮﺷﻪﻫﺎﻱ Contacts ،arCalendﻭ Tasksﻫﻢ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﭘﻮﺷﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ،ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ Create New Folderﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺩﺭ Evolution
ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ،ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻮﺷﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮑﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﻱ
۲۰۰
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
ﺩﮔﻤﻪ New Messageﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ Fileﺑﺨﺶ Newﻗﺴﻤﺖ Mail Messageﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﮐﻠﻴﺪ Ctrl+Nﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﮔﻮﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ،ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ، ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥ Replyﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ Actionsﺑﺨﺶ Reply To Senderﻭ ﺩﮔﻤﻪ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺒﺮ Ctrl+Rﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﮔﻤﻪ Reply To All ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ Actionsﺑﺨﺶ Reply to Allﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺒﺮ Shift+Ctrl+Rﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ.
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۱۶-۷
ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ Evolution
ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻳﮏ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺿﻤﺎﺋﻢ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺛﺎﻟﺚ ،ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﮔﻤﻪ Forwardﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺿﻤﻨﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ Actionsﺑﺨﺶ Forward Messageﺭﺍ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺩﮔﻤﻪ Ctrl+Fﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ Forwardﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻳﮏ ﺿﻤﻴﻤﻪ ،ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ Ctrl+Jﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ،Actionﺑﺨﺶ Forward Asﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺍﺯ Forward Attachedﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۱۷-۷ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ Evolutionﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ: •
ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﮐﺲﻫﺎﻱ Toﻭ CCﺁﺩﺭﺱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪﻩ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ ،ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﮔﻤﻪ Toﻭ CCﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺮ ﺑﺎﮐﺲ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺁﺩﺭﺳﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ.
•
ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﺩﺭﺱﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ،Evolutionﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﻱ Contactsﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺧﺎﮐﺴﺘﺮﻱ ﺭﻧﮓ ﮐﻨﺎﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ،ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥ ،Contactﺁﺩﺭﺱﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
New
ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﻔﺘﻢ :ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ
•
۲۰۱
ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺿﻤﻴﻤﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ،ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ Insertﺑﺨﺶ Attachementﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﮔﻤﻪ Attachﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻩ ،ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺿﻤﻴﻤﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ،ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ.
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ۱۷-۷ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ Evolution
ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ،ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﮔﻤﻪ Sendﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺷﻮﺩ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺒﺮ Ctrl+Enterﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ Fileﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ Send Laterﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻭ Mozilla Mailﻭ Kmailﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻡ ،ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ Dial Upﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻳﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ،ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ،ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ. ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﻳﮏ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﺠﺒﻮﺭ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻌﺪﺍ ﺑﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ،Fileﺑﺨﺶ Save Draftﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﮔﻔﺘﻢ ،ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﭘﺴﺘﻲ ﺗﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ،ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ Actionsﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ Send and Receiveﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﻭﺱ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﮔﻤﻪ Send and Receiveﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯﻩ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ،ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ .ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﻧﻠﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ،ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﭘﺮﻭﺗﮑﻞ FTPﻭ HTTPﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ. ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺏ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮﺩﻭﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺮﻭﺗﮑﻞﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﻧﻠﻮﺩ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺍ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ .ﻣﺴﺌﻠﻪﺍﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﮔﺮﻳﺒﺎﻧﮕﻴﺮ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﺑﺪﻱ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺷﺪﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺎﭘﻲ
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
۲۰۲
ﺣﺘﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻣﻮﺩﻡﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭ ﮐﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺩﺍﻧﻠﻮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﻭ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﻧﻠﻮﺩ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺘﻲ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺣﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ،ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ .ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ FTPﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺍﻧﻠﻮﺩ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﮐﻤﮏ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ،ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ FTPﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺧﻂ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ftp
ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺧﻂ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ftpﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊﻫﺎﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻭ ﻳﻮﻧﻴﮑﺲ ،ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ. ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ،ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻳﮏ ﻧﺸﺴﺖ ،FTPﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻂ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ،ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ftpﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ftpﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻣﻄﻠﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ : $ ftp Memphis Connected to memphis.truedata. )220 ready, dude (vsFTPd 1.0.1: beat me, break me Name (memphis:alan): anonymous 331 Please specify the password. ******** Password: 230 Login successful. Have fun. Remote system type is LINUX. Using binary mode to transfer files. >ftp
ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ftpﻭ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ،ﻧﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ. ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺳﺎﻳﺖﻫﺎﻱ ftpﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ anonymousﻭ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ. ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ،ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ftpﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ftp
ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻭ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ftpﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ، ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ftpﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺧﻮﺩﺗﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ: •
ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ : pwdﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ،ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ.
•
ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ : lsﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺭﻭﺵ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ lsﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
•
ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ : dirﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ lsﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ.
•
ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ : cdﺑﺎ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ،ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺷﺪ.
•
ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ : cdupﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ،ﻳﮏ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺷﺪ.
•
ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ : lcdﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﭼﺎﭖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻘﺼﺪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺗﻲ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ:
ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﻔﺘﻢ :ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ •
ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ : mkdirﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ،ﻳﮏ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ.
•
ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ : renameﻧﺎﻡ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ،ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ.
•
ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ : rmdirﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺎﮎ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ.
•
ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ : deleteﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺎﮎ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ.
•
ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ : mdeleteﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﺎﮎ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
۲۰۳
ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻴﻦ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﻳﺎ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ،ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺷﺪﻥ ،ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻴﻦ ﮐﭙﻲ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ftp
ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻧﻘﺎﻝ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﺩﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ : •
: binaryﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﻨﺮﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻭ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﺩ.
•
: Asciiﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ.
•
ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ،ftpﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ،ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ binaryﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ .ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﻨﺮﻱ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺒﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ ﻳﻮﻧﻴﮑﺲ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ) ،ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ( ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﻨﺮﻱ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺩﺍﺩ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﻨﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ asciiﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ، ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺧﺮﺍﺏ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ.
•
ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﮐﭙﻲ ﺩﺭ ،ftpﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ getﻭ putﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ mgetﻭ mputﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺣﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ
•
ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ: ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ : getﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﮐﭙﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻣﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻗﻴﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﮐﭙﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺴﻴﺮﻱ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﮐﭙﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﻘﺼﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ: ftp> get docs ftp> get /tmp/docs /home/alan/my_docs ftp> get /tmp/docs
ﺩﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ ،ﻓﺎﻳﻞ docsﺍﺯ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﻭﻱ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﮐﭙﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ docsﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ tmpﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ my_docsﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ
home/alan
ﮐﭙﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ.ﺩﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺳﻮﻡ ،ﻓﺎﻳﻞ docsﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ tmpﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﻭﻱ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﮐﭙﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ. •
ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ : putﮐﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺑﺮﻋﮑﺲ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ getﺍﺳﺖ .ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﮐﭙﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ.ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﻼ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ
•
getﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ. ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ : mgetﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
۲۰۴
ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺭﺍﮐﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺳﺘﺎﺭﻩ ﻭ ...ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﮐﭙﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻴﺮ. •
ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ : mputﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻫﻢ ،ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ftpﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ. ﺳﺎﻳﺖﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩﻫﺎﻱ ftpﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻧﺪ ،ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ .ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﻳﺖﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ putﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻴﻦ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﺯ ftp
ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ftpﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ، ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﻲ ،ﺍﺯ ﻧﺸﺴﺖ ftpﺧﻮﺩ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻴﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ: •
• •
ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ! :ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ftpﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻂ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺸﺴﺖ ftpﺧﻮﺩ ،ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ exitﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﻣﺜﻼ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ! ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ،pwd ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﭼﺎﭖ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ! ﺩﺭ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ls -lﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﮐﭙﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻴﺮ. ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ : closeﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ftpﺭﺍ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ. ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ : byeﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ftpﺭﺍ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ ،ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ftpﻧﻴﺰ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ.
ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ gftp
ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺑﺠﺎﻱ ﺳﺮ ﻭ ﮐﻠﻪ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ،ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ،ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ gftpﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﻬﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۱۸-۷ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. ﺑﺮﺧﻼﻑ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺧﻂ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ،ftpﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ gftpﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﺎﺭ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﻭﺱ ،ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺭﻫﺎ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺍﺯ ﺩﮔﻤﻪﻫﺎﯼ ﻓﻠﺸﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺳﻂ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ftpﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ: • • • • •
ﻧﺎﻡ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ftpﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ hostﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﻣﺜﻼ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ftp.redhat.comﺑﺎﺷﺪ. ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﭘﻮﺭﺕ ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ،ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﭘﻮﺭﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻴﻠﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺭﻫﺎ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﻧﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻴﻠﺪ userﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ anonymousﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ftpﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻴﻠﺪ passﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍﻳﮕﺎﻥ ftpﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺁﺩﺭﺱ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮏ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ،ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﮔﻤﻪﺍﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥ ﺩﻭ ﻣﺎﻧﻴﺘﻮﺭ ﮐﻮﭼﮏ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ،ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﻔﺘﻢ :ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۱۸-۷
۲۰۵
ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ gftp
ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ،ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ، ﭘﻴﺎﻣﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ .ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ: •
ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ :ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ،ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ،ﺭﻭﻱ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ) (..ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ftpﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ.
•
ﮐﺸﻴﺪﻥ ﻭ ﺭﻫﺎ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ :ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﻭﺱ ﮐﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﭼﭗ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺷﻤﺎﺳﺖ ،ﺭﻫﺎ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻼﻣﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﺶ ﭼﭗ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺳﻂ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
•
ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ :ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ ﻳﮏ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ftpﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ،ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ Bookmarksﻗﺴﻤﺖ Add Bookmarkﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﮐﻮﭼﮑﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ،ﻧﺎﻡ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﺍﺣﺘﻲ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮏ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ.
ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺎﻟﺐ gftpﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺗﺒﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ،ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ Logingﻗﺴﻤﺖ View Logﺭﺍ
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
۲۰۶
ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ftpﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺁﻭﺭﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺑﺮﺧﯽ ﮐﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﯼ ﺷﻮﺩ. ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ Kbear
ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ KDEﺍﺳﺖ ،ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ،gftpﻳﮏ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩﻫﺎﻱ FTPﺍﺳﺖ .ﻧﺨﺴﺘﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺭﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻭﻳﺰﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ،ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥﻫﺎ ،ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩﻫﺎ، ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﭘﺮﺍﮐﺴﻲ ﻭ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻭ ...ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮐﺮﺩﻳﺪ ،ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۱۹-۷ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ.
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۱۹-۷
ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ Kbear
ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ،gftpﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ftpﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ: •
ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ FTPﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ Quick Connectﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﮔﻤﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺩﮔﻤﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺒﺮ Ctrl+Nﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺍﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ،ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ FTPﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺶ Hostnameﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ،FTPﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺶ ،Usernameﻧﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺶ Passwordﻧﻴﺰ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
•
ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻳﺖﻫﺎﻱ FTPﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ،ﺑﺠﺎﻱ ﭘﺮﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺨﺶﻫﺎﻱ
•
Usernameﻭ ،Passwordﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ Anonymous Loginﺭﺍ ﺗﻴﮏ ﺑﺰﻧﻴﺪ. ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ،ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ،
•
Quick Connect
ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﻔﺘﻢ :ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ
• •
۲۰۷
ﺩﺭ ﻓﻴﻠﺪ ،Default Directoryﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ،ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ،ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﮔﻤﻪ Connectﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻴﺪ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ،ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ Quick ،Connectﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ Save to Sitemanagerﺭﺍ ﺗﻴﮏ ﺑﺰﻧﻴﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ،ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ Sitemanagerﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۲۰-۷ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ Quick Connectﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ.
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ۲۰-۷ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ Quick Connectﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ Kbear
ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ،ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ، ﭘﻴﺎﻡﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ftpﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ،ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﻭﺱ ﮐﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺪﺍﺯﻳﺪ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ Copyﻭ Pasteﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﺑﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﻭﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﻼ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ،Konquerorﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻏﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻴﺪ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻳﺘﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ،ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﮔﻤﻪ Close Connectionﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ،FTPﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ Close Connectionﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﺒﺮ Ctrl+W ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ. ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺎﻟﺐ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ،Kbearﺑﺨﺶ Sitemanagerﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﮐﺎﻣﻠﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﺳﺎﻳﺖﻫﺎﻱ FTPﻭ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺁﺩﺭﺱﻫﺎﻱ FTPﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ Importﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﺎﻳﺖﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ FTPﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ gftpﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﺳﺎﺯﺩ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺳﺎﻳﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺳﺘﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻮﺷﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺘﻪﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ Quick Connectﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻳﺪ ،ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۲۱-۷ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ Sitemanagerﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ GNU Wget
ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺭﺍﻳﮕﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﺯ
۲۰۸
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
ﭘﺮﻭﺗﮑﻞﻫﺎﻱ HTTPS ،HTTPﻭ FTPﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺮﺍﮐﺴﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ Wget .ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺲﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ،ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﺑﻪ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺑﭙﺮﺩﺍﺯﺩ .ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ Wget .ﺗﺎ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭ ،ﺑﻪ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺩ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﻧﻠﻮﺩ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺎﻋﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻲﮐﺸﻨﺪ ،ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ. ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ۲۱-۷
ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ Sitemanagerﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ Kbear
Wgetﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻟﻴﻨﮏﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻳﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺴﺨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺳﺎﻳﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻋﻴﻨﺎ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﺎﺯﺩ .ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺣﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻠﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺘﻲ ﻳﺎ Recursive downloadingﺍﻃﻼﻕ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ Wgetﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻟﻴﻨﮏﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ﻭﺏ ﺭﺍ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ Offlineﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ. Wgetﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺁﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻧﺎﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ،ﻭﻳﺎ ﺑﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﺠﺒﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻣﺪﺍﻭﻡ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ، Wgetﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ Wget .ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺩﺭ ﺑﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ،ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺧﺮﺍﺏ ﺩﺍﻧﻠﻮﺩ ﮐﻨﺪ ،ﺣﺘﻲ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺻﺪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﺎﺩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ man wgetﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ۲۰ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﮐﻠﻴﻪ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ،ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻢ. ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ
ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ،wgetﺁﺩﺭﺱ
URL
ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ
ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﻔﺘﻢ :ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ
۲۰۹
ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ،ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ URL ،ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﭙﻲ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ،ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ Pasteﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺒﻼ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻻﻳﻠﻲ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻮﺋﻴﭻ cﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ: $ wget http://www.redhat.com/download/kernel-2.4-20.K7.rpm $ wget -c http://www.redhat.com/download/kernel-2.4-20.K7.rpm
ﺩﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻭﻝ wget ،ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ .ﺩﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺩﻭﻡ ،ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻗﺒﻼ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﺎﻗﺺ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ. ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ wgetﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﭘﻴﺶﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ،ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ۲۰ ،ﺑﺎﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺗﮑﺮﺍﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺎﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺷﻤﺎ ﮐﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻮﺋﻴﭻ tﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ: $ wget -t 45 http://www.redhat.com/download/kernel-2.4-20.K7.rpm
ﺩﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻻ ،ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ،wgetﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ۴۵ ،ﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻟﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ،ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺘﻤﺎ ﺳﻮﺋﻴﭻ cﺭﺍ ﻫﻢ ﺑﮑﺎﺭ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ. ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﻢ ،ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ،wgetﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺲ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺲ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ،ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ:
& $ wget -t 45 -o log http://www.redhat.com/download/kernel-2.4-20.K7.rpm
ﺩﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻻ ،ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ wgetﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺲ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺛﺒﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ logﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺟﺎﺭﯼ ،ﺛﺒﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ. ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺘﻪ
ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ URLﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﻧﻠﻮﺩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ iﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺩ ﻣﯽﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﻧﻠﻮﺩ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﮏ ﺑﻪ ﺗﮏ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﮐﺎﻓﯽ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻳﮏ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﻣﺘﻨﯽ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ VI ﻳﮏ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﺘﻨﯽ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ URLﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﺑﻘﻴﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ wgetﺑﺮﺍﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺩ! $ wget -i | myFile
ﺩﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻻ ،ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ،wgetﺁﺩﺭﺳﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ myFileﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪ .ﻗﺒﻼ ﮔﻔﺘﻢ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻳﮏ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ﻭﺏ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻠﻮﺩ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﮐﻨﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﻳﮏ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ﻭﺏ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ: wget
$ wget -r http://www.gnu.org/ -o gnulog
ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ،ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ،wgetﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ﻭﺏ gnu.orgﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻤﻖ ۵ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ،ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ gnulogﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ،ﻟﻴﻨﮏﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ HTMLﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺧﻮﺩﺗﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ Offlineﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺍﺯ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ: $ wget --convert-links -r http://www.gnu.org/ -o gnulog
۲۱۰
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻧﻴﺰ، wgetﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﻋﻄﺎ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ: $ wget -r -l1 -A.png http://www.gnu.org/images/
ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ wget ،ﺑﺎ ﻋﻤﻖ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ،ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ pngﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﻧﻠﻮﺩ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﻳﮏ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ،ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺷﻮﺩ ،ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ncﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ:
$ wget -nc -r http://www.gnu.org
ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﮐﻠﻲ ،ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺩ.
wget
ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻤﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻌﻄﺎﻑ ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﮐﻠﻴﻪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ
ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﺭﺳﺎﻥ )(Messenger ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ Messagerﺑﻴﻦ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﮑﻨﺪ .ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﻋﻤﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲﻫﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ،Yahoo ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ Messengerﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺵ ﺫﻭﻕ ،ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ Gaimﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ AOLﻭ amsnﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ msnﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﺳﺎﻓﺖ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩِ .ﻳﮑﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺨﻮﺑﯽ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ،ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﺭﺳﺎﻥ ICQ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭﯼ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﯼ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪﻩ ICQﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ.
ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻧﺸﺪﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ. ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻓﺮﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺏ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﻭﺏ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺗﻤﺮﮐﺰ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺏ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺏ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﻭﺏ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ. ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺏ ،ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ،ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮏ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﺮﺳﻮﻡ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮏ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺷﺪ.
۸
ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ
ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻫﺮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﺒﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ ﻳﻮﻧﻴﮑﺲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ،ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ .ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﭼﻨﺪ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ،ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺪ ﺳﺎﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ. ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﻪﺍﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ. ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺒﮑﻪﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺗﺎﺳﺮ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺑﮑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺒﮑﻪﻫﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ .ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺷﺒﮑﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺒﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ ،ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻳﺎ System Administratorﻧﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ. ﺣﺘﻲ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ،ﺑﺎﺯ ﻫﻢ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺟﺪﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺼﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﮐﺮﺩﻳﺪ ،ﺩﺭ ﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺘﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ،ﻣﺠﺒﻮﺭ ﺑﻮﺩﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﻳﺎ rootﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ super userﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻮﺳﻮﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺠﻮﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﻋﻄﺎ ﺷﻮﺩ .ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ،ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺣﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺒﺎﺣﺚ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻳﺪ.
۲۱۲
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ،ﻣﺠﻮﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﺳﺖ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻫﺮ ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﺍﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺣﺴﺎﺏﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻧﺼﺐ، ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﯼ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻩﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﯼ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ. ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ،ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ،ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻳﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺧﺎﻧﮕﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ،ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ rootﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ،ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ etc/passwdﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻂ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ: root:x:0:0:root:/root:/bin/bash
ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﻂ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ rootﺑﻮﺩﻩ ،ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺁﻥ ﺻﻔﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ،ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺧﺎﻧﮕﻲ ﺁﻥ rootﻭ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺁﻥ bin/bashﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﮔﻲﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻳﮏ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ viﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻡ ،ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﻣﺠﻮﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺧﺴﺎﺭﺍﺗﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺷﻮﺩ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺎﺳﺘﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺧﺴﺎﺭﺍﺗﻲ ،ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺗﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ rm، mvﻭ cpﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺍﺳﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺎﺭ ،ﺑﺎ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ iﺑﮑﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻲ ،ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺮﺍﺏ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻭ ﭘﺎﮎ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺗﺼﺎﺩﻓﻲ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻳﺪ.
ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ،ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ rootﺍﺳﺖ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻻﻳﻞ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺭﻫﺎ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻫﺮ ﮐﺴﻲ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﺣﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺟﺪﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻨﺪ .ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻳﮏ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺘﻲ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻓﻌﻠﻲ ﻭ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﮐﻤﻲ ﺩﺷﻮﺍﺭ ﺑﻨﻈﺮ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﺠﻮﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﺴﺐ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ suﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ،ﮐﻠﻤﻪ suﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ : $ su ******** Password: #
ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﺸﺘﻢ :ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ
۲۱۳
ﺳﭙﺲ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻩﺍﻳﺪ ،ﺷﮑﻞ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ $ﺑﻪ #ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ.ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﺠﻮﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻫﺮ ﮐﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺩﺍﺭﺍ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ .ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻳﺪ ،ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﺧﻮﺩﺗﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺹ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺸﮑﻞ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ suﺭﺍ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮏ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺩﺵ ) (-ﺑﮑﺎﺭ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ : – $ su ******** Password: #
ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﺑﺸﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ. ﺩﻗﺖ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ،ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ، ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻟﮑﻴﻦ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ .ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭ ،ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ chownﻭ chmodﮐﻪ ﻗﺒﻼ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ،ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ.
ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ suﻣﺠﻮﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﻳﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ suﺭﺍ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ : $ su – alan
ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﺠﻮﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ alanﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ .ﺣﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ،ﻣﺠﻮﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ،ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ ،ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﺠﻮﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ .ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ، ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ،ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻳﺪ. ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﺪﻳﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ exitﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ.
ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺒﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺘﻲ ،ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺭﺧﺪﺍﺩ ﭼﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺧﻂ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ، ﺑﺎ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺘﻲ ،ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺭﺧﺪﺍﺩ ﺳﺮ ﻭ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ. ﺩﺭﮎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺴﺌﻠﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺠﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ ،ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﺘﺎﻥ ،ﮐﻤﮏ ﺷﺎﻳﺎﻧﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ .ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﻣﺠﻮﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺘﻲ ،ﺩﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ،ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺘﻲ ﮐﻤﺘﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺍ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ. ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺘﻲ
ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ،ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ .ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ
۲۱۴
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻳﺪ ،ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ PATHﺷﻤﺎ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱﻫﺎ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ : • ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ : sbinﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺗﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ) ،(fdiskﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﻮﺕ ) (grubﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ) (initﺍﺳﺖ. • ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ : usr/sbinﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺗﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﺣﺴﺎﺏﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ )ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ (adduserﻭ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺎﻭﺱ ﻭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﻤﻦ ) (daemonﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻧﻴﺰ ،ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ. ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ suﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺴﺐ ﻣﺠﻮﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺠﻮﺯﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﺩﻳﻤﻦﻫﺎ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺴﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻠﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ۲۰۰۰ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ .ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺲ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺗﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻴﮑﻨﻨﺪ .ﻣﺜﻼ ﮐﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻧﮑﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺗﻲ ،ﻭﺏ ﻭ ...ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺩﻳﻤﻦ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ .ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ،ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻳﮏ ﺣﺮﻑ dﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ .ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ crond، httpd، mysqldﻭ....
ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ،ﻳﻌﻨﻲ binﻭ usr/binﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺗﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ .ﻳﮏ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ،ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ mountﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ .ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺩﻳﺴﮏﻫﺎ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ،ﻭﻟﻲ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ .ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﻧﻴﺰ ،ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺘﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱﻫﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ. ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ
ﺑﺨﺶ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ،ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺣﺴﺎﺏﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ،ﺁﺩﺭﺳﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﻴﻂﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ،ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻣﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﺒﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ. ﻣﺰﻳﺖ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ،ﺁﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻭ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ vi) .ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵ ﻧﮑﺮﺩﻩﺍﻳﺪ؟!( ﺍﺷﮑﺎﻝ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ،ﻫﻴﭻ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻟﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺒﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﺷﺪﻩ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻴﺮ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻳﮏ ﮐﺎﻣﺎ ﻳﺎ ﮐﺎﻟﻦ ﺍﺷﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻥ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ. ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ .ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ:
ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﺸﺘﻢ :ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ
۲۱۵
• ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺧﺎﻧﮕﻲ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ :ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮐﺎﺭﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻧﮕﻲ ﺷﺎﻥ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ .ﺍﮐﺜﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮏ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ. ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ lsﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﻲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ )ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ls -aﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ( .ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ،ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﻴﺰﮐﺎﺭ ﻭ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ .ﺣﺘﻲ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺠﻮﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ )ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ .(rhosts • ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ : etcﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻲ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ : • ﻓﺎﻳﻞ : aliasesﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﻟﻴﺴﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮑﻲ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮏ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﺳﺖ. • ﻓﺎﻳﻞ : bashrcﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻓﺮﺍﮔﻴﺮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ .ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﭘﻴﺶﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ،ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﻋﻼﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﻧﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ،ﻧﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ. • ﻓﺎﻳﻞ : exportsﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﺍﮎ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ NFSﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ. • ﻓﺎﻳﻞ : fdprmﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺮﻣﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﻓﻼﭘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ. • ﻓﺎﻳﻞ : fstabﻣﺤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮﻫﺎﻱ CD-ROMﻭ ﻓﻼﭘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ mountﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ. • ﻓﺎﻳﻞ : groupﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺭﺍ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﻣﻲﺁﻭﺭﻳﺪ ،ﻣﺠﻮﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻪ ﺗﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺠﻮﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱﻫﺎ ﺍﺳﺖ. • ﻓﺎﻳﻞ : hostsﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﺁﺩﺭﺳﻬﺎﻱ IPﻭ ﻧﺎﻣﻬﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ. • ﻓﺎﻳﻞ : hosts.allowﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﻴﺰﺑﺎﻥﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺴﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﺪ. • ﻓﺎﻳﻞ : hosts.denyﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﻴﺰﺑﺎﻥﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺴﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﺪ. • ﻓﺎﻳﻞ : xinetd.confﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻭ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺩﻳﻤﻦ xinetdﺍﺳﺖ. • ﻓﺎﻳﻞ : inittabﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺗﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﻥ ،ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ. • ﻓﺎﻳﻞ : lilo.confﻗﺒﻼ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻡ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﻮﺕ ﻟﻴﻠﻮ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﻮﺕ ﮔﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﮐﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ. • ﻓﺎﻳﻞ : modules.confﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻭ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎﮊﻭﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ. • ﻓﺎﻳﻞ : mtabﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ. • ﻓﺎﻳﻞ : passwdﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺣﺴﺎﺏﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ. ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺗﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺧﺎﻧﮕﻲ ﻭ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺶﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻫﺴﺖ.
۲۱۶
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
• ﻓﺎﻳﻞ : printcapﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﭼﺎﭘﮕﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ. • ﻓﺎﻳﻞ : profileﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻏﺎﺯﻳﻦ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ،ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ. • ﻓﺎﻳﻞ : protocolsﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺮﻭﺗﮑﻠﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻣﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺴﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﺗﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ. • ﻓﺎﻳﻞ : resolv.confﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩﻫﺎﻱ DNSﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪ ﺁﺩﺭﺱﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻴﺰﺑﺎﻥ/ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺩﺭﺳﻬﺎﻱ IPﺑﮑﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﺮﻭﻧﺪ ،ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ. • ﻓﺎﻳﻞ : servicesﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺒﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ ﭘﺮﻭﺗﮑﻞ TCP/IPﻭ ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﭘﻮﺭﺗﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺖ. • ﻓﺎﻳﻞ :shadowﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺷﺪﻩ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ passwdﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ.ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ،ﺍﻳﻤﻦ ﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ passwdﺍﺳﺖ .ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ shadowﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ. • ﻓﺎﻳﻞ : shellsﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﻔﺴﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻂ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ )ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ bash، sh، cshﻭ (...ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. • ﻓﺎﻳﻞ : syslog.confﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﭼﻪ ﭘﻴﻐﺎﻡﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﭼﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻪ ﻣﺴﻴﺮﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ ،ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺭﺧﺪﺍﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ var/logﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ. • : etc/X11ﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﺯﻳﺮﺷﺎﺧﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮﻳﮏ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ Xﻭ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ Xﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ XF86Configﻭ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ • • •
• • • •
ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ xdm، xinitﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ. :etc/cronﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ crondﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺯﺍﻧﻪ، ﻣﺎﻫﺎﻧﻪ ،ﻫﻔﺘﮕﻲ ﻭ ...ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ. : etc/httpdﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ،ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻭﺏ ﺁﭘﺎﭼﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ. : etc/init.dﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﮐﭙﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﻲ ﺍﺳﮑﺮﻳﭙﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺒﻼ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺷﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﮑﺮﻳﭙﺖﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺎﺧﻪ etc/rc?.dﻟﻴﻨﮏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ .ﻫﺮ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺳﮑﺮﻳﭙﺖ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﺠﺎﻱ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ،ﻋﺪﺩ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺍﺯ ۰ﺗﺎ ۶ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ. : etc/pcmciaﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﮐﺎﺭﺕﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺒﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ PCMCIAﺍﺳﺖ. ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭﺕﻫﺎ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻭ ﮐﻴﻔﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ. : etc/pppﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﭘﺮﻭﺗﮑﻞ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ) (Point to Pointﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺗﻠﻔﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺑﮑﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ. :etc/sysconfigﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﻬﻤﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ. : etc/xinet.dﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮﻳﮏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺷﺒﮑﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻳﻤﻦ xinetdﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﭘﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﻮﺵ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ .ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﻤﻦ xinetdﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ،ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﻤﻦﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ.
ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺭﺧﺪﺍﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺘﻲ
ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﻮﺭﻱ ﮐﻪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ،ﺛﺒﺖ ﮐﺎﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺧﻮﺩﺵ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ
ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﺸﺘﻢ :ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ
۲۱۷
ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺏ ﻭ ﺑﺪﺭﺩ ﺑﺨﻮﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻲ ﺁﻥ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺗﻲ ﻳﮏ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﻭﻟﻲﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﭘﻴﻐﺎﻣﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺁﻓﺘﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩﻱ ﺳﻌﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻲ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﺘﺎﻥ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ؟ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻓﻮﻕ ،ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺭﺧﺪﺍﺩ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﮐﻤﮏ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ. ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺧﻄﺎﻫﺎ ﻭ ﭘﻴﻐﺎﻣﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺩﻳﻤﻦﻫﺎﻱ syslogdﻭ klogdﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ .ﺛﺒﺖ ﺭﺧﺪﺍﺩ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ syslogdﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ .ﺛﺒﺖ ﺭﺧﺪﺍﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ klogdﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ .ﺛﺒﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ etc/syslog.confﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ. ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺭﺧﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ var/logﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ .ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﻭ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ: • : boot.logﺭﺧﺪﺍﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺴﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ. • : cronﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ cronﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﺒﻨﺪﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ، ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ. • : dmesgﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﭘﻴﺎﻣﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﻃﺮﻑ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺨﺖﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻳﺪﻥﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ dmesgﺭﺍ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. • : maillogﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﻤﻦ sendmailﮐﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮑﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ ،ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ. • : messagesﭘﻴﺎﻣﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﻤﻦﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ. • : secureﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﭘﻴﻐﺎﻣﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﭘﻞ ﺍﻣﻨﻴﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻭ ...ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ.
ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ unameﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺳﺖ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ: • ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ )ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ( • ﻧﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ • ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ • ﻣﻌﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻧﺪﻩ
ﺩﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ ،ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ uname –aﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ : $ uname -a Linux memphis 2.4.20 #1 Tue Mar 18 16:13:35 PST 2003 i686
ﻧﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻻ memphisﺍﺳﺖ .ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﺍﮐﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ 2.4.20ﻧﺸﺎﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﺳﺖ. ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ hostnameﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ: $ hostname travis
ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﻧﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ memphisﺑﻪ
travis
ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎﻳﻲ
ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ،ﻧﺎﻡ ﻓﻌﻠﻲ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺩ:
۲۱۸
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹ $ hostname memphis
ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﻳﺎ kernelﻧﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺨﺖﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺗﺸﮑﻴﻞ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ procﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﻳﺪ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪﺍﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﺳﺖ ،ﻳﮏ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ procﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺁﻥ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ،procﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ catﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ: $ cat /proc/version
ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺩ .ﺑﺠﺰ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ،versionﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺟﺎﻟﺒﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﻳﺪ: • : cpuinfoﻧﻮﻉ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﺑﻌﻼﻭﻩ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ،ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. • : devicesﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻼﮐﻲ ﻭ ﮐﺎﺭﺍﮐﺘﺮﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻌﻼﻭﻩ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. • : ioportsﺁﺩﺭﺳﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﮔﺎﻫﻬﺎﻱ I/Oﺭﻭﻱ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. • : meminfoﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺗﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﻭ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ swapﺍﺳﺖ .ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﮐﻼ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ. • : modulesﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﺎﮊﻭﻟﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. • : mountsﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. • : partitionsﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﻧﺎﻡ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺑﻼﮎﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻫﺮ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ. ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ majorﻭ minorﺁﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ. • : pciﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ pciﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺗﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ،busﻧﺎﻡ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎ ،ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﻗﻔﻪ ﻭ ...ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﻳﺪ. • :swapsﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﻫﺎﻱ swapﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ. • : net/devﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ )ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﮐﺎﺭﺕﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ( ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺭﻭﻱ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ.
ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺼﻮﻝ ﺁﻏﺎﺯﻳﻦ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻡ ،ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺩﺭﺧﺘﻲ ﻭﺍﺭﻭﻧﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ) (/ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ .ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﮏ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺩﻳﺴﮏﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻧﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺷﮑﺎﻝ ،ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺷﮑﺎﻻﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﻃﺮﻑ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﺸﺘﻢ :ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ
۲۱۹
ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﮐﺎﻣﻼ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﺳﺎﻓﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﺠﺎﻱ ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﻳﮏ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ )ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ A، Cﻭ (...ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ،ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ CD-ROMﻭ ،...ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﻳﮋﻩﺍﻱ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ )(mount ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ .ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﮏ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﭘﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻳﮏ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻼﭘﻲ ﻭ CD-ROM ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ،ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻳﺎ mount pointﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﭼﻪ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺘﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ، ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ mountﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ: $ mount )/dev/hda3 on / type ext3 (rw,errors=remount-ro )proc on /proc type proc (rw )devpts on /dev/pts type devpts (rw,gid=5,mode=620 )/dev/hda2 on /boot type ext3 (rw,errors=remount-ro )/dev/hda5 on /home type ext3 (rw,errors=remount-ro )/dev/hda8 on /Data type ext3 (rw,errors=remount-ro )/dev/hda7 on /mnt/D type vfat (rw,gid=105,umask=002
ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭﻱ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻴﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ proc ،ﻭ devptsﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖﺍﻳﻦﻫﺎ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ mountﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ.
ﺩﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻻ ،ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱﻫﺎﻱ
dev/hda2، dev/hda3، dev/hda5، dev/hda8
boot، /، home،Data
ﻭ
mnt/D
ﻭ
dev/hda7
ﮐﻪ
ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻣﻴﮑﻨﻨﺪ .ﺑﻪ ﮐﻼﻡ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ،ﻧﻘﻄﻪ
ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ dev/hda2ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ bootﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ bootﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ boot loaderﻭ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ
home
ﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﻫﺮ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻳﮏ
ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﻫﻤﻨﺎﻡ ﻧﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ
home
ﺍﺳﺖ / .ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ
ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻲ ﻭ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻲ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻻ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ
type
ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ .ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ
ﺑﺨﺶﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﻦ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﻣﺜﻼ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ
home
ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ
ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﭘﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ،ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﻮﺟﻮ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺁﻣﺪ .ﻭﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ،ﭘﺮ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺮﺷﺪﻥ ﮐﻞ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﻞ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻝﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻧﮕﻲ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﮐﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﻲﺁﻓﺘﺪ ﻭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻞ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﺸﮑﻠﻲﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺴﺌﻠﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ ،ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ.
۲۲۰
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ
ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻮﺕ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ،ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ .ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻌﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﮐﺮﺩ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﮐﻨﻢ. ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ،ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻼﭘﻲ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ ﻭ CD-ROMﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﭼﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ ،ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ catﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ : $ cat /proc/filesystems ext3 ext2 cramfs nodev ramfs msdos vfat iso9660 romfs
ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ: • : ext3ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ.ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ 7.2ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ،ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﭘﻴﺶﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ. ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ext3، ext2ﻭ ﻳﺎ minixﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ext3ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ
Third Extended
File Systemﻧﻴﺰ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﻪﺍﻱ ) (journalingﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﻫﺮ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺷﮑﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ،ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ex2ﺑﻬﺒﻮﺩ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ. • : ext2ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﭘﻴﺶﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﻧﺴﺨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲ ﺗﺮ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ext3ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﺠﺰﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ. • : extﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ext3ﮐﻪ ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺪﺭﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻫﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ. • : Iso9660ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﮏﻫﺎﻱ CDﺍﺳﺖ ،ﺑﺎ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺿﻤﺎﺋﻤﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺿﻤﺎﺋﻢ Rock Ridge extensionsﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ،ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻳﻮﻧﻴﮑﺲ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻣﺠﻮﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻟﮑﻴﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺍ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ. • : minixﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ minixﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ،ﻧﺎﻡ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺗﺎ ٣٠ﺣﺮﻑ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ. • : msdosﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺩﺍﺱ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﺳﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﻳﺴﮏﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻼﭘﻲ ﻭ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ FATﻳﺎ FAT32ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ. • : procﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﮏ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ .ﺩﺭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻳﮏ ﻭﺍﺳﻂ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺷﻤﺎ ﭼﻴﺰ ﭼﻨﺪﺍﻧﻲ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ procﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ
ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﺸﺘﻢ :ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ
۲۲۱
ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﮑﻨﻨﺪ. • : swapﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﻫﺎﻱ swapﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ RAMﻣﺠﺎﺯﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ .ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ. • : nfsﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ،ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ.
ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ fstabﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺩﻳﺴﮏﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺒﮑﻪﺍﻱ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ etc/fstabﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ: 1 2 2 2 0 0 0 0
1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
ext3 defaults,errors=remount-ro ext3 defaults,errors=remount-ro ext3 defaults,errors=remount-ro ext3 defaults,errors=remount-ro swap sw proc defaults vfat,auto defaults,user,noauto udf,iso9660 defaults,user,noauto,ro
/ /boot /home /Data none /proc /floppy /cdrom
LABEL=/ LABEL=/boot /dev/hda5 /dev/hda8 /dev/hda6 proc /dev/fd0 /dev/hdc
ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ .ﺑﺠﺰ ﺁﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ noautoﻗﻴﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ.ﺩﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻻ ،ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ boot ، /ﻭ home ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﻮﺕ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﮐﻪ floppyﻭ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ ،CD-ROMﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺗﺎ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﺮﺩ : 0
vfat defaults,noauto,umask=002 0
/windows
/dev/hda1
ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﺧﻂ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ fstabﺫﮐﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﻣﻲﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻳﻢ: • ﻓﻴﻠﺪ ﺍﻭﻝ :ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺠﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ procﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ noneﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ UUIDﻫﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ UUIDﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺠﺎﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺳﺨﺖﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ،ﻧﺎﻡ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻻ ،ﺩﻭ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ /ﻭ rootﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ. ﻣﺰﻳﺖﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ fstabﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ .ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ. • ﻓﻴﻠﺪ ﺩﻭﻡ :ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻳﮏ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ. • ﻓﻴﻠﺪ ﺳﻮﻡ :ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺳﻴﺴﺖ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ. • ﻓﻴﻠﺪ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ :ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ .mountﻣﺜﻼ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻻ ،ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ ،ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ noautoﺍﺯ
۲۲۲
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ roﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻧﻲ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ. ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮﻫﺎﻱ Fatﻭ Fat32ﺭﺍ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ .ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﺖ ﻫﻢ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ noautoﺩﺭ ﺧﻂ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﻂ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻨﻮﻳﺴﻴﺪ ،ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻓﺮﺍﻳﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺩ ﺗﺎ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺷﻮﺩ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻼﺡﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﻂ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﮔﻤﻪ iﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﻮﺕ ﻭ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻭ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ،ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﻂ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ،ﻓﺎﻳﻞ fstabﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ viﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ ،ﻓﻘﻂ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﻣﺠﻮﺯ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﺩﻥﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺶ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻴﻠﺪ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. • ﻓﻴﻠﺪ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ :ﻋﺪﺩ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻴﻠﺪ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ ﮐﻪﺍﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ dumpﺷﺪﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻴﺮ .ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ۱ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻭ ۲ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ. • ﻓﻴﻠﺪ ﺷﺸﻢ :ﻋﺪﺩ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻴﻠﺪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪﻩﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪﺍﻳﺎﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ) (fsckﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻴﺮ .ﻋﺪﺩ ۱ﻧﺸﺎﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻭ ﻋﺪﺩ ۲ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ.
ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ mountﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ) mount -aﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻬﺎ( ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ .ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﮏ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻭ ﻳﮏ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ: • ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﻳﺴﮏﻫﺎ ،ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﻭﺭ )ﺷﺒﮑﻪ( ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ. • ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﻳﮏ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ
ﻫﺮ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ mountﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻫﻴﭻ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ .ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭﻱ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺒﻼ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ ،ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ،ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ. ﻋـﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺗـﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﺳـﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ،ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺴﮏﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻼﭘﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮﻫﺎﻱ .CD-ROMﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ،ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﺴﮏﻫﺎ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱﺍﻳﮑﻮﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ. ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﻳﮏ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ،ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ fstabﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﮐﻤﮏ ﮐﻨﺪ .ﺷﻤﺎ ﻳﮏ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ fstabﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﮐﻤﮏ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺩﻭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻱ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ: • ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ :CD-ROMﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ CD-ROMﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ) (ISO9660ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ، ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ:
ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﺸﺘﻢ :ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ
۲۲۳
$ mount /mnt/cdrom
ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﭘﻴﺶﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ،ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ CD-ROMﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ mnt/cdromﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ.ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺩﻳﺴﮑﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ cdﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ lsﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ: $ cd /mt/cdrom $ ls
• ﺩﻳﺴﮏﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻼﭘﻲ :ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﮏﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻼﭘﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻋﺖ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺩﻳﺴﮏﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻼﭘﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ: $ mount /mnt/floppy
ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻓﻮﻕ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﺨﺖﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮﻫﺎﻱ CD-ROMﻭ ﻓﻼﭘﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ dev/cdrom) .ﻭ (dev/fd0ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ mountﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ.ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ: • ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ : -t autoﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﻳﮏ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻼﭘﻲ ،ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺁﻥ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. • ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ : -rﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﻳﮏ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ، ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻓﻘﻂ-ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻧﻲ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. • ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ : -wﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺑﺮﻋﮑﺲ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ/ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ.
ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ mountﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻳﮏ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺴﺐ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎ ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ man mountﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ umountﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﺘﺎ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻳﺪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺷﺪ ،ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﻳﮏ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﻲ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ umountﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ،ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺁﻥ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ: $ umount /mnt/floppy
ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ،ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻓﻼﭘﻲ ﺭﺍ )ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ fd0ﺍﺳﺖ( ﺍﺯ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺁﻥ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ: $ umount /dev/fd0
ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ umountﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﻐﺎﻡ Device is busyﻣﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ،ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺷﮑﺴﺖ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﻋﻠﺖ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻳﮏ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﻣﺜﻼ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻴﻐﺎﻡ ﺧﻄﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺷﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪ )ﻣﺜﻼ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ( ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺷﮑﺎﻝ umountﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺷﮑﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ CD-ROMﻭ ...ﺭﺥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ.
۲۲۴
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ mkfsﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻳﮏ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎﺭﺗﻴﺸﻨﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻳﮏ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ mkfsﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﮏﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ،ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻓﻼﭘﻲ ﺩﻳﺴﮏﻫﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ formatﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﺍﺱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺪﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ،ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ: $ mkfs -t ext2 /dev/fd0 )mke2fs 1.35-WIP (01-Aug-2003 =Filesystem label OS type: Linux )Block size=1024 (log=0 )Fragment size=1024 (log=0 184 inodes, 1440 blocks 72 blocks (5.00%) reserved for the super user First data block=1 1 block group 8192 blocks per group, 8192 fragments per group 184 inodes per group Writing inode tables: done Writing superblocks and filesystem accounting information: done This filesystem will be automatically checked every 38 mounts or180 days, whichever comes first. Use tune2fs -c or -i to override.
ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ mountﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ،ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ tune2fsﮐﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﺳﺖ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻄﺎ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ext2ﺑﻪ ext3ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ.
ﮐﺴﺐ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻥ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺭﻭﻱ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺭﺧﺪﺍﺩ ﭼﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﺧﻮﺷﺎﻳﻨﺪﻱ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ! ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺳﺨﺖ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ df
ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ dfﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ،ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻫﻴﭻ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻂ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ:
ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﺸﺘﻢ :ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ
Use% 78% 10% 41% 68% 64%
Mounted on / /boot /home /Data /mnt/D
Available 680524 26632 605424 3126636 5177144
Used 2387788 2871 414636 6543248 9146824
1K-blocks 3068312 31109 1020060 10079540 14323968
۲۲۵
$ df Filesystem /dev/hda3 /dev/hda2 /dev/hda5 /dev/hda8 /dev/hda7
ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﻼﮎﻫﺎﻱ ۱ﮐﻴﻠﻮﺑﺎﻳﺘﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻳﮏ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺭﺍﺣﺖ ﺗﺮ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪ ،ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ hﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ: Mounted on / /boot /home /Data /mnt/D
Use% 79% 10% 41% 68% 64%
Avail 660M 27M 592M 3.0G 5.0G
Used 2.3G 2.9M 405M 6.3G 8.8G
Size 3.0G 31M 997M 9.7G 14G
$ df -h Filesystem /dev/hda3 /dev/hda2 /dev/hda5 /dev/hda8 /dev/hda7
ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﮑﺎﺭ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ: • ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ : -tﺑﺎ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ،ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ. • ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ : -xﺑﺎ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ،ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ،ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ. • ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ : -aﺑﺎ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ،ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ )ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ procﮐﻪ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ( ﻧﻴﺰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ. ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ du
ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﺮﺩﻥﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻓﻀﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ duﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺁﺭﮔﻮﻣﺎﻥ ﻭ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﮑﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﺒﺮﻳﺪ ،ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺷﺎﺧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﻫﺮ ﻳﮏ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ .ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ duﻳﮏ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﭼﺎﭖ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ. ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺑﻔﻬﻤﻲﺩ ﻳﮏ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﻳﺎ ﻳﮏ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﺧﺎﺹ ،ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺷﻐﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ: $ du -h /usr/lib/j2se/1.4/bin/ 512 /usr/lib/j2se/1.4/bin/i386/green_threads 512 /usr/lib/j2se/1.4/bin/i386/native_threads 1.5K /usr/lib/j2se/1.4/bin/i386 314K /usr/lib/j2se/1.4/bin
ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺩﺭ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺧﻂ ،ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺍﺷﻐﺎﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ.
ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ،ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺁﺳﺎﻧﺘﺮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﺣﺮﻓﻪﺍﻱ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ
۲۲۶
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ ،ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ،ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻧﺪ. ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ،۹ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻬﺎﻱ KDEﻭ GNOMEﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻱ Toolsﻭ System Settingsﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ .ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻳﻢ.
System
ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ Service Configuration ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺩﺭ System Settings> Server Settingsﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺒﻼ ﻫﻢ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻡ ،ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﭘﺲ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﻮﺕ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﺁﻭﺭﻧﺪ .ﺍﮐﺜﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ،ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻭﺏ ﺁﭘﺎﭼﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۱-۸ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ .ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﮐﺮﺩ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﻳﮏ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺧﺎﺹ ،ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﮐﻨﺎﺭ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺗﻴﮏ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ .ﺳﭙﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ Fileﻗﺴﻤﺖ Save Changesﺭﺍ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﻳﺎ ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ Ctrl+Sﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﻳﮏ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ،ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﮐﻨﺎﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻳﺪ ،ﺭﻭﻱ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ Stopﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻱ ﺁﻥ ،ﺭﻭﻱ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ Startﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻱ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ Restartﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ ۴ ،۳ﻭ ۵ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ. ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻳﮏ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺧﺎﺹ ﭼﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻇﺎﻳﻒ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ Authentication Configuration ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺩﺭ System Settingsﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﻭﻇﻴﻔﻪﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺣﺮﺍﺯ ﻫﻮﻳﺖ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ. ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺷﺒﮑﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﮑﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ .ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﮏ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﻣﻴﺰﮐﺎﺭ ،ﺗﻤﻈﻴﻤﺎﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ،ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﻟﺒﻪ Authenticationﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎﻱ Shadow Passwordsﻭ .MD5 Passwords ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ،ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻳﺪ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۲-۸ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ Shadow Passwordsﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ،ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ etc/passwdﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﻤﮕﺎﻥ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ )ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ( ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻣﺰ ﮔﺸﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﮑﺴﺘﻦ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻼﺵ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ.
ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﺸﺘﻢ :ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ
ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ MD5 Passwordsﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﮕﻮﺭﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻣﻦ ﺭﻣﺰﻧﮕﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﻨﻴﺖ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ.
۲۲۷ MD5
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۱ -۸ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ Service Configuration
ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ Network Configuration ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺩﺭ System Settingsﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ،ﻗﺒﻼ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻩﺍﻳﻢ .ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺘﻲ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ .ﻭﻇﻴﻔﻪ ﺍﺻﻠﻲﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺁﻥ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﺳﺖ ،ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻭ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﮐﺎﺭﺕﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ. ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ۲-۸ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ Authentication Configuration
ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ Root Password ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ
System Settings
ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ،ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﮑﺎﺭ
۲۲۸
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۳-۸ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ passwdﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﻭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ.
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ۳-۸ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ root password
ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ Security Level Configuration ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ System Settingsﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ،ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻣﻨﻴﺘﻲ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﮑﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۴-۸ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ )ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ( ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ. ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﮏ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﻣﻴﺰﮐﺎﺭ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ Highﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﺣﺘﻲ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻫﻴﭻ ﮐﺲ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ. ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﺍﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ،ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ Mediumﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ .ﺯﻳﺮﺍﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻋﻲ ﻳﮏ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ Highﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ،ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ .ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ No Firewallﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮﺩ ،ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ. ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ Users and Groups Configuration ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ System Settingsﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۵-۸ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﮏ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ،ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﻭﻱ Add Userﮐﻪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ، ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩﺍﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻧﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ) ،(Usernameﻧﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ) ،(Full Nameﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ) ،(Passwordﻧﻮﻉ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ) ،(Shellﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺧﺎﻧﮕﻲ ) (HomeDirectoryﻭ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ) (IDﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۶-۸ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﻳﮏ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ،ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﮔﻤﻪ Add Groupﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻡ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﺸﺘﻢ :ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ
۲۲۹
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۴-۸ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ Security Level Configuration
ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻳﮏ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻳﺎ ﻳﮏ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺧﺎﺹ ،ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ، ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﻳﺎ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﮔﻤﻪ Propertiesﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ،ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩﺍﻱ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﻳﺎ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ.
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۵-۸
ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ User and Group Configuration
ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻳﮏ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﻳﺎ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ،ﺭﻭﻱ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ. ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﭘﻴﺶﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ،ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﻤﻲﺩﻫﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ Preferencesﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ Filter System Users and Groupsﺭﺍ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ Delete
۲۳۰
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻬﺎ ﻭ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﮐﺎﻣﻼ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺳﺒﺐﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﺷﮑﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﺭﮐﺮﺩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ. ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۶-۸
ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ
ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ Disk Management ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﮐﻮﭼﮏ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﻳﺴﮏﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻼﭘﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ) (mountﻳﺎ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ) (umountﻓﻼﭘﻲ ﻭ CD-ROMﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺶ System Toolsﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﻧﺎﻡ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺁﻥ User Mount Toolﺍﺳﺖ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۷-۸ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۷-۸
ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ
Disk Management
ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ Hardware Browser ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ System Toolsﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ،ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺳﺨﺖﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﺗﺎﻥ ،ﺑﮑﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﭼﻴﺰﻱ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۸-۸ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ System Logs ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺒﻼ ﻫﻢ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻡ ،ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ،ﮐﻠﻴﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ System Logsﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺶ System Toolsﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺛﺒﺘﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ boot، cron،
ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﺸﺘﻢ :ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ
۲۳۱
kernel، mail، news، rpm، security، systemﻭ .xfree86ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۹-۸ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ. ﻗﺴﻤﺖ Boot logﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﻮﺕ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﻐﺎﻡ ﻣﺸﮑﻮﮐﻲ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﻳﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﺍ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﻗﺴﻤﺖ Kernel Startup Logﭘﻴﻐﺎﻡﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﻮﺕ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ .ﺍﺯ ﺑﺨﺶ RPM Packagesﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ rpmﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﺘﺎﻥ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﻗﺴﻤﺖﻫﺎﻱ Securityﻭ Systemﻧﻴﺰ ﺭﺧﺪﺍﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻨﻴﺘﻲ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻨﺪ. ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ۸-۸
ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ
Hardware Browser
ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ System Monitor ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ،ﻗﺒﻼ ﮐﻤﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻩﺍﻡ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ System Toolsﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﺷﻲ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﻭ CPUﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﮑﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ. ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪﺍﻱ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺩﮔﻤﻪ End Process ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻫﺮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﻓﻖﺗﺮ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ .ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﺗﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺭﺍ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻬﻴﻨﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ،ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﮑﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ،ﺑﺎ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺷﺪ .ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺣﺘﻲ ﻳﮏ
۲۳۲
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﺣﺘﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻳﮑﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻻﻳﻞ ﻓﺮﺍﮔﻴﺮ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻭ ﻣﻮﻓﻘﻴﺖ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﯼ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﭘﺴﻨﺪ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺘﯽ ﺁﻥ ﻗﻠﻤﺪﺍﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ.
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ۹-۸
ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ
System Logs
ﺍﻟﻒ
ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺿﻤﻴﻤﻪ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ
ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﺭﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﻭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺯﺗﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﻢ ،ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻳﮏ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺿﻤﻴﻤﻪ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻴﻢ .ﺳﻌﻲ ﮐﺮﺩﻩﺍﻳﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺣﺘﻲ ﺍﻻﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﺗﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻢ .ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﻳﮏ ﮐﺘﺎﺑﺨﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺭﺯﺷﻤﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﮐﺘﺎﺏﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ،ﺍﻣﻨﻴﺖ ،ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ،ﺷﺒﮑﻪﺳﺎﺯﻱ، ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ...ﺩﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺗﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ. ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ Driver ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺕﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺮﺍﺷﻪﻫﺎﻱ nVidiaﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ )ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﮐﺎﺭﺕﻫﺎﻱ Geforce3 ،Geforce2 ،Geforce ،Vanta ،TNT2 ،TNTﻭ (Geforce4ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺩﻳﺪﻡ ﺭﺍﻩﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭﺕﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ CDﺿﻤِﻴﻤﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻢ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭﺕﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ، ﻭﻟﻲ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺒﻼ ﻧﻴﺰ ﮔﻔﺘﻢ ،ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺷﺘﺎﺑﺪﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﻪﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻩﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻫﺎ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍِﻳﺪ ،ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ: # mount /mnt/cdrom # cd /mnt/cdrom/Driver # sh ./NVIDIA-Linux-x86-1.0-4349.run
ﺳﭙﺲ ﻳﮏ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻩﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﺣﺘﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ .ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺭﺍﻩﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻫﺎ
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
۲۳۴
ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ،ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻳﮑﺒﺎﺭ ﺑﻮﺕ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ .ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎﺯﯼﻫﺎِﻳﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ TuxRacerﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﺸﮑﻞ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻩﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻫﺎ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﺭﺳﻤﯽ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺷﺮﮐﺖ nVidiaﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﻧﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﻧﺴﺨﻪﻫﺎﯼ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺗﺮ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ،ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ http://www.nvidia.comﺑﺨﺶ Driversﻭ Linuxﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﯼ E-Book ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﯼ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﺳﺖ .ﮐﺘﺎﺑﺨﺎﻧﻪﺍﯼ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏﻫﺎﯼ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮑﯽ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﯼ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻭﯼ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﯽﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺘﺎﺏﻫﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ: •
•
• •
• •
•
• • • • • •
:Dictionaryﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮓ ﻟﻐﺖ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺧﻂ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ﻣﯽﺑﺎﺷﺪ. ِ :Hack Proofing Linuxﻳﮏ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﺍﻣﻨﻴﺖ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺳﺮ ِﻭِﻳﺲﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩﻫﺎﯼ ﻣﺒﺘﻨﯽ ﺑﺮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ. :Linux Administrationﺣﺎﻭﯼ ﭼﻨﺪ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺘﯽ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻫﺎﯼ ﻣﺒﺘﻨﯽ ﺑﺮ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ. :Linux HowToﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ How-Toﻫﺎﯼ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ﭘﺮﻭﮊﻩ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﺳﺎﺯﯼ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻳﻌﻨﯽ http://tldp.orgﮔﺮﺩﺁﻭﺭﯼ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ .ﺑﺮﺧﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﺎﯼ PDFﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ tar.gzﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺣﺎﻭﯼ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﺎﯼ HTMLﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﮐﭙﯽ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﯼ ﺧﺎﻧﮕﯽ ﺗﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻩ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. :Networkingﺣﺎﻭﯼ ﺩﻭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﯼ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻣﯽﺑﺎﺷﺪ. :Programmingﺣﺎﻭﯼ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﯽ ،C++ ،Cﮐﺎﻣﭙﺎﻳﻠﺮ ،GCCﮐﺘﺎﺑﺨﺎﻧﻪ ،glibcﺟﺎﻭﺍ،Kylix ،PHP، Emacs ،Bashﻭ ...ﻣﯽﺑﺎﺷﺪ. : Serverﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺣﺎﻭﯼ ﺩﻭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﺭﺯﺷﻤﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻧﮏ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺗﯽ MySQLﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﻳﺲﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻭﺏ Apacheﻧﺴﺨﻪ ۲ﻣﯽﺑﺎﺷﺪ. :linux-complete-command-referenceﻧﺴﺨﻪ HTMLﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺧﻂ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ. :linux-in-plain-englishﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﯽ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ. :linux-unleashedﻳﮏ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ. :redhat-unleashedﻳﮏ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ. :slackware-linux-unleashedﻳﮏ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺍﺳﻼﮎﻭﺭ. :teach-yourself-linux-in-24-hoursﺧﻮﺩﺁﻣﻮﺯ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺩﺭ ۲۴ﺳﺎﻋﺖ.
ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﯼ Games ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﯼ ﺣﺎﻭﯼ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﯼ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺼﻮﻝ ﭘﻴﺸﻴﻦ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﯼ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎﺯﯼ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺳﺎﺯ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ) (Simutransﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﯼ ﺑﻴﻠﻴﺎﺭﺩ BillardGLﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ .ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭﯼ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺯﯼﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﮔﯽ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ. ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﯼ Multimedia ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺒﻼ ﻧﻴﺰ ﮔﻔﺘﻢ ،ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹ﻳﮏ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻭﻳﺪﺋﻮﯼ ﺧﻮﺏ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ XMMSﺁﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻻﻳﻞ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﯼ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﯼ MP3ﻧﻴﺴﺖ .ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻻﺯﻡ
ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻭﻝ :ﻣﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺑﺮ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ
۲۳۵
ﺩﻳﺪﻡ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ CDﺿﻤﻴﻤﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻢ .ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ،Xineﻫﻢ ﮐﺪﻫﺎﯼ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﯼ rpmﺁﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﮐﺘﺎﺑﺨﺎﻧﻪ ) (libraryﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺭﺍﺣﺖ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ،ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﺎﻳﻞ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻭﻟﯽ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ rpmﺁﻥ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ rpmﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ِﻳﮏ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ: mount /mnt/cdrom cd /mnt/cdrom/Multimedia rpm –ivh libxine1-1_cvs-030209.k7.rpm rpm –ivh xine-ui-0.9.18cvs-030209.i586.rpm
# # # #
ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﯼ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻂ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ CDﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﺗﻴﻠﻮﺱ ﻳﺎ ﮐﺎﻧﮑﺮﺭ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺭﻭﯼ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ.ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ xineﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮﯼ runﻳﺎ ﺧﻂ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﻫﺴﺘﻢ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖﻫﺎﯼ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﭘﺨﺶﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺷﮕﻔﺖ ﺯﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺷﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻳﮑﯽ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻮﯼﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻧﺎﺕﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﯼ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻭﻳﺪﺋﻮ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﯽﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺩﺍﻧﻠﻮﺩ ﻧﺴﺨﻪﻫﺎﯼ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺗﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ،ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ http://xine.sf.netﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﺑﺴﺘﻪ rpmﮐﺘﺎﺑﺨﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ،CDﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻧﺪﻩﻫﺎﯼ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺗﻠﻮﻥ ﻣﯽﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﯽ ﮐﻪ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﺗﻠﻮﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ AMDﻧﻴﺴﺖ ،ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﮐﺘﺎﺑﺨﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ http://xine.sf.netﺩﺍﻧﻠﻮﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺠﺎﯼ ﺁﻥ ،ﮐﺪﻫﺎﯼ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﺎﻳﻞ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﯼ OpenOffice ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﯼ ﺣﺎﻭﯼ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﯼ OpenOffice 1.1ﻣﯽﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻭ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺁﻥ، ﺿﻤﻴﻤﻪ ﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﯽ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻭ ﻓﻌﺎﻝﺳﺎﺯﯼ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺿﻤﻴﻤﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﯼ Theme ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻫﻢ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻡ ،ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻫﺎﯼ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﮑﯽ Gnomeﻭ KDEﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺧﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﯼ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﯼ ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺟﻠﻮﻩﻫﺎﯼ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﯼ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥﻫﺎ ،ﺟﻠﻮﻩﻫﺎﯼ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ،Gnomeﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩﮔﺮﻫﺎﯼ ﻣﺎﻭﺱ، ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﭘﺲ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﻭ ...ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻭﺭﯼ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﻳﮑﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﻟﺒﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥﻫﺎﯼ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺯﻳﺒﺎﯼ ﮐﺮﻳﺴﺘﺎﻝ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ KDEﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ crystal09.tar.gzﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺁﻥ ﮐﺎﻓﯽ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﭘﻨﻞ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ KDEﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺶ appearanceﺑﺨﺶ Iconsﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻳﮑﻮﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﯽ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮﺩ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﻨﻢ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻠﻮﻩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ GTK2ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﻧﺪ، ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ Gnomeﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺨﺶ Themeﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﯼ WEB ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﯼ ﺣﺎﻭﯼ ﺑﺮﺧﯽ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﯼ ﺑﺪﺭﺩ ﺑﺨﻮﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻭﺏ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﯼ ﭘِﻴﺎﻡﺭﺳﺎﻥ Yahoo! Messengerﻭ amsnﻭ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮﻫﺎﯼ ﻭﺏ Opera 6.12ﻭ Mozilla 1.3ﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ
۲۳۶
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
ﭘﺨﺶﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﯼ ﻓﻠﺶ ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﻣﻮﺯﻳﻼ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺷﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﻫﺎﯼ rpmﻃﺒﻖ ﺭﻭﺍﻝﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺒﻼ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﻣﺮﻭﺭﮔﺮ ﻣﻮﺯﻳﻼ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ Flashﺧﻮﺩﺷﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﯼ ﺭﻭﺍﻝ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﯽﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ .ﮐﺎﻓﯽ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻣﺘﻨﯽ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺳﮑﺮﻳﭙﺖﻫﺎﯼ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ gunzipﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ tar –xf ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ: # gunzip install_flash_player_6_linux.tar.gz # tar –xf install_flash_player_6_linux.tar
ﺏ
ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﯼ ﻧﺼﺐ OpenOffice
ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺼﻮﻝ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻳﺪ ،ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺻﻠﻲﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ ،ﻭﺍﮊﻩ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺩﻩﻫﺎ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ .ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ .ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪﻫﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻤﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻱ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ OpenOfficeﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﺮﮐﺖ Sun Microsystemsﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ .ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻱ StarOfficeﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﻬﺮﻩ ﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪOpenOffice . ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻲ C++ﻭ ﺟﺎﻭﺍ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﻳﮑﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﻦ ﻋﻤﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﻧﺎﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺴﺨﻪﻫﺎﻱ 1.1ﻭ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺴﺨﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲﺗﺮ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﻧﺴﺨﻪﺍﯼ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ ،ﻧﺴﺨﻪ 1.0.2ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻤﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ 1.1ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﯼ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺿﻤﻴﻤﻪ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ،ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺒﻼ ﻧﻴﺰ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ ،ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﺴﺨﻪﻫﺎﯼ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ http://www.openoffice.orgﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﻳﮑﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ،ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻳﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﻓﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺁﻓﻴﺲ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﺳﺎﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﺖﻫﺎﺳﺖ .ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻧﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺠﺒﻮﺭ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺍﻥ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻭﻳﻨﺪﻭﺯ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ،ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ .ﻗﺒﻼ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﯼ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻩﺍﻡ .ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺁﻥ ﻣﯽﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯِﻳﻢ. ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ،ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ OpenOfficeﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﯼ CD-ROMﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ
۲۳۸
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
ﺧﺎﻧﮕﯽ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﺎﺗﻴﻠﻮﺱ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ:
Konqueror
ﻳﺎ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﻣﺘﻨﯽ
$ cp /mnt/cdrom/OpenOffice/ Ooo_1.1.0_LinuxIntel_install.tar.gz /home/alan
ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ،ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﯼ ﺧﺎﻧﮕﯽﺗﺎﻥ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﮔﯽ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ:
$ cd $ gunzip Ooo_1.1.0_LinuxIntel_install.tar.gz $ tar -xf Ooo_1.1.0_LinuxIntel_install.tar
ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ،ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ Ooo_1.1.0_LinuxIntel_installﺑﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ. ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ OpenOfficeﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﯼ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﯽﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ،ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺻﺮﻓﻪ ﺟﻮﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻀﺎﯼ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ،ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ Add/Remove Softwareﺣﺬﻑ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ،ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ،ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ Setupﺭﺍ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻟﺤﻈﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺧﻮﺵ ﺁﻣﺪﮔﻮﻳﻲ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ) .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ (۱ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ۱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺧﻮﺵﺁﻣﺪ ﻧﺼﺐ OpenOffice
ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﻱ Nextﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﺘﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺁﻣﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺠﻮﺯ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺖ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ...I acceptﺭﺍ ﺗﻴﮏ ﺑﺰﻧﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﺎﻡ ،ﻧﺎﻡ ﺧﺎﻧﻮﺍﺩﮔﻲ ﻭ ...ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺑﺨﺶ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ) .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ (۲ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ۲ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺩﺭ OpenOffice
ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻭﻝ :ﻣﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺑﺮ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ
۲۳۹
ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻧﺼﺒﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺑﻪ ۱۹۰ﺗﺎ ۲۵۰ﻣﮕﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﻓﻀﺎ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ Customﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ،ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﭼﻪ ﺑﺨﺶﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺮﻡﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ .ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺧﺎﻧﮕﻲ ﺧﻮﺩﺗﺎﻥ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ) .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ (۳ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ۳ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﺴِﻴﺮ ﻧﺼﺐ OpenOffice
ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻧﺼﺐ ،ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﮔﻤﻪ Installﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﮐﭙﻲ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺷﻮﺩ. ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ Javaﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ .ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺣﺘﻤﺎ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺟﺎﻭﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ .ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻲﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ OpenOfficeﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ Flashﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻭﺍ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺟﺎﻭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﻭﻟﻲ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﮐﺘﻮﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ usr/libﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﮐﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ) .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ (۴ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ۴ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﻲ Java
ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﻭﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﯼ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﺘﺎﻥ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻫﻴﭻ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻧﮕﺮﺍﻧﯽ ،ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ Do Not Install Java Runtime Environmentﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﻐﺎﻡ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺭﻭﻱ OKﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ .ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ ﺭﻭﻱ OKﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻧﺼﺐ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ .ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﻮﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﮐﻨﺪ. ﺑﺮﺍﯼ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻣﻨﻮﻫﺎﯼ ﺟﺪِﻳﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ،ﮐﺎﻓﯽ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﮑﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ Gnomeﻳﺎ KDEﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻭ
۲۴۰
ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻟﻴﻨﻮﮐﺲ ﺭﺩﻫﺖ ۹
ﺑﺎ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﻣﻨﻮﻫﺎ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ .ﺍﮐﻨﻮﻥ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ،ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﻭ ﻗﻠﻢﻫﺎﻱ ﻳﻮﻧﻴﮑﺪ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺒﻼ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﺘﺎﻥ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﭼﭗ ﻳﺎ RTLﺭﻭﻱ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ Toolsﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ Optionsﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺶ > Language Settings Languagesﻗﺴﻤﺖ Complex Text Layout Supportﺭﺍ ﺗﻴﮏ ﺯﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﻱ OKﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ) .ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ (۵ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ۵
ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ ﺩﺭ OpenOffice
ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﯼ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ،ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﯼ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﭼﭗ ﻭ ﭼﭗ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﺮﺍﻑﻫﺎﯼ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﯽ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
Copyright information Copyright 2003 Alan Baghumian
License This package is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. This package is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this package; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA